HomeMy WebLinkAbout23-0000-Heating,-Ventilating-and-Air-Conditioning-(FSB)_Rev_1Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - i
SECTION 23 0000
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
(Filed Sub-Bid Required)
GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................ 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS – FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED .............................................................. 1
RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................ 1
FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 1
DESCRIPTION OF WORK .............................................................................................................. 2
DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 3
RELATED SECTIONS ..................................................................................................................... 4
COMMISSIONING ........................................................................................................................... 5
CODES, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS ........................................................................................ 5
QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................................................. 5
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. 6
DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................... 7
CONTRACT DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................ 7
COORDINATION DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................ 7
ACCESSIBILITY .............................................................................................................................. 8
ROUGH IN ....................................................................................................................................... 8
PHASING ......................................................................................................................................... 8
NOTIFICATION OF RELATED TRADES ........................................................................................ 9
MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS .................................................................................................... 9
CUTTING AND PATCHING ............................................................................................................. 9
SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................................. 10
SUBSTITUTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 11
PRODUCT LISTING ...................................................................................................................... 11
NAMEPLATE DATA ....................................................................................................................... 12
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ..................................................................................... 12
RECORD DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 12
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ................................................................................... 13
WARRANTIES ............................................................................................................................... 14
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN INTENT ................................................................................................. 14
ENERGY REBATE PROGRAM ..................................................................................................... 17
HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY ................................................................................ 17
STAGING AND SCAFFOLDING .................................................................................................... 17
WELDING QUALIFICATIONS ....................................................................................................... 17
TRADE RESPONSIBILITY COORDINATION MATRIX ................................................................ 18
PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................................................ 19
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT .......................................... 19
VALVES ......................................................................................................................................... 22
METERS AND GAGES .................................................................................................................. 27
HANGERS & ATTACHMENTS ..................................................................................................... 29
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION .................................................................................................. 32
MECHANICAL INSULATION ......................................................................................................... 34
GREASE DUCT INSULATION ...................................................................................................... 37
HYDRONIC PIPING AND ACCESSORIES ................................................................................... 38
REFRIGERANT PIPING ................................................................................................................ 46
ROOFTOP UNITS (RTU) ............................................................................................................... 47
HIGH EFFICIENCY, GAS-FIRED CONDENSING BOILER ......................................................... 62
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - ii
PUMPS (P) .................................................................................................................................... 70
TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (HYDRONIC) ................................................................................ 71
TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (ELECTRIC) .................................................................................. 78
POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS ...................................................................................... 80
METAL DUCTWORK ..................................................................................................................... 84
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES ...................................................................................................... 91
ACOUSTIC DUCT LINING............................................................................................................. 95
SOUND ATTENUATORS (SA) ...................................................................................................... 95
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ........................................................................................................ 96
DUCTLESS COOLING UNITS ................................................................................................... 102
CONDENSATE DISCHARGE PUMPS ....................................................................................... 103
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX (VAV) ......................................................................................... 104
FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................. 105
WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOORS ..................................................................................... 105
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS............................................................................... 106
CONSTANT VOLUME DAMPERS .............................................................................................. 144
FREESTANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT SYSTEM ................................................................ 144
AIR COOLED CHILLER .............................................................................................................. 146
EXECUTION ......................................................................................................................................................... 150
ATTIC STOCK ............................................................................................................................. 150
CUTTING AND PATCHING ......................................................................................................... 151
INSTALLATION OF VALVES ...................................................................................................... 151
INSTALLATION OF METERS AND GAGES ............................................................................... 152
INSTALLATION OF HANGERS & ATTACHMENTS ................................................................... 153
INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION ............................................................... 155
INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL INSULATION ...................................................................... 156
INSTALLATION OF GREASE DUCT INSULATION .................................................................... 157
INSTALLATION OF HYDRONIC PIPING AND ACCESSORIES ................................................ 159
INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING AND ACCESSORIES ......................................... 162
INSTALLATION OF HVAC ROOFTOP UNITS (RTU) ................................................................. 162
INSTALLATION OF HIGH EFFICIENCY, GAS FIRED CONDENSING BOILER ........................ 163
INSTALLATION OF HVAC PUMPS ............................................................................................. 165
INSTALLATION OF TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (HYDRONIC)............................................... 165
INSTALLATION OF TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (ELECTRIC) ................................................ 167
INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS ................................................... 168
INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK .................................................................................. 169
INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES .................................................................... 170
INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTIC DUCT LINING .......................................................................... 171
INSTALLATION OF SOUND ATTENUATORS ........................................................................... 171
INSTALLATION OF AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ...................................................................... 171
INSTALLATION OF DUCTLESS COOLING UNIT SYSTEMS .................................................... 171
INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE DISCHARGE PUMPS ....................................................... 172
INSTALLATION OF VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES .............................................................. 173
INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ................................................................................ 173
INSTALLATION OF WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOORS .................................................... 173
INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (DDC) .................................. 174
INSTALLATION OF CONSTANT VOLUME DAMPERS ............................................................. 176
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING................................................................................ 176
INSTALLATION OF FREESTANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT SYSTEM .............................. 180
INSTALLATION OF AIR COOLED LIQUID CHILLER ............................................................... 181
END OF INDEX
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 1 of 183
SECTION 23 0000
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
(Filed Sub-Bid Required)
GENERAL
GENERAL PROVISIONS – FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED
A. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-Bids and is governed by the provisions of the
Massachusetts General Laws (MGL), Public Bidding Law Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J
inclusive; and applicable Section of the MGL, Public Contract Law Chapter 30 as amended.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and/or suppliers providing goods or services referenced in or
related to this Section shall also be bound by the Documents identified in Division 01 Section
“Summary”, Paragraph 1.1A, entitled “Related Documents.”
FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS
A. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids
1. Sub-bids shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Massachusetts General
Laws (Ter. Ed.), Chapter 149, Sections 44A-44I, inclusive, as amended. The time, place
and manner of submission of sub-bids shall be as set forth in the INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS.
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on a form furnished by the
Awarding Authority, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as
amended.
3. Each sub-bid filed with the Awarding Authority shall be accompanied by a Bid Bond or
Cash or Certified check or a Treasurer’s or Cashier’s Check issued by a responsible bank
or trust company payable to the Awarding Authority in the amount of five percent of the bid.
A sub-bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be
rejected.
B. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements:
CLASS OF WORK REFERENCED PARAGRAPH
Insulation 2.6, 2.7, 3.7, 3.8
Sheetmetal & Accessories 2.16, 2.17, 2.18, 2.19, 3.17, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20
Automatic Temperature Controls 2.26, 3.27
Air & Water Balancing 3.29
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 2 of 183
C. The Work of this Section is shown on the following Drawings:
M0.01, M0.02, M0.03, M0.04, M0.05, M0.06, M1.01A, M1.01B, M1.01C, M1.01D, M1.02A,
M1.02B, M1.02C, M1.02D, M1.03A, M2.01A, M2.01B, M2.01C, M2.01D, M2.02A, M2.02B,
M2.02C, M2.02D, M3.01, M3.02, M3.03, M3.04, M4.01, M4.02, M5.01, M5.02, M5.03, M5.04,
M5.05, M5.06, M5.07, M5.08, M5.09, M5.10, VS1.1.
The Trade Contractor shall also examine all other Drawings and all other Sections of the
Specifications for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Section, not just those pertaining
to this Sub-trade.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work described herein shall be interpreted as work to be done by the HVAC Subcontractor.
Work to be performed by other trades will always be specifically referenced to that trade.
B. The listing of the Contract Drawings above shall not limit responsibility to determine full extent of
work of this Section as required by: all Contract Drawings noted on the Contract Drawings-Title
Sheet Drawing List, the Project Manual, and Addenda.
C. Furnish all staging, rigging, temporary supports, labor and materials to perform all operations in
connection with the installation of the HVAC work. Refer to Section 01 5000 and 01 3100 for
coordination of requirements by this trade subcontractor.
D. Without limiting the generality thereof, the work to be performed under this section includes
complete new HVAC systems with the following major sub systems:
1. Heating Hot Water, Insulation and accessories
2. Refrigeration Piping
3. Power and Gravity Ventilators
4. Ductwork With Insulation, Diffusers, Registers And Grilles
5. Air Handling Units
6. Terminal Heating Units including Unit Heaters, Fintube Radiation, Radiant Panels, and
Wall Mounted Radiation
7. Electric Unit Heaters
8. Constant Volume Dampers
9. Pumps and Accessories
10. High Efficiency Condensing Boilers
11. Rooftop Units
12. Condensate Pumps
13. Ductless Cooling Unit Systems
14. Variable Air Volume Units
15. Direct Digital Automatic Temperature Controls
16. Testing Adjusting and Balancing
17. Sound Attenuators and Acoustic Liner
18. Vibration and Seismic Restraints
19. HVAC Related Louver Installations
E. Refer to Section 23 0548 “Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint” for additional work to be
provided under this Section 23 0000.
F. Smoke and Firestopping Seals and sealing of all wall penetrations as detailed on the drawings.
Refer to Section 07 8413 which defines the smoke and firestopping materials and methods.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 3 of 183
G. For LEED requirements refer to SECTION 01 8113 - Sustainable Design Requirements,
SECTION 01 5100 – INDOOR AIR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.
H. It shall be the responsibility of this Division 23 0000 to provide all personnel to fully coordinate
with the commissioning agent. The hours of training and instruction outlined in this Division 23
0000 and the testing requirements shall be in addition to those tests and requirements outlined
in SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems
Commissioning.
I. Include the following work as needed to perform the work of this section.
1. Cutting, Core drilling and patching shall be in accordance with 017329 – CUTTING AND
PATCHING.
2. Temporary facilities, including but not limited to stairs and ladders, staging, scaffolding,
chutes and hoisting in accordance with SECTION 01 5000 –TEMPORARY FACILITIES
AND CONTROLS.
3. Furnish wall and ceiling access doors and frames in accordance with SECTION 083100 –
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES.
4. For LEED requirements refer to SECTION 01 8113 - Sustainable Design Requirements
and 01 5100 - Construction Indoor Air Quality.
J. For mechanical system commissioning refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning.
K. Change all air handling unit (RTU, UH, DCU) filters as required by SECTION 01 5100 -
Construction Indoor Air Quality flush out procedures and adhere to IAQ Management Procedures.
L. Sustainable Design Intent: Comply with project requirements intended to achieve a minimum
score measured and documented according to LEED v4 for Schools. Project scores will be
verified by a third party certifier.
1. Refer to SECTION 01 8113 - Sustainable Design Requirements for material, procedure,
and documentation submittal requirements.
2. High efficiency filters – Install MERV 13 filters in all HVAC equipment requiring filtration
media immediately prior to occupancy.
3. Air intake location – Locate outside air intake openings a minimum of 25 ft. from any hazard
or noxious contaminants such as chimneys, plumbing vents, cooling towers, streets, alleys,
parking lots, and loading docks. The distance between exhaust air or vent outlets and air
intakes should be the greater of 25 ft. or the distance as determined by MA State Building
Code Equation 2801.2.2.2. Exception, when locating an air intake within 25 ft. of a
contaminant source is unavoidable, such opening shall be a minimum of 2 ft. below the
contaminant source and 10 ft. horizontally from the nearest edge of the air intake to the
nearest edge of the contaminant source. All intakes must be 6 ft. above landscaped grade
including soil, lawn, shrubs, or any plant life within 1.5 ft. horizontally of intake.
4. Electric ignition for gas-fired equipment. Standing pilot lights in gas-fired equipment are
prohibited. All gas-fired equipment shall utilize electric ignitions to light gas burners.
5. All air conditioning equipment provided under this project shall meet or exceed mechanical
equipment efficiency requirements outlined by the Advanced Buildings-Benchmark
Criteria. Refer to LEED v4, Appendix A for efficiency values. If mechanical equipment
efficiencies specifically listed on the drawings are higher than the Advanced Building
Requirements, the higher efficiency equipment must be provided.
DEFINITIONS
A. Most terms used within the documents are industry standard. Certain words or phrases shall be
understood to have specific meanings as follows:
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 4 of 183
1. Provide: Furnish and install completely connected up and in operable condition.
2. Furnish: Purchase and deliver to a specific location within the building or site.
3. Install: With respect to equipment furnished by others, install means to receive, unpack,
move into position, mount and connect, including removal of packaging materials.
4. Conduit: Raceways of the metallic type which are not flexible.
5. Connect: To duct, pipe or wire up, including all branch ductwork, piping, and/or circuitry,
control and disconnection devices so item is complete and ready for operation.
6. Subject to Mechanical Damage: Equipment, ductwork, piping and raceways installed
exposed and less than eight feet above finished floor in mechanical rooms or other areas
where heavy equipment may be in use or moved.
7. General Contractor and Construction Manager are one in the same.
RELATED SECTIONS
A. The following work is included in other sections. Coordinate the work of this section with the work
of other related sections described below.
B. For temporary controls refer to Section 01 50 00. If Owner authorizes use of the permanent
HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide temporary controls to adequately
control the unit and not void the warranty. Coordinate extent of temporary controls with General
Contractor. Use of the new equipment for temporary heat will not start product warranty until
substantial completion is achieved. Internally clean unit, ductwork and change filters prior to using
equipment for building occupancy by the owner. Comply with all requirements of SECTION 01
5100 - Construction Indoor Air Quality and IAQ Management Procedures.
C. For flashing of vents through roof and setting of roof curbs and flashing of such, refer to SECTION
07 0002 – ROOFING AND FLASHING.
D. For power wiring of mechanical equipment refer to Section 260000.
E. For excavation and backfill of below grade mechanical and related systems refer to Division 31 –
EARTHWORK.
F. For structural steel refer to DIVISION 05 - METALS.
G. For firestopping not called for in this Section refer to Section 07 8413.
H. For finished painting of mechanical systems not called for in this Section refer to SECTION 09
0007 –PAINTING.
I. For Food Service Equipment refer to Section 11 4000 - FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT.
J. For interior concrete work relating to this Section refer to Section 03 3000 – CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE.
K. For exterior concrete work relating to this Section refer to Section 03 3000 – Cast-In-Place
Concrete
L. For mechanical system commissioning refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems
Commissioning.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 5 of 183
M. Change all air handling unit (AHU, ERV, UH, DCU) filters as required by SECTION 01 5100 -
Construction Indoor Air Quality flush out procedures and adhere to IAQ Management Procedures
referenced in Section 01 5100.
N. Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems
Commissioning.
COMMISSIONING
A. Where indicated in the equipment or commissioning specifications, engage a factory-authorized
service representative, to perform startup service as per functional test sheets and requirements
of Section 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems
Commissioning.
B. Complete installation and startup checks and functional tests according to Section 01 9113 -
General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning and
manufacturers written instructions.
C. Operational Test: After electrical system has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit
operation. Rectify malfunctions, replace defective parts with new and repeat the startup
procedure.
D. Verify that equipment is installed and commissioned per requirements of Section 01 9113 and
manufacturers written instructions/requirements.
CODES, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS
A. Perform all work in accordance with the requirements of Yarmouth Building Department, State
Building Code and applicable State and Federal Laws. Give all requisite notices, file all requisite
plans, and obtain all permits required to perform HVAC Work.
B. Permits: Be responsible for filing documents, and securing of inspection and approvals. Pay all
local connection and permit fees. Costs related to temporary service, refer to Section 01 5000
and Division 01 General Conditions.
C. All HVAC equipment shall be installed to meet all State, Local and Federal sound ordinances.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. HI Compliance: Design, manufacture, and install HVAC pumps in accordance with HI
Hydraulic Institute Standards".
2. UL Compliance: Design, manufacture, and install HVAC pumps in accordance with UL
779 "Motor Operated Water Pumps".
3. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for pipe, valve, and equipment identification.
4. I=B=R Compliance: Provide boilers that have been tested and rated in accordance with
Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers (I=B=R) "Testing and Rating Standard for
Cast Iron and Steel Heating Boiler", and bear I=B=R emblem on nameplate affixed to
boiler.
5. NFPA Compliance: Install boilers in accordance with NFPA Standard 54.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 6 of 183
6. ASME Compliance: Construct cast iron boilers in accordance with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV "Heating Boilers".
7. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide boiler ancillary electrical components and safety
control devices, which have been listed and labeled UL, and comply with NEMA Standards.
8. FM Compliance: Provide control devices and control sequences in accordance with
requirements of Factory Mutual System (FM).
9. IRI Compliance: Provided control devices and control sequences in accordance with
requirements of Industrial Risk Insurance (IRI).
10. AMCA Compliance: Test and rate air handling units in accordance with AMCA standards.
11. AGA Compliance: Provide gas controls and devices in accordance with American Gas
Associates.
12. ARI Compliance: Test and rate air handling units in accordance with ARI 430 "Standard
for Central-Station Air Handling Units", display certification symbol on units of certified
models.
13. ASHRAE Compliance: Construct and install refrigerant coils in accordance with ASHRAE
15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration".
14. NFPA Compliance: Provide air handling unit internal insulation having flame spread rating
not over 25 and smoke developed rating no higher than 50; and complying with NFPA 90A
"Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems".
15. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical components required as part of air handling
units, which have been listed and labeled by UL and comply with NEMA standards.
16. NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) as applicable to
installation and electrical connections of ancillary electrical components of air handling
units.
17. LEED: Install all HVAC systems in accordance with all current requirements.
B. MSS Standard Practices: Comply with the following standards for valves:
1. MSS SP-45: Bypass and Drain Connection Standard
2. MSS SP-67: Butterfly Valves
3. MSS SP-70: Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
4. MSS SP-71: Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged
5. MSS SP-72: Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service
6. MSS SP-78: Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
7. MSS SP-80: Bronze Gate, Glove Angle and Check Valves
8. MSS SP-84: Steel Valves - Socket Welding and Threaded Ends
9. MSS SP-85: Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged with Threaded Ends
10. MSS SP-92: MSS Valve User Guide
C. Automatic Temperature Control Sub-contractor Qualifications: Branch Factory Owned
Authorized dealers specializing in manufacturing and installation of control systems for not less
than 5 years.
1. Codes and Standards:
a. Electrical Standards: Provide electrical components of control systems which have
been UL-listed and labeled, and comply with NEMA standards.
b. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air
Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and control
sequences.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for removing and legally disposing of any and all
hazardous waste associated with HVAC systems, including but not limited to:
1. All chemical treatment used in flushing out HVAC piping systems.
2. Un-used excess material such as adhesives used in ductwork and piping installations.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 7 of 183
3. Refrigerant in all AC systems.
4. Glycol in water piping systems.
5. Items specifically noted on drawings.
DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS
A. Where Drawings or Specifications conflict or are unclear, advise Architect in writing before Award
of Contract. Otherwise, Architect’s interpretation of Contract Documents shall be final, and no
additional compensation shall be permitted.
B. Where Drawings or Specifications do not coincide with manufacturers recommendations, or with
applicable codes and standards, alert Architect in writing before installation.
C. If the required material, installation, or work can be interpreted differently from drawing to drawing,
or between drawings and specs, the HVAC sub-contractor shall provide that material, installation
and work which is of the more stringent.
D. It is the intent of these contract documents to have the sub-contractor provide systems and
components that are fully complete and operational and fully suitable for the intended use. There
may be situations in the documents where insufficient information exists to precisely describe a
certain component or subsystem, or the routing of a system. In cases such as this, where the
HVAC sub-contractor has failed to notify the Architect of the situation in accordance with
Paragraph (A) above, the HVAC sub-contractor shall provide the specific component or
subsystem with all parts necessary for the intended use, fully complete and operational, and
installed in workmanlike manner and per all local and state codes.
CONTRACT DRAWINGS
A. All work shown on the drawings is intended to be approximately correct to scale, but shall be
taken in a sense as diagrammatic. Sizes of ductwork and pipes and general method of running
them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting. To carry out the true intent
and purpose of the plans, furnish all necessary parts to make complete working systems ready
for use.
B. The HVAC Drawings and Specifications are intended to supplement each other so that any details
shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications, or vice-versa, shall be executed
the same as if mentioned in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings.
C. Refer to the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire Protection and Electrical
Drawings which indicate the construction in which this work shall be installed. Locations shown
on the plans shall be checked against the general and detailed Drawings of the construction
documents. All measurements must be taken at the building/field.
COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination requirements specific to the Work of this Section include the following:
1. Before materials are purchased or work is begun, the respective Subcontractor shall
prepare and submit to the Architect Coordination Drawings showing the size, elevation and
location of his equipment, fixtures, ductwork, conduit, and piping lines relevant to the
complete system. He shall ensure that these drawings are compatible and correctly
annotated and cross-referenced at their interfaces.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 8 of 183
2. Coordination drawings are for the General Contractor's and the Architect's use during
construction and shall not be construed as replacing any shop or record drawings required
elsewhere in the Contract Drawings.
3. All coordination drawings shall be prepared in a large enough scale to accurately identify
work of each trade and in addition to each sub-contractors systems, shall also show
architectural floor plan, reflected ceiling plan, and structural framing with grid identification.
4. The coordination drawings shall accurately and neatly show actual size and location of
respective equipment and work. Each subcontractor shall note apparent conflicts, suggest
alternate solutions and return drawings to General Contractor, the drawing shall be
submitted for ductwork approval by the engineer. After approval, the drawing shall be
circulated to the remaining sub-contractors for application of their work.
5. During coordination drawing preparation the sub-contractors shall meet periodically to
discuss overall coordination of all sub systems, and shall adjust their systems accordingly.
When all drawings are complete the General Contractor shall submit to the architect and
engineers for review.
6. Areas of conflict that cannot be resolved between the sub-contractor must be flagged on
the drawings with adequate information to assist the architect and engineer in resolving
noted issues.
7. Costs for additional time to redraw coordination drawings for areas in conflict will be
completed at no additional cost to the owner or project.
B. Refer to SECTION 01 3100 - Project Management And Coordination of these Contract
Documents for general requirements and additional procedures relative to the preparation of
Coordination Drawings.
ACCESSIBILITY
A. Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance as well
as code required clearances. Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices
requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for
removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing and provide code required clearances.
B. Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location.
ROUGH IN
A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual
equipment to be connected. Costs associated with modifications to systems due to lack of field
coordination with other trades and building components shall be borne by this contractor.
PHASING
A. The HVAC subcontractor shall construct the subject project in phases as directed by the Architect
to suit the project progress schedule, as well as the completion date of the project.
B. For additional information related to phasing, review the General Conditions and Supplementary
Conditions and the Architectural drawings.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 9 of 183
NOTIFICATION OF RELATED TRADES
A. Notify all other trades responsible for installing chases, inserts, sleeves, anchors, louvers when
ready for such installation and for final checking immediately before concrete is placed.
Cooperate with such trades to obtain proper installation.
B. Leave openings in walls for pipes, and ducts for mechanical and electrical work as shown on
drawings or required by layout of mechanical or electrical systems.
MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS
A. Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other building components
before installing.
B. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
C. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical
installations.
D. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place
concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
E. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior
to closing-in the building. Costs associated with modifications to systems due to lack of field
coordination with other trades and building components shall be borne by this contractor.
F. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of
mechanical equipment and materials.
G. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services and
overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.
H. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment
components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum
of interference with other installations.
I. Coordinate connection of mechanical system with overhead utilities and services. Comply with
requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies.
Provide required connection for each service.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Penetrations through construction necessary to execute the work of this Section:
1. Coring: Perform all coring for required work.
2. Notify Masonry Sub-Contractor of exact locations and sizes for openings required in new
or existing masonry, to be executed under Section 04 2000 – UNIT MASONRY, utilizing
lintels furnished per Section 05 5000 – METAL FABRICATIONS.
3. Cut openings in new and existing non-masonry construction where required for
penetrations. All cutting shall conform to the requirements of Section 01 7329 – CUTTING
AND PATCHING.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 10 of 183
B. Patching around penetrations through construction necessary to execute the work of this Section:
1. Notify Masonry Sub-Contractor when work is complete at penetrations through masonry
construction, and ready for patching under Section 04 2000 – UNIT MASONRY.
2. Notify appropriate Sub-Contractors when work is complete at penetrations through non-
masonry construction, and ready for patching under Sections in Division 09 - FINISHES.
3. Patching of surfaces shall be performed by the trade responsible for the surface
penetrated.
C. Throughout the performance of the cutting and coring work, ensure that the structural integrity of
the existing walls, floors, overhead structure, and other structural components, which are to
remain, is maintained until permanent work is installed. Prior to any coring or cutting verify all
locations of same with the General Contractor. All cutting and coring is to be performed in
accordance with approved coordination drawings. All cutting or coring of structural must receive
approval of the Architect prior to proceeding.
D. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching work that is necessitated
by ill-timed, defective, or non-conforming installations.
E. Refer to related architectural sections including Section 01 3100 for additional reference.
SUBMITTALS
A. General: Refer to Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures for general requirements for submittal
of product data, shop drawings and other materials for review by the Architect and their
Consultants. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Section 01 3300.
B. Submittal of Shop Drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only when submitted by
the General Contractor. Data submitted by Sub-contractors and material suppliers directly to the
Architect/Engineer will not be processed.
C. Submittal requirements specific to the Work of this Section include the following:
1. Valves
2. Meters and Gages
3. Hangers and Attachments
4. Mechanical Identification
5. Mechanical Insulation
6. Hydronic Piping
7. Refrigeration Piping
8. Boilers
9. Pumps and Accessories
10. Terminal Heating Units (HW & Elec)
11. Variable Air Volume Boxes
12. Rooftop Units
13. Ductless Cooling Unit Systems
14. Power and Gravity Ventilators
15. Metal Ductwork
16. Ductwork Accessories
17. Duct Pressure Testing Reports
18. Air Outlets and Inlets
19. Sound Attenuators and Acoustic Lining
20. Condensate Discharge Pumps
21. Water Testing & Chemical Treatment
22. Constant Volume Dampers
23. Automatic Temperature Controls (Include sample graphics and displays)
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 11 of 183
24. Testing, Adjusting, Balancing, and Commissioning
D. If a Shop Drawing is not accepted after two submissions, a third submission from the same
manufacturer will not be considered.
E. Check Shop Drawings and other submittals to assure compliance with contract documents before
submittal to A/E.
F. Review of Shop Drawings is final and no further changes shall be considered without written
application. Shop Drawings review does not apply to quantities, nor relieve the HVAC
Subcontractor of his responsibility for furnishing materials or performing his work in full
compliance with these Contract Drawings and Specifications. Review of these shop drawings
shall not be considered a guarantee of the measurements of this building or the conditions
encountered.
G. After the BMS system submittal is approved for construction, submit sample operator workstation
graphics for typical systems for approval. Print and submit the graphics that the operator will use
to view the systems, change set points, modify parameters and issue manual commands.
Programming shall not commence until typical graphics are approved.
SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to, Section 01 3300 & 01 2500 for requirements in requesting substitutions. The following
paragraphs supplement the requirements of Section 01 3300 & 01 2500.
B. If materials or equipment are substituted for basis of design specified items that alter the systems
shown or its physical characteristics, or which have different operating characteristics, clearly
note the alterations or difference and call it to the attention of the Architect/Engineer. Any and all
substitutions are required to meet the specification and drawing requirements. The HVAC
Subcontractor shall be responsible for coordinating dimensional fit of equipment that varies from
basis of design equipment. Under no circumstances shall substitutions be made unless material
or equipment has been successfully operated for at least three consecutive years.
C. Any modifications to the design, as a result of approving a substitution from the basis of design
equipment, shall be the responsibility of the HVAC sub-contractor. Any additional cost to the
HVAC sub-contractor or any other contractor, directly or indirectly, as a result of such
substitutions, shall be the responsibility of the HVAC sub-contractor.
PRODUCT LISTING
A. Prepare listing of major mechanical equipment and materials for the project.
B. Provide all necessary information.
C. Submit to the A/E through the General Contractor, within 20 days of signing contract, this listing
indicating all equipment and manufacturers, as a part of the submittal requirement. If the product
list is not submitted, it will be the responsibility of the HVAC sub-contractor to submit one of the
three named equal manufacturers.
D. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required they shall be of the same
manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials, bulk materials,
pipe, tube, fittings (except flanged and grooved types), sheet metal, wire, steel bar stock, welding
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 12 of 183
rods, solder, fasteners, motors for dissimilar equipment units, and similar items used in work,
except as otherwise indicated.
E. Provide products, which are compatible within systems and other connected items.
NAMEPLATE DATA
A. Provide permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power operated mechanical
equipment, indicating manufacturer, product name, mode, number, serial number, capacity,
operating, and power characteristics labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data.
Locate nameplates in an accessible location.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Refer to Section General Conditions for delivery, storage, and handling of equipment. The
following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Section General Conditions.
B. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades,
compliance labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately
packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling.
C. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protect
stored equipment and materials from damage and seal open ended ducts and pipes to prevent
dust and debris from entering them.
D. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site
congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed
for the smooth and efficient flow of installations.
E. Refer to section 01 3100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION for further info and
requirements.
RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. General: Refer to Section 01 7700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES and 01 7839 – PROJECT
RECORD DOCUMENTS, for general requirements for maintaining as-built drawings and
submitting final reproducible record documents. The following paragraphs supplement the above.
B. Provide Record Drawings for the Work of this Section and include the following: Provide electronic
AutoCAD drawings and hard copy to indicate revisions to piping, ductwork and equipment,
indicate size and location both exterior and interior; including locations of coils, balancing and
control dampers, isolation and control valves, and other control devices, filters, boxes, and similar
components requiring periodic maintenance or repair; actual equipment locations, dimensioned
from column lines; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column line; mains and branches of
piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located,
and with items requiring maintenance located. Also provide ATC Drawings showing As-Built
conditions indicating point to point wiring from field devices to the control panels as well as floor
plans indicating actual controller locations and communication wiring routes, modified sequences,
end of line resistors, field changes and any additional HVAC items added through change orders,
ASI’s & RFI’s.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 13 of 183
C. Refer to Section 01 7700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES and 01 7839 – PROJECT RECORD
DOCUMENTS for additional requirements.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. General: Refer to Section 01 7700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES and 01 7839 – PROJECT
RECORD DOCUMENTS for general requirements for submittal of operations and maintenance
manuals, training of personnel and related closeout procedures. The following paragraphs
supplement the requirements of Section 01 7700 & 01 7839.
B. Closeout procedures specific to the Work of this Section include the following:
1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance
curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers
of all replaceable parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and
normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency
instructions; and user summer and winter operating instructions.
3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and trouble-shooting;
disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.
4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
5. Provide start-up reports for all major HVAC systems and equipment, including but not
limited to, boilers, all air handling equipment, ductless cooling unit systems, pumps and
fans.
6. Provide DVD recording of operation and maintenance training sessions and include as part
of Operation and Maintenance Manual submittal. Provide indexed table of contents for
DVD recording.
7. Cooperate with Commissioning agent to complete system and equipment start-up reports
and testing. Refer to Section 01 9113 .
8. ATC Drawings/submittal of As-Built conditions.
9. Parts list for each piece of equipment including filter sizes and quantities for all equipment.
C. Contractor shall provide a computerized maintenance management system spreadsheet in
format compatible with School Dude (excel or other similar program) for all HVAC equipment.
The preventative maintenance program includes the following fields:
1. Step 1: PM Schedule Name
2. Step 2: Classification
3. Step 3: Type
4. Step 5: Location
5. Step 6: Building
6. Step 9: Job Startup
7. Step 10: Safety Points
8. Step 11:
a. Task 1
b. Task 2
c. Task 3
d. Task 4
e. Task 5
f. Task 6
g. Task 7
h. Task 8
i. Task 9
j. Task 10
9. Step 12: Tools
10. Step 14: Journal Notes
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 14 of 183
11. Step 15:
a. Assigned To
b. Hours
c. Craft
d. Budget
e. Project
f. Custom
g. Category
Step 16: PM Frequency
B. Submittals shall be confirmed by City hired staff who will input Contractor provided data into
School Dude.
WARRANTIES
A. The HVAC sub-contractor shall provide a one year minimum warrantee on all product (unless
otherwise stated in the product specification for a specific product) and labor for work under this
section. Refer to general conditions for additional warranty requirements.
B. Refer to Section General Conditions and 01 7700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES and 01 7839 –
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS for additional procedures and submittal requirements for
warranties.
C. In addition to the one year warranty period against component and/or workmanship defects, the
ATC Contractor shall provide 40 hours of training and the 40 hours of extra programming as it
relates to the control system and as indicated in section 23 0000 paragraph 2.26 & 3.27. The ATC
contractor shall also provide a seasonal site visit to confirm, verify and modify the sequence
and/or programming of each piece of equipment to ensure the system is functioning per the
sequence of operations. The ATC contractor shall provide 16 labor hours per season (four times
within a year, total of 64 hours). During each visit they shall, for each piece of equipment confirm
operation and functionality, modify and/or repair any control related issues and/or programming
and provide training as requested by the owner. This requirement will ensure the
equipment/building is operating properly and efficiently as it cycles through each season. These
seasonal site visits shall begin the following season after substantial completion of the project is
issued. Upon substantial completion the ATC contractor shall issue four dates to the engineer
and owner. Signatures and time logs will be kept by both parties to ensure these visits occur.
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN INTENT
A. Comply with project requirements intended to achieve a minimum score of 50, measured and
documented according to the LEED. Project scores will be verified by a third party certifier.
1. Refer to SECTION 01 8113 - Sustainable Design Requirements and SECTION 01 5100 –
CONSTRTUCTION AIR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS for material, procedure, and
documentation submittal requirements.
B. The project HVAC sub-contractor shall perform all required work for the LEED credits listed under
Section 01 8113 and as outlined in the LEED Reference Guide Version 4:
Indoor Environmental Quality
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 15 of 183
Item Title/Description HVAC Subcontractor
Responsibility
IEQ P 1 Design ventilation systems to
ASHRAE Standard 62.1-
2010: Ventilation for
Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.
Install and Balance
systems per Design
requirements.
IEQ C 3.1 If the building or a portion of
the building is to be occupied
during construction, meet or
exceed the Recommended
Design Approaches of the
Sheet Metal and Air
Conditioning National
Contractors Association
(SMACNA) IAQ Guideline for
Occupied Buildings Under
Construction, 1995, chapter 3.
Follow SMACNA
Guidelines; coordinate
with GC. ATC
Contractor shall modify
sequences as needed
for this credit & return
the sequences back to
the requirements of the
contract documents.
IEQ C 3.2 Construction management –
provide ventilation
Provide unit start-up
with GC to provide
required flush-out.
Provide required filter
changes.
IEQ C 3.2 Construction management –
post construction IAQ provide
building flushout.
Provide flush-out
calculation and
coordinate unit start-up
with GC to provide
required flush-out.
Provide temporary
heating for areas
served by air handling
units which are not
designed to heat 100
percent O.A. (i.e. re-
circ units if flushout
occurs during winter
heating season to
maintain minimum 60
deg.F space temp).
IEQ C 5 Install dedicated exhaust for
pollutant source control.
Install exhaust air
systems as designed.
IEQ C 5 Ensure that permanently
installed filtration media have
a Minimum Efficiency
Reporting Value (MERV) of at
least 13.
Provide MERV-13
filters.
IEQ C 7.1 Thermal comfort – ASHRAE
55
Install mechanical
systems as designed.
IEQ P 3 & C 9 Ensure that all classrooms
meet the acoustic standards
of ANSI 12.60-2002.
Comply with Acoustical
Consultant’s report
recommendation;
install equipment
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 16 of 183
meeting specified
sound data. Refer to
Vibration isolation
specifications for
additional
requirements.
IEQ C 5 Install premium HVAC
filtration.
Provide MERV-13
filters.
IEQ C 3.1 & 3.2 Construction management –
post construction IAQ provide
building flushout.
Prior to flushout,
replace filters with
MERV 13 filters and
again after flushout
Energy Efficiency
Item Title/Description HVAC Subcontractor
Responsibility
EA P 2 & C1 (A, B, or C). Energy Efficiency
Standard: Design a school
that performs significantly
better than schools built to
current standard practice by
designing 25 percent or more
above the ASHRAE 90.1 –
2007 standard using A) the
prescriptive criteria
established by the New
Buildings Institute’s main
resource guide: Benchmark:
Energy Benchmark for High
Performance Buildings, B) the
prescriptive approach outlined
in the ASHRAE standards, or
C) the Total Building
Approach outlined in the
ASHRAE standards.
Provide equipment
meeting or exceeding
energy efficiency
design requirements;
submit shop drawings
indicating equipment
efficiencies.
EA P 1 Provide effective and
complete training and
documentation on the
operation and maintenance of
the building systems identified
in the commissioning report.
Provide Operating and
Maintenance manuals
for all HVAC/ATC
systems and
equipment. Provide
owner training and
video tape training
sessions for all
HVAC/ATC systems.
Coordinate training with
GC.
EA C 1 Demonstrate superior energy
performance (25 percent-45
percent reduction).
Provide equipment
meeting or exceeding
energy efficiency
design requirements;
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 17 of 183
submit shop drawings
indicating equipment
efficiencies.
EA C 5 Install energy management
system.
Install ATC/EMS
system meeting design
requirements and to
monitor energy use.
ENERGY REBATE PROGRAM
A. This project has been designed to incorporate equipment approved for energy rebate such as
boilers, high efficiency motors, chillers, VRF systems etc. The HVAC Subcontractor shall review
Utility Company requirements prior to submitting shop drawing to ascertain that submittal meets
program guidelines. All submitted equipment shall meet utility company rebate program efficiency
requirements. The HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish equipment submittals, related
equipment/system pricing data and all required rebate application information, and forms to utility
company.
HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY
A. Unless otherwise specified, all hoisting and rigging equipment and machinery required for the
proper and expeditious prosecution and progress of the Work of this Section shall be furnished,
installed, operated and maintained in safe condition by each sub-contractor, as specified under
Section 01 5000, TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS.
STAGING AND SCAFFOLDING
A. Unless otherwise specified, each sub-contractor shall provide all lifts and man-lifts, and furnish,
erect and maintain in safe condition, all staging and scaffolding as specified under Section 01
5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls, as needed for proper execution of the work of this
Section. Staging and scaffolding shall be of adequate design, erected and removed by
experienced stage builders having all accident prevention devices required by Federal, state and
local laws.
WELDING QUALIFICATIONS
A. Piping shall be welded in accordance with qualifications procedures using performance qualified
welders and welding operators. Procedures and welders shall be qualified in accordance with
ASME BPV IX. Welding procedures qualified by others, and welders and welding operations
qualified by another employer may be accepted as permitted by ASME B31.1. The Owner’s
Representative shall be notified 24 hours in advance of tests and the tests shall be performed at
the work site if practicable. The welder or welding operator shall apply his assigned symbol near
each weld he makes as a permanent record. Structural members shall be welded in accordance
with Division 01.
B. When open-flame or spark producing tools such as welding equipment, and the like are required
in the process of executing the work, the General Contractor shall be notified not less than twenty
four hours in advance of the time that the work is to begin and the location where work is to be
performed. Provide fire protective covering and maintain constant fire watch/fire detail (by the
Yarmouth Fire Department) where work is being performed and until it is completed. The HVAC
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 18 of 183
Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining required permit and paying all permit fees and
Firewatch detail expenses.
TRADE RESPONSIBILITY COORDINATION MATRIX
Device Furnished
By
Installed By Power
Wiring
Control
Wiring
Fire Alarm
Wiring
Notes
Smoke Detectors
(Area type)
26 0000 26 0000 26 0000 N/A 26 0000
Smoke Detectors
(Duct mounted)
26 0000 23 0000 26 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000
Carbon monoxide
Detectors (Duct
mounted)
26 0000 23 0000 26 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000
Smoke &
Fire/Smoke
Dampers
23 0000 23 0000 N/A N/A N/A
Smoke &
Fire/Smoke
Damper Actuators
23 0000 23 0000 26 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000
Fire Dampers 23 0000 23 0000 N/A N/A N/A
VAV Boxes 23 0000 23 0000 26 0000 & 23
0000 (ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 2
VAV Box Damper
Actuator
23 0000
(ATC)
Box Mfr 23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 2
Hydronic Control
Valves
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000 N/A N/A N/A 1
Hydronic Control
Valve Actuator
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 1
Sheet Metal
Damper
23 0000 23 0000 N/A N/A N/A 1
Sheet Metal
Damper Actuators
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 1
Natural Gas
Energy Sub-
Meters
23 0000
(ATC)
22 0001 26 0000 & 23
0000 (ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 3
Electrical Energy
Meters
26 0000 26 0000 26 0000 & 23
0000 (ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 3
Domestic Water
Sub-Meters
23 0000
(ATC)
22 0001 26 0000 & 23
0000 (ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 3
HVAC Hydronic
Energy Meters
23 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000 & 23
0000 (ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 3
Airflow Measuring
Stations
23 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 23 0000
(ATC)
N/A
DDC Panels
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000 & 23
0000 (ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 4
VFDs at RTU,
MAU, AHU, HV &
ERV
23 0000 23 0000 26 0000 & 23
0000
23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 5
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 19 of 183
Device Furnished
By
Installed By Power
Wiring
Control
Wiring
Fire Alarm
Wiring
Notes
VFDs at EFs &
Pumps
26 0000 26 0000 26 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
N/A 6
Elevator Hoistway
Vent Damper
23 0000 23 0000 N/A N/A N/A
Elevator Hoistway
Vent Damper
Actuator
23 0000
(ATC)
23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
26 0000
Boiler/DHW
Breeching
22 0001 22 0001 N/A N/A N/A
Kitchen
Emergency Gas
Valve
22 0001 22 0001 26 0000 26 0000 26 0000
Emergency
Shower/Eye Wash
22 0001 22 0001 26 0000 23 0000
(ATC)
N/A
Generator
Breeching
22 0001 or 23
0000
22 0001 or
23 0000
N/A N/A N/A 7
Notes:
1. Division 23 0000 and Division 23 0000 (ATC) Contractors shall fully coordinate all airflow damper and
hydronic valves sizes and quantities.
2. VAV Box power wiring shall be provided by Division 26 0000 to junction box locations shown on
electrical drawings; Division 23 0000 (ATC) Contractor shall provide final power wiring from junction
box to end device location.
3. Division 260000 Contractor shall provide all line-voltage power wiring required for meters; Division 23
0000 (ATC) Contractor shall provide all low-voltage power wiring required for meters.
4. Division 260000 shall provide power at main DDC Panel. Division 23 0000 (ATC) shall provide power
to all other DDC Panels. Power source shall be from optional stand-by power system.
5. Power wiring for RTU, HV, MAU, AHU & ERV shall be a single point connector made by the Electrical
Contractor (260000). Integral wiring and connections shall be provided by Division 23 0000.
6. Division 260000 shall provide VFDs for all EFs and pumps with exception to EFs and/or pumps provided
with ECM motors. ECM motors are specified in Division 23 0000 and provided by Division 23 0000
coordinate with mechanical schedules and specifications.
7. Generator breeching for diesel fired generators is provided by 23 0000. Generator breeching for natural
gas fired generators is provided by Division 22 0001.
PRODUCTS
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (Refer to SECTION 01 9113
- General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for
additional contract requirements)
A. Pursuant to Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 141, a Massachusetts Licensed electrician
shall install all low voltage wiring required by this section.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 20 of 183
B. General: The following are basic requirements for simple or common motors. For special motors,
more detailed and specific requirements are specified in the individual equipment specifications.
1. All motors for all mechanical equipment shall be NEMA premium efficiency matching the
following and all motors associated with variable frequencies drives shall be inverted duty
motor with Aegis bearing protection rings:
HP RPM Efficiency
a. 1 1800 85.5 percent
b. 1.5 1800 86.5 percent
c. 2 1800 86.5 percent
d. 3 1800 89.5 percent
e. 5 1800 89.5 percent
f. 7.5 1800 91.0 percent
g. 10 1800 91.7 percent
h. 15 1800 93.0 percent
i. 20 1800 93.0 percent
j. 25 1800 93.6 percent
k. 30 1800 94.1 percent
l. 40 1800 94.1 percent
m. 50 1800 94.5 percent
2. Torque characteristics shall be sufficient to satisfactorily accelerate the driven loads.
3. Motor sizes shall be large enough so that the driven load will not require the motor to
operate in the service factor range.
4. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 degrees C. environment with maximum 50 degrees C
temperature rise for continuous duty at full load (Class F Insulation). All ratings shall be
for inverter duty applications.
5. Starting Capability: Frequency of starts as indicated by automatic control system and not
less than five evenly time spaced starts per hour for manually controlled motors.
6. Service Factor: 1.15 for poly-phase motors and 1.35 for single phase motors.
7. Motor Construction: NEMA Standard MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design "B",
except "C" where required for high starting torque.
8. Frames: NEMA Standard No. 48 or 54; use driven equipment manufacturer's standards to
suit specific application.
9. Bearings:
a. Ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals.
b. Re-greasable, except permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for
regular maintenance.
c. Designed to resist thrust loading where belt drivers or other drives produce lateral
or axial thrust in motor.
d. For fractional horsepower, light duty motors, sleeve type bearings are permitted.
10. Enclosure Type:
a. Open drip-proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed or remotely
located during operation.
b. Guarded drip-proof motors where exposed to contact by employees or building
occupants.
c. Weather protected Type I for outdoor use, Type II where not housed.
11. Overload Protection: Built-in thermal overload protection and, where indicated, internal
sensing device suitable for signaling and stopping motor at starter.
12. Noise Rating: "Quiet".
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 21 of 183
13. Efficiency: "Premium Efficient" motors shall have a minimum efficiency as scheduled in
accordance with IEEE Standard 112, test method B. If efficiency not specified, motors
shall have a higher efficiency than "average standard industry motors", in accordance with
IEEE Standard 112, Test Method B.
14. Nameplate: Indicate the full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics,
construction, special features and similar information.
15. Provide AEGIS magnetic bearing protection ring for all inverter rated motors that are
controlled by variable speed drives. The bearing protection ring shall channel harmful shaft
voltages to ground to protect bearing races from pitting.
C. Starters, Electrical Devices, And Wiring: (Provided By The HVAC Subcontractor For Each
Packaged Piece Of HVAC Equipment Requiring Such):
1. Motor Starter Characteristics:
a. Enclosures: NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures with padlock ears, except in wet
locations shall be NEMA 3R with conduit hubs, or units in hazardous locations which
shall have NEC proper class and division.
b. Type and size of starter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and the
driven equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start-up condition.
2. Manual Switches shall have:
a. Pilot lights and extra position for multi-speed motors.
b. Overload Protection: Melting alloy type thermal overload relays.
3. Magnetic Starters:
a. Maintained contact push buttons and pilot lights, properly arranged for single speed
or multi-speed operation as indicated.
b. Trip-free thermal overload relays, each phase.
c. Interlocks, pneumatic switches and similar devices required for co-ordination with
control requirements of Division 23 Controls Sections.
d. Built-in 120 volts control circuit transformer, fused from line side, where service
exceeds 240 volts.
e. Externally operated manual reset.
f. Under-voltage release or protection.
4. Capacitors:
a. Individual unit cells.
b. All welded steel housing.
c. Each capacitor internally fused.
d. Non-flammable synthetic liquid impregnant.
e. Craft tissue insulation.
f. Aluminum foil electrodes.
g. KVAR size shall be as required to correct motor power factor to 90 percent or better
and shall be installed on all motors one horsepower and larger, that have an
uncorrected power factor of less than 85 percent at rated load.
5. Disconnect Switches:
a. Fusible Switches: Fused, each phase; general duty; horsepower rated; non-teasible
quick-make, quick-break mechanism; dead front line side shield; solderless lugs
suitable for copper or aluminum conductors; spring reinforced fuse clips; electro
silver plated current carrying parts; hinged doors; operating lever arranged for
locking in the "OPEN" position; arc quenchers; capacity and characteristics as
indicated.
b. Non-fusible Switches: For equipment two horsepower and smaller, shall be
horsepower rated; toggle switch type; quantity of poles and voltage rating as
indicated. For equipment larger than two horsepower, switches shall be the same as fusible type.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 22 of 183
VALVES
A. General:
1. Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping, and ASME B31.1 for power piping.
2. Valves shall have rising stem, or rising outside screw and yoke stems; except, non-rising
stem valves may be used where headroom prevents full extension of rising stems.
3. Pressure and temperature ratings shall be as required to suit system pressures and
temperatures.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. Automatic
control valves shall be sized by the ATC Subcontractor and shall not exceed a three PSI
pressure drop.
5. Provide the following special operator features:
a. Hand wheels fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter turn, by brass nut
on a square-topped stem.
b. Lever handle on quarter-turn valves 6 in. and smaller, except for plug valves. Provide
one wrench for every 10 plug valves, and one years’ supply of recommended
lubricant and sealant.
c. Chain-wheel operators for valves 2-1/2 in. and larger installed 72 in. or higher above
finished floor elevation. Extend chains to an elevation of 5 ft. - 0 in. above finished
floor elevation.
d. Gear drive operators on quarter-turn valves 8 in. and larger.
6. Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems arranged to receive
insulation.
7. Bypass and drain connections shall comply with MSS SP-45.
8. End connections shall be as specified in the individual valves specifications.
a. Threads: Comply with ANSI B2.1.
b. Flanges: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for cast iron ANSI B16.5 for steel, and ANSI
B16.24 for bronze valves.
c. Grooved: Comply with (or similar to) AWWA C606 for ductile iron valves and to
copper-tubing sizes for valves used with copper tubing systems.
9. Solder-Joint: Comply with ANSI B16.18.
10. Caution: Where soldered end connection are used, use solder having a melting point
below 840 degrees F. for gate, globe, and check valves; below 421 degrees F. for ball
valves.
B. Gate Valves:
1. Gate Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) – 2 in. and smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 150, body
and union bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze, threaded ends, solid disc, bronze alloy stem
with less than 6 percent zinc content, brass packing gland, "Teflon" impregnated packing,
and malleable iron handwheel.
THREADED
MANUFACTURER NRS RS
Crane: x 431UB
Jenkins: x 47CU
Lunkenheimer: x 3151
Nibco: T-136 T-134
Stockham: B-130 B-120
Milwaukee: 41M 1151M
Or equal
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 23 of 183
2. Gate Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) 2-1/2 in. and larger: MSS SP-70; Class 125 iron
body, bronze mounted, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B, flanged
ends, and "Teflon" impregnated packing and two-piece backing gland assembly.
MANUFACTURER OS&Y RS NRS
Crane: 465-1/2 461
Jenkins: 651C 326C
Lunkenheimer: 1430 1428
Nibco: F-617-0 F-619
Stockham: G-623 G-612
Milwaukee: F-2885-M F-2882-M
Or equal
C. Ball Valves:
1. Ball Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) 1 in. and smaller: Rated for 150 psi saturated
steam pressure, 600 psi WOG pressure, 2-piece construction, bronze body conforming to
ASTM B 62, standard (or regular) port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or
"TFE" seats and seals, blowout proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide solder
ends for heating hot water service, threaded ends for heating hot water.
THREADED SOLDER
MANUFACTURER ENDS ENDS
Milwaukee: BA-100 BA-150
Conbraco (Apollo) 70-100 70-200
Crane: 9302 9322
Jamesbury: 21-1000TT x
Jenkins: 900A 902A
Lukenheimer: AQ311 x
Nibco: T-585 S-585
Watts: B-6000 B-6001
Stockham: S-216 BR-R-T S-216 BR-R-S
Or Equal
For Vic-Press connections Victaulic Series P569, and for plain end QuickVic SD
connections, Series P89.
2. Ball Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) 1-1/4 in. to 2 in.: Rated for 150 psi saturated
steam pressure, 600 psi WOG pressure; 3-piece construction, bronze body conforming to
ASTM B 62, conventional port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE"
seats and seals, blowout proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide solder ends
for heating hot water service, threaded ends for heating hot water.
THREADED SOLDER
MANUFACTURER ENDS ENDS
Milwaukee: BA-300 BA-350
Conbraco Apollo): 82-100 82-200
Nibco: T-595-Y S-595-Y
Watts: B-6800 B-6801
Stockham: S-216 BR-R-T S-216 BR-R-T
Or equal
For grooved end connections use Victaulic Style 721 or equal. Vic-Press
connections Series P569; and for plain end QuickVic SD connections, Series P89
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 24 of 183
D. Plug Valves
1. Plug Valves – 2 in. and smaller: 150 psi WOG, bronze body, straightaway pattern, square
head, threaded ends.
MANUFACTURER
Rockwell: 214.
Lunkenheimer: 454.
Crane: 250.
Or equal
2. Plug Valves - 2-1/2 in. and larger: MSS SP-78; 175 psi, lubricated plug type, semi-steel
body, single gland, wrench operated, flanged ends.
MANUFACTURER
Rockwell: 305.
Nordstrom: 143.
Serck-Audco: LSW-133-GG.
Homestead: 612.
Victaulic Series 377 (eccentric-type)
Or equal
E. Globe Valves:
1. Globe Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) – 2 in. and smaller: MSS Sp-80; Class 150,
body and union bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze, threaded ends, brass or replaceable
composition disc, bronze alloy stem with less than 6 percent zinc content, brass packing
gland, "Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel.
MANUFACTURER
Jenkins: 106-B.
Lunkenheimer: 407.
Nibco: T-235-Y.
Stockham: B-22.
Or equal
2. Globe Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) - 2-1/2 in. and larger: MSS SP-85; Class 125
iron body and bolted bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; outside screw and yoke,
bronze mounted, flanged ends, and "Teflon" impregnated packing and two-piece backing
gland assembly.
STRAIGHT ANGLE
MANUFACTURER BODY BODY
Milwaukee: F-2981-M x
Crane: 351 353
Jenkins: 613C x
Lunkenheimer: 1123 x
Nibco: F-718-B x
Stockham: G-512 G-515
Or equal
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 25 of 183
F. Butterfly Valves:
1. Butterfly Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) - 2-1/2 in. and larger: MSS SP-67; 300 psi,
ductile iron body conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 or cast iron body conforming
to ASTM A 126, Class B. Valves shall have field replaceable EPDM sleeve, with aluminum
bronze or coated ductile iron disc, stainless steel stem, offset from disc centerline to
provide complete 360-degree circumferential seating, and EPDM 0-ring stem seals. Seat
shall be pressure responsive in sizes through 12 in. Sizes two through six in. shall have
lever operators with locks, and sizes eight through 24 in. shall have gear operators with
position indicator. Valves on dead end service or requiring additional body strength shall
be lug-wafer type, drilled and tapped.
MANUFACTURER WAFER
LEVER GEAR
Milwaukee: x MW-123-E
Center Line: x Series A
Crane: 42 x
Keystone: 100 x
Nibco: WD-20003 WD-20003
Stockham: LG-512-BS3E LG-522-BS3E
Or equal
LUG
LEVER GEAR
Milwaukee: x ML-123-E
Center Line: x Series LT
Crane: 44 x
Keystone: 129 x
Nibco: LD-20003 LD-20005
Stockham: LG-712-BS3E LG-722-BS3E
Or equal
Grooved Ends: Victaulic Series Vic 300 MasterSeal 2-12 in. Victaulic AGS-Vic300
for 14-24 in.
G. Check Valves:
1. Swing Check Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) – 2 in. and smaller: MSS SP-80; Class
150, cast bronze body and cap, conforming to ASTM B 62, horizontal swing, with a Teflon
disc, and having threaded ends. Valve shall be capable of being repaired while the valve
remains in the line.
MANUFACTURER
Milwaukee: 510T
Crane: x
Jenkins: 352C
Lunkenheimer: 230-70
Nibco: T-433-Y
Stockham: B-321
Or equal
For grooved connections use Victaulic Series 716, 779, or equal.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 26 of 183
2. Swing Check Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) - 2-1/2 in. and larger: MSS SP-71; Class
125 (Class 175 FM approved for fire protection piping systems), cast iron body and bolted
cap conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; horizontal swing, with a bronze disc or cast iron
disc with bronze disc ring, and flanged ends. Valve shall be capable of being refitted while
the valve remains in the line.
MANUFACTURER CLASS 125 CLASS 175
Milwaukee: F-2974-M x
Crane: 373 375
Jenkins: 624C 477
Lunkenheimer: 1790 x
Nibco: F-918B x
Stockham: G-931 G-940
Victaulic Series 716, 779.
Or equal
3. Wafer Check Valves (Hot Water & Chilled Water) - (Non-Slam): Class 250, cast iron body,
replaceable lapped bronze seat, lapped and balanced twin bronze flappers and stainless
steel trim. Valve shall be designed to open and close at approximately one foot differential
pressure. Twin flappers shall be loaded with a stainless steel torsion spring to minimize
flapper drag and assure even non-slam checking action.
MANUFACTURER
Milwaukee: 1400-2C
Center Line: CLC
Metraflex: Chexx
Mission: 12HMP
Stockham: WG970
Or equal
For grooved connection use Victaulic Series 716 and 779. For 14-24 in, Victaulic AGS
Series W715.
4. Lift Check Valves – two in. and smaller: Class 125, cast bronze body and cap conforming
to ASTM B 62, horizontal, lift type valve, bronze disc and threaded ends. Valve shall be
capable of being refitted and ground while the valve remains in the line.
MANUFACTURER HORIZONTAL
Milwaukee: 544
Hammond: 901
Jenkins: 117C
Lunkenheimer: 2142
Or equal
H. Manual Flow Control Valves – Multi-Turn:
1. Manual Flow Control devices shall be NEXUS Ultra MB Multi-Turn or equal balancing type
accurate to at least ±5%.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 27 of 183
2. MFCV 1½” and smaller shall be forged brass Y-pattern globe style and valves 2” – 2½”
shall be a cast brass Y- pattern globe style with integrated ball valve and integral union, (2)
pressure/temperature test ports, visual turns indicator, locking handle tag, blowout proof
stem with dual FKM o-ring seals, interchangeable union end with FKM o-ring seal, hard
chrome plated ball with Teflon™ seats, and rated at 600 PSI WOG, 325 degrees F. Valves
shall be available with NPT, SWT, PRESS or PUSH connections.
Note: If P/T ports are not closed to the system a secondary shutoff shall be supplied by
manufacturer.
3. Valve shall carry a LIFETIME product warranty.
4. MANUFACTURER
Nexus Valve, Inc.
Tour Anderson
Hays
Or Equal
I. Coil Pak – Manual Flow Control: Contractor shall provide and install manual flow control coil
piping packages at all locations as detailed in the construction documents
1. Coil Paks shall be designed for a minimum 600 PSIG WOG working pressure for sizes ½”
through 2½” and up to 325 degrees F.
2. Each Coil Pak is to include an UltraMB™ or equal combination manual flow control valve,
dual isolation valve, and integral union with (2) pressure & temperature test plugs; UltraY™
combination y-strainer, isolation valve, blow down / drain valve, and union with (1) pressure
and temperature test plug; UltraU™ accessory port union with (1) manual air vent and (1)
pressure and temperature test plug.
3. Each Coil Pak shall be “Bagged & Tagged” for easy identification and storage.
4. Extended pressure and temperature test plugs, manual air vents and handles shall be
available. Extended handles shall not break the vapor barrier when operated.
5. MANUFACTURER
Nexus Valve, Inc.
Tour Anderson
Hays
Or Equal
METERS AND GAGES
A. Glass Thermometers
1. General: Provide glass thermometers of materials, capacities, and ranges indicated,
designed and constructed for use in service indicated.
2. Case: Die cast aluminum finished in baked epoxy enamel, glass front, spring secured,
nine in. long.
3. Adjustable Joint: Die cast aluminum, finished to match case, 180 degree adjustment in
vertical plane, 360 degree adjustment in horizontal plane, with locking device.
4. Tube and Capillary: Magnifying lens, one percent scale range accuracy, shock mounted.
5. Scale: Satin faced, non-reflective aluminum, permanently etched markings.
6. Stem: Copper-plated steel, or brass, for separable socket, length to suit installation.
7. Range: Conform to the following:
a. Hot Water: 30 degrees – 240 degrees F. with five degrees F. scale.
8. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide glass thermometers of
one of the following:
a. Ernst Gage Co.
b. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 28 of 183
c. Trerice (H.O.) Co.
d. Weis Instruments, Inc.
e. Or Equal.
B. Thermometer Wells
1. General: Provide thermometer wells constructed of brass or stainless steel, pressure rated
to match piping system design pressure. Provide two in. extension for insulated piping.
Provide cap nut with chain fastened permanently to thermometer well.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide glass thermometers of
one of the following:
a. Ernst Gage Co.
b. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
c. Trerice (H.O.) Co.
d. Weis Instruments, Inc.
e. Or Equal.
C. Pressure Gages
1. General: Provide pressure gages of materials, capacities, and ranges indicated, designed
and constructed for use in service indicated.
2. Type: General use, one percent accuracy, ANSI B40.1 grade A, phosphor bronze bourdon
type, bottom connection.
3. Case: Drawn steel or brass, glass lens, 4-1/2 in. diameter.
4. Connector: Brass with 1/4 in. male NPT. Provide protective siphon when used for steam
service.
5. Scale: White coated aluminum, with permanently etched markings.
6. Range: Conform to the following:
a. Water: 0 - 100 psi.
50 - 300 psi.
7. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pressure gages of one of
the following:
a. Ametek/U.S. Gauge.
b. Marsh Instrument Co., Unit of General Signal.
c. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
d. Trerice (H.O.) Co.
e. Weiss Instruments, Inc.
f. Or Equal.
D. Pressure Gage Cocks
1. General: Provide pressure gage cocks between pressure gages and gage tees on piping
systems. Construct gage cock of brass with 1/4 in. female NPT on each end, and "T"
handle brass plug.
2. Siphon: 1/4 in. straight coil constructed of brass tubing with 1/4 in. male NPT on each end.
3. Manufacturer: Same as for pressure gages.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 29 of 183
E. Annular Element Flow Meters And Fittings
1. General: Provide as indicated, flow metering elements constructed of brass and stainless
steel, equipped with readout valves to facilitate connecting of differential pressure meter to
flow meter. Equip each readout valve with integral shut-off valve designed to minimize
system fluid loss during monitoring process. Provide ball type brass isolation valve.
Provide calibrated nameplate with flow meter detailing its flow range through range of
differential head pressures. Each element shall be of the bi-directional type having four
diametrically opposed sensing ports on both upstream and downstream sides in order to
ensure average velocity and static pressure. Elements shall be capable of operating at a
maximum temperature of 300 degrees F. and maximum pressure of 250 psig.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flow meters of one of the
following:
a. Preso Industries Corp.
b. Meriam Instrument.
c. Dieterich Standard Corp.
d. Or Equal.
F. Calibrated Balance Valves
1. Y-Pattern, Globe Type, Manual Multi-Turn Calibrated Balancing Valve (1/2 to 16 Inches
Pipe Size). Body shall be Brass, bronze (dezincification resistant alloy), cast-iron or steel
body, globe pattern with calibrated orifice. Stem Seals EPDM O-rings. Bronze Disc
(dezincification resistant alloy) with EPDM seat. End Connections shall be Threaded,
socket, grooved, or flanged. Pressure Gage Connections with Integral seals for portable
differential pressure meter. Handwheel, with memory stop to retain set position. Dead tight
shut-off. CWP Rating of Minimum 250 psig and Maximum Operating Temperature: 250
deg F.
a. Similar to Tour & Andersson "STAD", "TBV" & "STAF"
b. Or equal
2. Victaulic Koil-Kits Series 799, 79V, 79A, and 79B may be used at coil connections. The kit
shall include a Series 786/787/78K circuit balancing valve, Series 78Y Strainer-Ball or
Series 78T Union-Ball valve combination, Series 78U Union-Port fitting, and required coil
hoses. A Style 793 and/or 794 differential pressure controller shall be provided as required.
A meter shall be provided by the valve manufacturer that shall remain with the building
owner after commissioning.
3. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide calibrated balance valves
of one of the following:
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Taco, Inc.
c. Armstrong Pumps Inc.
d. Tour and Andersson
e. Or Equal.
HANGERS & ATTACHMENTS (Refer to SECTION 23 0548 for Coordination)
A. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated horizontal piping
hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed,
selected by Installer to suit horizontal-piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacture for
each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pip size for bare
piping, and to insulated piping. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper-
piping systems.
a. Adjustable Steel Clevises Hangers: MSS Type 1.
b. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 4.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 30 of 183
c. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS Type 35, including one of the following plate
types:
1) Plate: Unguided type.
2) Plate: Guided type.
3) Plate: Hold-down clamp type.
d. Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 36, including steel pipe base-support and cast-
iron floor flange.
e. Pipe Stanchion Saddles: MSS Tube 37, including steel pip base support and cast-
iron floor flange.
f. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 38, including steelpipe base support
and cast-iron floor flange.
g. Single Pipe Rolls: MSS Type 41.
h. Adjustable Roller Hangers: MSS Type 43.
i. Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 44.
j. Pipe Rolls and Plates: MSS Type 45.
k. Adjustable Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 46.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of
one of the following:
a. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
b. Corner & Lada Co., Inc.
c. Elcen Metal Products Co.
d. Fee & Mason Mfg. Co.; Div. Figgie International
e. Tyco Grinnell
f. Or Equal.
B. Wall Mounted Piping Supports:
1. Metal Framing Chanel Strut
a. Area of Section = 0.555 in2 (3.6 cm2)
Axis 1-1 Axis 2-2
Moment of Inertia (I) 0.185 in4 (7.7 cm4) 0.236 in4 (9.8 cm4)
Section Modulus (S) 0.202 in3 (3.3 cm3) 0.290 in3 (4.8 cm3)
Radius of Gyration (r) 0.577 in (1.5 cm ) 0.651 in (1.7 cm )
Raw steel conforms to the following ASTM specifications:
GAUGE FINISH ASTM NO.
12 GR & HG A1011 SS GR 33
PG A653 GR 33
14 GR & HG A1011 SS GR 33
PG A653 GR 33
16 GR & HG A1011 SS GR 33
PG A653 GR 33
19 GR A1008
GR = Perma-Green® III
PG = Pre-Galvanized Zinc
HG = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
2. Pipe clamps, unless noted, are punch-press made from hot-rolled, pickled and oiled steel
plates, strip or coil, and conform to ASTM specifications A1008, A575, A576, A635, or A36.
The fitting steel also meets the physical requirements of ASTM A1011 SS GR 33. The
pickling of the steel produces a smooth surface free from scale.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 31 of 183
C. Vertical-Piping Clamps:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated vertical-piping clamps,
complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit
vertical piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published
product information. Select size of vertical piping clamps to exactly fit pipe size of bare
pipe. Provide copper-plated clamps for copper-piping systems.
a. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8.
b. Four-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 42.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of
one of the following:
a. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
b. Corner & Lada Co., Inc.
c. Elcen Metal Products Co.
d. Fee & Mason Mfg. Co.; Div. Figgie International
e. Tyco Grinnell
f. Or Equal.
D. Hanger-Rod Attachments:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod
attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected
by Installer to suit horizontal-pipe hangers and building attachments, in accordance with
MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one
manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger
rods. Provide copper-plated hanger-rod attachments for copper-piping systems.
a. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.
b. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15.
c. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of
one of the following:
a. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
b. Corner & Lada Co., Inc.
c. Elcen Metal Products Co.
d. Fee & Mason Mfg. Co.; Div. Figgie International
e. Tyco Grinnell
f. Or Equal.
E. Building Attachments:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicate, provide factory-fabricated building attachments
complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer
to suit building substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's
published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods.
Provide copper-plated building attachments for copper-piping systems.
a. Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18.
b. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19.
c. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20.
d. Center Beam Clamps: MSS Type 21.
e. Welded Beam Attachments: MSS Type 22.
f. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23.
g. Top Beam Clamps: MSS Type 25.
h. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27.
i. Steel Beam Clamps W/Eye Nut: MSS Type 28.
j. Linked Steel Clamps W/Eye Nut: MSS Type 29. k. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30.
l. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading:
1) Light Duty: MSS Type 31.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 32 of 183
2) Medium Duty: MSS Type 32.
3) Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.
m. Side Beam Brackets: MSS Type 34.
n. Plate Lugs: MSS Type 57.
o. Horizontal Travelers: MSS Type 58.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of
one of the following:
a. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
b. Corner & Lada Co., Inc.
c. Elcen Metal Products Co.
d. Fee & Mason Mfg. Co.; Div. Figgie International
e. Tyco Grinnell
f. Or Equal.
F. Saddles and Shields:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles or shields under piping hangers
and supports, factory-fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact
fit to mate with pipe insulation.
2. Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39; fill interior voids with segments of insulation matching
adjoining insulation.
3. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40; of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent
crushing of insulation.
4. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide thermal hanger shields
of one of the following:
a. Elcen Metal Products Co.
b. Pipe Shields, Inc.
c. Carpenter Patterson, Inc.
d. Tyco Grinnell
e. Or Equal.
G. Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Metal Framing: Provide products complying with NEMA STD ML 1.
2. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A 36.
3. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly
graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0
parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and
hydration.
4. Heavy Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld
steel in accordance with AWS standards.
5. Pipe Guides: Provide factory-fabricated guides, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated
steel, consisting of bolted two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding
spider bolted tight to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and
cylinder. Provide guides of length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel.
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. Plastic Pipe Markers:
1. Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid snap-on, color-
coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1
2. Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, permanent
adhesive, color-coded, pressure-sensitive vinyl pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 33 of 183
3. Insulation: Furnish 1 in. thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe
marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125 degrees
F (52 degrees C) or greater. Cut length to extend 2 in. beyond each end of plastic pipe
marker.
4. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6 in. (including insulation if any), provide
full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by
one of the following methods:
a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
3/4 in. wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2 in.
B. Application: Provide pipe labels for the following piping system:
1. Heating hot supply and return.
2. Refrigerant liquid, suction and hot gas bypass.
3. Condensate drain.
4. Chilled water supply & return.
C. Valve Tags:
1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 19-gage polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping
system abbreviation in 1/4 in. high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2 in. high, and
with 5/32 in. hole for fastener.
a. Provide 1-1/2 in. diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated.
b. Provide size and shape as specified or scheduled for each piping system.
c. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.
2. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or
beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to
valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
D. Valve Schedule Frames:
1. General: For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for
removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded
aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet glass.
E. Plastic Equipment Markers:
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, color-coded equipment
markers. Conform to the following color code:
a. Green: Cooling equipment and components.
b. Yellow: Heating equipment and components.
c. Yellow/Green: Combination cooling and heating equipment and components.
d. Blue: Equipment and components that do not meet any of the above criteria.
2. Nomenclature: Include the following, matching terminology on schedules as closely as
possible:
a. Equipment label “ID” from schedules.
b. Design capacity from schedules.
3. Size: Provide approximate 2-1/2 in. x 6 in. markers for each piece of equipment.
4. Application: Provide equipment labels for the following equipment:
a. Boilers
b. Chillers
c. Pumps
d. Expansion Tanks
e. Air Separators
f. Glycol Feeders
g. Chemical Feeders
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 34 of 183
h. Air Handling Units
i. Power and Gravity Ventilators
j. Induction Units
k. Air Cooled Condensing Units
l. Terminal Heating Units equipped with fans
m. Variable Air Volume Units
n. Ductless Cooling Unit Systems (locate label on the inside)
o. Variable Refrigerant Flow Systems (locate label on the inside)
p. Buffer Tanks
F. Ductwork Labels:
1. Provide painted stencils or standard laminated plastic, color coded labels for the following
systems:
a. Supply Ductwork
b. Return Ductwork
c. Exhaust Ductwork
d. Hazardous Exhaust
e. Outside Air Ductwork
f. Grease Ductwork
MECHANICAL INSULATION
A. Piping Insulation Materials:
1. Glass Wool Piping Insulation:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Knauf Insulation; Earthwool 1000 deg. Pipe Insulation with ECOSE
Technology
2) Knauf Insulation; Earthwool Redi-Klad 1000 deg. Pipe Insulation with ECOSE
Technology
3) Or similar as manufactured by Johns Manville, Manson, or Owens Corning
a) UL/ULC Classified per UL 723 or FHC 25/50 per ASTM E 84; EPD
Certified by UL Environment; meeting ASTM C 547, Type IV (1000
deg. F.) or Type I (850 deg. F.) ; ASTM C 585; ASTM C 411 and ASTM
C 795; Verified to be formaldehyde free by UL Environment.
b. Vapor Retarder Jacket: ASJ+/SSL+ conforming to ASTM C 1136 Type I,II, III, IV,
&VIII secured with self-sealing longitudinal laps and matching butt strips.
c. Redi-Klad Jacket: VentureClad 5-ply weather and abuse resistant with self-sealing
lap. Zero permeability per ASTM E 96-05; puncture resistance 35.4 kg (189.3 N)
per ASTM D 1000; tear strength 4.3 lb (19.4 N) per ASTM D 624; thickness 14.5
mils (0.0145”); tensile strength 68 lb/inch width [306 N (32 kg)/25 mm]
2. Flexible Unicellular Piping Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type as required.
a. Type I - tubular; Type II - sheet. For use between -40 degrees F and 200 degrees
F.
3. Encase pipe fittings insulation with one-piece pre-molded PVC fitting covers, fastened as
per manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Encase straight pipe insulation, where exposed in visible areas with one piece 20-mil thick
PVC Jacketing. Fasten and seal as per manufacturer's recommendations. PVC covering
color shall be per ANSI/ASME 13.1 Standard. Submit color chart to Architect/ Engineer for
review and approval. PVC pipe jacketing is required but not limited to Student Commons
Building (SC) all exposed locations, Center for Science and Environment (CSE)
Mechanical Rooms & Attic.
5. Encase exterior piping insulation using Redi-Klad Pipe Jacket or cover “standard”
insulation with aluminum jacket with weather-proof construction.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 35 of 183
6. Staples, Bands, Wires and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
7. Adhesives, Sealants and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation
manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Piping Insulation Application and Thickness:
1. Application: Cold Piping (40 Degrees F to Ambient):
a. Insulate the following cold HVAC piping systems:
1) HVAC make-up water piping.
2) Condensate drain piping.
3) Refrigerant liquid and suction piping.
4) Chilled water supply and return piping.
b. Insulate piping system specified above with the following type and thickness of
insulation:
1) Glass Wool: 1-1/2 in. thick for all pipe sizes.
2) Flexible Unicellular: (Refrigerant piping only) 1 in. thick.
2. Application: Hot HVAC Piping (to 200 Degrees F)
a. Insulate the following hot HVAC piping systems
1) HVAC hot water supply and return piping.
2) Hot gas refrigerant piping.
b. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following type and thickness
of insulation:
1) Glass Wool: 1-1/2 in. thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/4 in, 2 in.
thick for all 1-1/2 in. pipe and larger.
2) Flexible Unicellular: (Refrigerant piping only) 1 in. thick.
3. Insulation on Piping Exposed to Weather: Protect outdoor insulation from weather by
installing Redi-Klad Pipe Jacket or adding an outdoor protective finish aluminum jacketing
installed on “standard” insulation as recommended by the manufacturer. Insulation
thickness shall be increased by one inch versus specified pipe insulation thickness.
C. Ductwork and Equipment Insulation Materials:
1. Glass Wool Manufacturers:
a. Knauf Insulation
b. Or similar as manufactured by CertainTeed, Johns Manville, Manson or Owens
Corning
2. Rigid Glass Wool Ductwork Insulation (R-12): UL/ULC Classified unfaced, ASJ+, ASJ and
FSK; FHC 25/50 per ASTM E 84 for PSK only; meeting ASTM C 612, Type IA and IB;
rigid. Verified to be formaldehyde free by UL Environment.
3. Flexible Glass Wool Ductwork Insulation (R-6): UL/ULC Classified; meeting ASTM C 553
Types I, II and III; ASTM C 1136 Type II and ASTM C 1290. UL GREENGUARD Gold
Certified; Verified to be formaldehyde free by UL Environment; does not contain
polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) such as Penta-BDE, Octa-BDE or Deca-BDE;
Certified to meet all requirements of EUCEB. Flexible, limited combustible.
4. Jackets for Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 1136 Type II, with vapor barrier.
5. Ductwork Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wire, tape, anchors, corner
angles and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
6. Ductwork Insulation Compounds: Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers,
protective finishes and similar compounds as recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
D. Ductwork Insulation Application and Thickness:
1. Application: Ventilation and AC System Ductwork: a. Insulate the following ductwork:
1) Outdoor air ductwork.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 36 of 183
2) HVAC supply ductwork between HVAC unit discharge and room terminal
outlet.
3) Insulate neck, bells and plenums of supply diffusers.
4) HVAC return ductwork between room terminal inlet and HVAC unit inlet.
5) HVAC plenums and unit housing not pre-insulated at factory or lined.
6) Exhaust ductwork between in-line exhaust fan or HVAC unit outlet to point of
exit in building.
7) Combustion air ducts associated with boilers.
b. Insulate each ductwork system specified above with the following type and thickness
of insulation:
1) Rigid Glass Wool: In machine rooms, fan rooms, and mechanical spaces
insulate all supply air, return air, exhaust air and outside air ductwork with 3
in. thick rigid (minimum R-12). All exposed ductwork in occupied areas shall
be internally insulated with same thickness and material.
2) Flexible Glass Wool: 2” in thickness (minimum R-6).
3) All outside air ductwork shall be 3 in. rigid (R-12).
4) All exterior ductwork insulation shall be 3” rigid (minimum R-13) and shall be
covered with weather and ultraviolet resistant duct insulation wrap as
manufactured by Polyguard Alumaguard All-Weather Cool Wrap, FlexClad
Ideal Seal 777, or equal.
2. Equipment Insulation Materials:
a. Rigid Glass Wool Equipment Insulation (R-12): UL/ULC Classified; unfaced, ASJ+,
ASJ and FSK; FHC 25/50 for PSK only; meeting ASTM C 612, Type IA and IB : rigid.
Verified by UL Environment to be formaldehyde free.
b. Flexible Glass Wool Equipment Insulation (R-6): UL/ULC Classified; meeting
ASTM C 553 Types I, II and III; ASTM C 1136 Type II and ASTM C 1290. UL
GREENGUARD Gold Certified; Verified to be formaldehyde free by UL Environment;
does not contain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) such as Penta-BDE, Octa-
BDE or Deca-BDE; Certified to meet all requirements of EUCEB. Flexible, limited
combustible.
c. Flexible Unicellular Equipment Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type as required.
TYPE I - TUBULAR.
TYPE II - SHEET.
d. Jacketing material for Equipment Insulation: Provide pre-sized glass cloth jacketing
material, not less than 7.8 ounces per square yard, Laminated Self-Adhesive Water
and Weather Seal jacketing or metal jacket at Installer's option, except as otherwise
indicated.
e. Equipment Insulation Compounds; Provide adhesives, cements, sealers, mastics
and protective finishes as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications
indicated.
f. Equipment Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wire, wire netting, tape,
corner angles, anchors and stud pins as recommended by insulation manufacturer
for applications indicated.
E. Equipment Insulation Application and Thickness:
1. Application: Cold Equipment (Below Space Temperature):
a. Insulate the following cold equipment:
1) Drip pan under chilled equipment.
2) Expansion Tanks
3) Chilled Water pumps
4) Air Separator
5) Buffer Tank
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 37 of 183
b. Insulate each item of equipment specified above with the following type and
thickness of insulation:
1) Glass Wool: 2 in. thick for cold surfaces above 35 degrees F and 3 in. thick
for surfaces 35 degrees F and lower.
2) Flexible Unicellular: Same thicknesses as for Glass Wool.
2. Application: Hot Equipment
a. Insulate the following:
1) Expansion Tank
2) Air Separator
3) All Radiant Panels (laid on top of the panel) – Coordinate with unit
manufacturer.
b. Insulate each item of equipment specified above with the following type and
thickness of insulation:
1) Glass Wool 2 in. thick.
2) Faced Glass Wool 1 in. thick for radiant panels.
GREASE DUCT INSULATION
A. MATERIAL
1. Thermal Material: 2192 degrees F rated core blanket, manufactured from patented bio-
soluble Superwool chemistry (Calcium Magnesium Silicate).
a. Product: FireMaster FastWrap XL or Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL as manufactured by
Thermal Ceramics.
b. Fully encapsulated thermal material in fiberglass reinforced
aluminum/polypropylene scrim (FSP).
1) Encapsulation FSP marked with UL Classification Mark.
2) Encapsulation FSP marked with ICC-ES report number ESR 2213 or ESR
2832.
3) Collars supplied in 6 in. (150 mm) wide by 25 ft.t (7620 mm) long rolls.
2. Product Characteristics:
a. Thickness: 1-1/2 in. (38 mm).
b. Nominal Density: 6 pcf.
c. R-Value: 7.35 per layer of FireMaster FastWrap XL or Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL when
tested in accordance with ÅSTM C 518 at 75 F.
d. Flame Spread: <25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.
e. Smoke Development: <50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.
B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS:
1. Glass Filament Tape: Minimum 3/4 in. (19 mm) wide - used to temporarily secure blanket
until permanent attachment using steel banding and/or steel insulation pins.
2. Aluminum Foil Tape: Minimum 3 in. (76 mm) used to seal cut edges.
3. Carbon Steel or Stainless Strapping Material Minimum: 1/2 in. (13 mm) wide and 0.015 in.
(.38 mm) thick
4. Steel Insulation Pins: Minimum 12-gauge, length sufficient to penetrate through duct wrap
insulation.
5. Insulation Clips: Galvanized steel, minimum 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) round or square.
6. Through Penetration Firestop Sealants:
a. Packing Material: Remove encapsulation material from FireMaster FastWrap XL or
Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL, use core blanket (white) as penetration packing material.
b. Firestop sealants per applicable building code report and/or laboratory design
listings.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 38 of 183
7. Grease and HVAC Duct Access Doors:
a. Thermal Ceramics FastDoor XL Access doors; Supplied in standard door sizes of 6
by10 in. (152 mm by 254 mm), 8 by12 in. (203 mm by 305 mm), 12 by12 in. (305
mm by 305 mm) 12 by16 in. (305 mm by 406 mm), and 20 by20 in. (508 mm by 508
mm).
HYDRONIC PIPING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide piping system products from
one of the following:
1. Grooved Mechanical Joint Pipe, Fittings and Couplings:
a. Victaulic Company of America.
b. Anvil Gruvlok
c. Grinnell
d. Or equal
2. Pump Discharge Valves (Triple-Duty Valve):
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Amtrol, Inc.
c. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
d. Taco, Inc.
e. Victaulic (Tri-Service Assembly)
f. Or equal
3. Safety Relief Valves:
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Amtrol, Inc.
c. Spirax Sarco.
d. Watts Regulator Co.
e. Or equal
4. Pressure Reducing Valves:
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Amtrol, Inc.
c. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
d. Taco, Inc.
e. Victaulic / Bermad
f. Or equal
5. Air Vents (Automatic):
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Armstrong Machine Works.
c. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fludi Handling Div.
d. Spirax Sarco.
e. Or equal
6. Air Separators:
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Amtrol, Inc.
c. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
d. Taco, Inc.
e. Or equal
7. Diaphragm-Type Compression Tanks:
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Amtrol, Inc.
c. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
d. Or equal 8. Pump Suction Diffusers:
a. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 39 of 183
b. Amtrol, Inc.
c. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
d. Taco, Inc.
e. Victaulic (style 731-D / W731-D)
f. Or equal
9. Chemical Feeder:
a. Dearborn USA.
b. Vulcan Laboratories, Subsidiary of Clow Corp.
c. York-Shipley, Inc.
d. Or equal
10. Basket Strainers:
a. Crane Co.
b. Metraflex Co.
c. Spirax Sarco.
d. Victaulic Company of America. (732/W732/730/W730)
e. Or equal
B. PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS
1. Copper Tubing: ASTM grade B 88, Type L hard drawn temper copper tubing.
2. Copper Tubing: ASMT grade B 88, Type K, annealed copper tubing.
3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A-53 grade B, Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe, beveled ends.
4. CPVC Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 2846, Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) pipe.
C. FITTINGS
1. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern, for threaded joints.
Threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, for threaded
joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1.
3. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234, seamless or welded, for welded joints.
4. Grooved Mechanical Fittings: ASTM A 536 Grade 65-45-12; ASTM A 106, or ASTM A
53/A53M, Type F, E or S, Grade B factory fabricated steel, or ASTM A 234, Grade WPB
forged steel fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end couplings.
5. Grooved Rigid Mechanical Couplings: Consist of a two- piece ductile iron housing per
ASTM A536, a synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure-responsive design; with
nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings.
a. Rigid Couplings:
1) Housings 12” and smaller cast with offsetting angled-pattern bolt pads to
provide visual confirmation upon metal-to-metal pad contact with no torque
requirement. Victaulic Style 107N. Designs that permit spaces at bolt pads or
require a torque per manufacturer’s written installation instructions not
permitted. Installation-Ready, for direct stab installation without field
disassembly.
2) Two housings for 14” and larger cast with wedge-shaped groove profile, lead-
in chamfer and flat pad design for metal-to-metal pad contact. Victaulic Style
W07 or equal.
b. Flexible Couplings:
1) Use in locations where vibration attenuation and stress relief are required.
Victaulic Style 177, 77 or W77 or equal. Three flexible couplings may be used
in lieu of each flexible connector for vibration attenuation. Couplings shall be
placed in close proximity to the vibrating source in accordance with published
guidelines.
c. Installation-Ready gaskets are center-leg, with pipe stop to ensure proper groove engagement, alignment, and pipe insertion depth.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 40 of 183
d. Flange Adapters: Ductile iron housing, flat face, for use with grooved end pipe and
fittings, for mating directly with ANSI Class 125, 150, and 300 flanges. Victaulic
Style 741, 743 or W741 or equal.
6. Installation-Ready™ fittings for Schedule 10 through Schedule 80 plain end carbon steel
piping in HVAC and mechanical applications sizes ½ thru 2 in. System rated for a working
pressure of 300 psi. Fittings consist of a ductile iron housing conforming to ASTM A536,
Grade 65-45-12, with Installation-Ready™ ends [orange enamel coated] [or] [zinc coated],
complete with gasket liner, zinc-electroplated steel bolts and nuts as per the mechanical
properties of ASTM A449, and 300 series stainless steel retainer. Basis of Design: Victaulic
QuickVic™ SD.
7. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ANSI B16.22, streamlined pattern.
8. CPVC Plastic Fittings: ASTM D 2846, Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) socket-type
fittings and solvent for solvent cemented joints.
a. Victaulic PGS-300 CPVC fittings meeting the requirements of ASTM F439, with
Style 357 Installation-Ready™ couplings.
9. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 125; raised ground face, bolt holes spot
faced.
10. Cast Bronze Flanges: ANSI B16.24, Class 150; raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced.
11. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the
following material group, end connection and facing:
a. Material Group: 1.1.
b. End Connections: Butt Welding.
c. Facings: Raised face.
12. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 50-50, Tin-Lead, for condenser water, and make-up
water and drain piping.
13. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 95-5 Tin-Antimony, for heating hot water and low
pressure steam piping.
14. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.
15. Gasket Material: EPDM Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled, and
design temperatures and pressures.
16. Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven flexible bronze wire reinforcing
protective jacket; minimum 150 psig working pressure, maximum 250° F. operating
temperature. Connectors shall have flanged, grooved or threaded end connections to
match equipment connected; and shall be capable of 3/4" misalignment.
a. Three (3) Victaulic flexible couplings may be used in lieu of each flexible connector
for vibration attenuation. Couplings shall be placed in close proximity to the vibrating
source in accordance with published guidelines.
D. PIPE SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
1. General: Provide schedule 40 black steel or 18 gage galvanized pipe sleeve large enough
to accept pipe along with specified pipe insulation at each point where pipe penetrates a
wall or floor. Sleeve shall be large enough to allow for free movement of pipe however
minimized to prevent leakage of smoke and fire during a fire emergency. For all piping
exposed to view provide a chrome plated escutcheon that will surround insulation where
applicable on pipe for a neat finished appearance. Where piping is concealed above
ceilings no escutcheons are required.
E. SPECIAL DUTY VALVES
1. General: General duty valves (i.e., gate, check, ball, and butterfly valves) are specified in
Division 23 Section "Valves" Special duty valves are specified in this Article by their generic
name; refer to the drawings for specific applications of these valves.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 41 of 183
2. Pump Discharge Valves (Triple-Duty Valve): 175 PSIG working pressure, 300° F.
maximum operating temperature, cast-iron body, bronze disc and seat, stainless steel stem
and spring, and "Teflon" packing. Valves shall have flanged connections and straight or
angle pattern as indicated. Features shall include non-slam check valve with spring-loaded
weighted disc, and calibrated adjustment feature to permit regulation of pump discharge
flow and shutoff.
a. In grooved installations, Tri-Service Assemblies may be used in lieu of Triple-Duty
Valves. Straight pattern, (300-psi) pressure rating, combination shut-off, throttling,
and non-slam check service in one unit. Victaulic Vic®-300 MasterSeal™ or equal,
butterfly valve assembled with Series 779 Venturi Check valve or equal, with flow
measurement capabilities and Victaulic or equal couplings (style to be determined
by system requirements) for 2” through 12”. Straight pattern, 230-psig pressure
rating combination shut-off, throttling, and non-slam check service in one unit.
Victaulic AGS-300 or equal butterfly valve assembled with Series W715 or equal
check valve and Victaulic or equal couplings for 14” and larger.
3. Pressure Reducing Valves: Diaphragm operated, cast-iron or brass body valve, with low
inlet pressure check valve, inlet strainer removable without system shut-down, and non-
corrosive valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and operating pressure to suit
system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating pressure and have the capability for field
adjustment.
4. Safety Relief Valves: 125 psig working pressure and 250° F. maximum operating
temperature: designed, manufactured, tested, and labeled in accordance with the
requirements of Section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Valve body
shall be cast-iron, with all wetted internal working parts made of brass and rubber. Select
valve to suit actual system pressure and BTU capacity.
5. Combined Pressure/Temperature Relief Valves: Diaphragm operated, cast-iron or brass
body valve, with low inlet pressure check valve, inlet strainer removable without system
shut-down, and non-corrosive valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and
operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating pressure and
have the capability for field adjustment. Safety relief valve designed, manufactured, tested,
and labeled in accordance with the requirements of Section IV of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code. Valve body shall be cast-iron, with all wetted internal working
parts made of brass and rubber; 125 psig working pressure and 250° F. maximum
operating temperature. Select valve to suit actual system pressure and BTU capacity.
Provide with fast fill feature for filling hydronic system.
F. HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES:
1. Automatic Air Vent: Designed to vent automatically with float principle; bronze body and
nonferrous internal parts; 150 psig working pressure, 240° F. operating temperature; and
having 1/4" discharge connection and 1/2" inlet connection.
2. Diaphragm-Type Compression Tanks: Size and number as indicated; construct of welded
carbon steel for 125 psig working pressure, 375° F. maximum operating temperature.
Separate air charge from flexible diaphragm securely sealed into tank. Provide taps for
pressure gage and air charging fitting, and drain fitting. Support vertical tanks with steel
legs or base; support horizontal tanks with steel saddles. Tank, with taps and supports,
shall be constructed, tested, and labeled in accordance with ASME Pressure Vessel Code,
Section VIII, Division 01.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 42 of 183
3. Pump Suction Diffusers: Cast-iron or ductile iron body, with threaded connections for 2"
and smaller, flanged or grooved connections for 2-1/2" and larger; 175 psig working
pressure, 300° F. maximum operating temperature for flanged and 300 psig working
pressure, 230F for grooved; and complete with the following features:
a. Inlet vanes with length 2-1/2 times pump suction diameter or greater.
b. Cylinder strainer with 3/16" or 5/32” diameter openings with 2:1 total free area.
c. Disposable stainless steel fine mesh strainer to fit over cylinder strainer.
d. Permanent magnet, located in flow stream, removable for cleaning.
e. Adjustable foot support, designed to carry weight of suction piping.
f. Blowdown tapping in bottom; gage tapping in side.
4. Chemical Filter Feeder: (Provide one (1) for each piping system). Steel, with corrosion-
resistant exterior coating, minimum 3-1/2-inch (89-mm) fill opening in the top, and NPS 3/4
(DN 20) bottom inlet and top side outlet. Feeder shall have a stainless steel dissolving
basket that fully supports the filter bag. The filter bag shall be the 5-micron type with ring
top and handle. The feeder shall have only a threaded fill cap with gasket seal and
diaphragm to lock the top on the feeder when exposed to system pressure in the vessel.
The filter feeder shall be similar to Neptune Model FTF-5DB.
a. Capacity: 5 gal. (19 L).
b. Working Pressure: 125 psig (860 kPa)
5. Chemical Treatment
a. Furnish the necessary apparatus to provide water treatment to the hot and chilled
water piping systems as well as the boilers and chillers for one year as furnished by
New England Systems and Supply, Inc., GE Betz Water Technologies, Barclay
Water Management, Inc. or other fully capable water treatment organization
approved by the Engineer.
b. The Water treatment maintenance services shall be comprehensive in nature. The
intent of the water treatment services shall be to:
1) Maintain clean water systems throughout the first year. Provide four
analysis’s, additional to the initial treatment of the systems, one every three
months on each system for the first year after substantial completion and
submit written report indicating system water quality and provide the
necessary chemicals and equipment throughout the first year to maintain
proper corrosion rates, PH levels, dissolved iron, conductivity, total hardness,
chloride and dissolved copper. Corrosion rates shall be maintained at less
than or equal to 0.2 mpy for carbon steel and less than or equal to 0.1 mpy
for copper.
2) Systems shall be free of harmful growths or bacteria, especially pathogens
and other bacteria that can inhibit proper heat transfer, cause disease or
enhance corrosion.
3) Prevent excessive corrosion of piping and all equipment.
4) Maintain pH, dissolved solids, and particulate at optimum levels.
5) Prevent deposit or scale buildup on heat transfer surfaces.
c. A contract agreement satisfactory in form and substance shall be executed between
the HVAC subcontractor and water treatment company to furnish supervisory and
monitoring services to assure the use of the proper chemical treatment thereof. The
water treatment company shall perform the following specified services through its
agent:
1) Supervise the cleaning and flushing of all systems and the introduction of
water treatment chemicals throughout the first year.
2) Furnish all required chemicals and equipment for the cleaning and treatments
of all systems hereinafter described, together with all necessary testing
equipment and reagents for field analysis of the water for the first year.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 43 of 183
3) Submit written reports for each system of test results for the initial and
quarterly field analyses to the Engineer and owner indicating when the
systems were cleaned and treated with corrosion inhibitors and other
chemicals. Submit certificate of completion for all systems indicating that all
treatment systems are properly functioning and that the associated systems
are properly treated.
d. The hot water and chilled water piping systems shall be cleaned with sufficient
chemicals to ensure the removal of all cutting oil and compounds. These chemicals
shall not be harmful to the various materials of the systems. The treatment company
representative shall supervise this operation including the flushing of the system and
shall test the final rinsed system to ensure that the remnants of the cleaning solution
do not impart alkalinity to the water in excess of 300 PPM.
e. Hot water and chilled water systems shall be treated with sufficient amounts of the
proper chemicals to conform to the Dianodic method for corrosion protection. Take
various samples of water to assure proper level of chemical treatment.
f. Each boiler and chiller shall be treated with sufficient amounts of the proper
chemicals to provide positive protection against corrosion, scale formation and carry
over. Coordinate with unit manufacture for water quality requirements.
g. At the end of the first year of the contract agreement, the chemical treatment
company shall provide to the owner and copy to Architect, a log of type, quantity and
dosage of treatment and test results of treatment performed through the first year.
h. Following the first year of service, chemical treatment company shall provide
recommended maintenance and treatment schedule to owner and a copy to
architect for testing and treating the water. This schedule shall be posted in the
boiler room along with the testing and treatment log.
i. Upon completion of first year of service, the chemical treatment company shall
instruct the owner on the owner’s responsibility to test and treat water or to contract
with the chemical treatment company to perform testing and treatment services.
j. All hydronic systems that are indicated in the project schedules shall have propylene
glycol solution provided at 35% solution by weight upon the completion of the
installation of work.
6. Glycol/Make-up Tank and Pump - Provide a packaged automatic glycol solution make up
unit consisting of a base, polyethylene reservoir with removable lid and visible solution level
scale in gallons, y-strainers, isolation valves, fill pump with a minimum capacity of 5 gpm
@ 100 psi discharge, open drip proof motor, pump isolation, check and balancing valves,
discharge pressure gauge, motor contactor, pressure control and necessary
interconnecting piping. Pump shall be a bronze gear driven design and shall have a
standard 120 volt power electrical cord and all necessary controllers and safeties. The unit
shall provide alarm outputs for BMS connection. Provide one for each system.
7. Y-Pattern Strainers: Cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B), flanged ends for 2-1/2" and
larger, threaded connections for 2" and smaller, bolted cover, perforated Type 304
stainless steel basket, bottom drain connections; 125 psig working pressure.
8. Basket Strainers: High tensile cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B), flanged end
connections, bolted cover, perforated Type 304 stainless steel basket, bottom drain connections; 125 psig working pressure.
9. Grooved-End Strainers:
a. Y-Pattern: Ductile iron body ASTM A536, grooved ends for 2” and larger, coupled
cover, perforated Type 304 stainless steel basket, bottom drain, 300 psig working
pressure.
b. T-Pattern: Ductile iron body ASTM A536, grooved ends for 2” and larger, coupled or T-bolt hinged cover, perforated 304 stainless steel basket, bottom drain, up to
750 psig working pressure.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 44 of 183
10. Grooved-End Expansion for Steel Piping 2” and larger (Water Service):
a. 2” Through 6”: Packless, gasketed, slip-type expansion joint with grooved end
telescoping body for installation with Victaulic Style 107 or 07 rigid couplings.
Provides axial end movement to 3”, designed for water services up to 230 deg.F and
working pressure to 350 psi. Victaulic Style 150 Mover®.
b. 2” Through 24”: Combination of short nipples and Victaulic Style 177 or 77 flexible
couplings joined in tandem for increased expansion. Joint movement and expansion
capabilities dependent on number of couplings/nipples used in the joint. Pressure
rating dependent on size and style of flexible couplings used. Victaulic Style 155.
c. Expansion Loops: Pipe bends and loops in grooved piping systems shall consist of
(8) Victaulic Style 177, 77 or W77 flexible couplings, (4) Victaulic 90 deg. elbows,
and (3) grooved end pipe spools provided in water systems to +250 deg.F in
accordance with the latest Victaulic recommendations for expansion compensation.
Rigid couplings shall not be used on loop corners.
d. Expansion Joints: Provide pipe expansion joints at all building expansion joints.
Utilize a seismic expansion fitting similar to Metra-Flex, Metra Loop Grooved ends
or equal. The expansion fitting shall provide absorption in the lateral offset and
angular movement.
11. Factory-fabricated grooved end header [manifold] all-in-one assembly for fluid distribution.
Header shall consist of an ASTM A53, Grade B, standard weight pipe spool with required
outlet connections. Grooved ends roll grooved to Victaulic [OGS] [AGS] dimensions, with
enamel coating or galvanized to project requirements. Basis of Design: Victaulic Vic-
Header.
12. Factory-assembled air handling unit drop J Manufactured grooved end vibration isolation
drop for air handling unit coil supply and return connections in sizes 2” through 6” (DN50
though DN150) to accommodate isolation, straining, balancing, and drainage. Orange
enamel coated drop, consisting of ASTM A53 carbon steel pipe spool(s), Victaulic #20
(straight) and #25 (reducing) tees or Style 920/920N Mechanical-T fittings, with base end
cap with drain outlet and DZR brass drain valve. Supply connections include a Vic-300
MasterSeal butterfly valve and Style 732 Y-pattern strainer with PT ports, and the return
connection includes a Series 787 or 789 circuit balancing valve. Installation-ready, with
flexible couplings to accommodate vibration attenuation and stress relief, rated for working
pressure to 300-psig (2068-kPa). Basis of Design: Victaulic Series 385.
13. Factory Assembled Grooved End Vibration Pump Drops: 3” through 12” (DN80 though
DN300). Orange enamel coated installation-ready assembly with flexible couplings to
accommodate vibration attenuation and stress relief. Rated for working pressure to 300-
psig (2068-kPa).
a. Discharge Drop: Class 150 flange for pump connection, [base elbow for horizontal
pump connection] [straight line with concentric reducer for vertical pump
connections], tri-service valve assembly consisting of a spring-actuated check
[Venturi-Check] valve and butterfly valve with offset stem for 360-degree
circumferential seating, and pipe spool with thermometer and pressure ports. Basis
of Design: Victaulic Series 380.
b. Suction Drop: Suction diffuser with stainless steel basket and diffuser and Class 150 flange for pump connection, butterfly valve with offset stem for 360-degree
circumferential seating, and pipe spool with thermometer and/or pressure ports.
Basis of Design: Victaulic Series 381.
c. Suction Drop: 90-degree base elbow with Class 150 flange for pump connection,
Wye pattern strainer with stainless steel perforated metal basket, butterfly valve with
offset stem for 360-degree circumferential seating, and pipe spool(s) with thermometer and/or pressure ports. Basis of Design: Victaulic Series 382.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 45 of 183
14. AIR and DIRT SEPARATORS - Air and dirt removal device with strainer shall be
constructed of steel. It shall be designed, fabricated and stamped per ASME Section VIII
Division 1 with a maximum working pressure of 125 psi at 270 deg.F. Manufacturer shall
be holder of ASME U stamp. Manufacturer to have optional 250 psi and 150 psi ASME
units available. Units up to three 3-inch in size shall be provided with threaded connections
as standard. Units four 4-inch and larger shall be provided with flanged system
connections as standard. Inlet and outlet connections to be in line with piping system.
Both inlet and outlet to be in the same horizontal and vertical planes. Each air and dirt
removal device shall be equipped with a brass conical shaped air venting chamber
designed to minimize system fluid from fouling the venting assembly. The air vent shall be
able to be closed to allow flushing and purging of dirt via side port without dirt passing
through vent on initial system fill. A brass flushing cock shall be located on the side of each
separator to facilitate system fast-fill and removal of the floating impurities from the air
system interface within the separator. A blow down valve shall be provided by the unit
manufacturer on the bottom of each unit to allow blow down and cleaning. On units 2 ½”
and smaller the valve and all of its fittings shall be 1”. On units three 3” and larger the valve
and all openings shall be 2”.
15. Flexible Expansion Loop (seismic applications):
a. All equipment, either rigidly mounted or mounted on vibration isolators, shall be
attached to the piping system using flexible loops designed for seismic movement.
Flexible loops shall be capable of movement in the X, Y, and Z planes and must
completely isolate the equipment from the piping.
b. All piping passing through building seismic joints shall contain a flexible expansion
loop designed for seismic movement. Flexible loops shall be located at, or near the
building seismic joint. A vertical support hanger, located within 4 pipe diameters,
shall be installed on each side of the flexible loop. Each hanger to be transversely
and longitudinally braced per local codes. Seismic bracing shall not pass through
building seismic joint and shall not connect or tie together different sides or parts of
building structure. Flexible loops shall be capable of move in the X, Y, and Z planes.
Refer to architectural drawings for building expansion joint locations.
c. Flexible loops attached to fuel gas lines, shall be specifically manufactured for fuel
gas applications and certified by the American Gas Association. Flexible loops
connected to medical gas piping shall be specifically manufactured for medical gas
and installed by a certified installer. Unless specified otherwise by system design
engineer or governing codes, all flexible loop connections to medical gas piping shall
be cleaned, installed, inspected, and tested in accordance with current NFPA-99
standards.
d. Flexible expansion/seismic loops shall consist of two flexible sections of hose and
braid, two 90 elbows, and a 180 return assembled in such a way that the piping does
not change direction, but maintains its course along a single axis. Flexible loops
shall have a factory supplied, center support nut located at the bottom of the 180
return, and a drain/air release plug. Flexible loops shall impart no thrust loads to
system support anchors or building structure. Flexible loops may be installed to
accommodate both thermal and seismic motion. For steam service, loops must be installed with flexible legs horizontal to prevent condensate buildup. Materials of
construction and end fitting type shall be consistent with pipe material and
equipment/ pipe connection fittings. Movement capabilities and location, relative to
seismic separation, shall be determined manufacturers recommendations.
e. Flexible expansion/seismic loops to be Metraloop(r) or approved equal
16. Buffer Tanks a. Construction
1) Shell: ASME approved steel.
2) Flanges: 150 lb.
3) CWBT Series Connections: 3”, 4”, 6”, 8”, 10” & 12”
4) Finish: Red oxide primer
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 46 of 183
b. Performance
1) Max operating temperature: 450 deg. F.
2) Max working pressure: 125 PSIG & 150 PSIG
3) Warranty: 1 year limited.
c. Application
1) For chilled and hot water system
2) Meets all ASME Section VIII, Division 1 Code Standards
REFRIGERANT PIPING
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure
ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials
and products complying with ANSI B31.5 Code for refrigeration piping where applicable, base
pressure rating on refrigerant piping system maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types
matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe
materials used in refrigerant piping systems. Where more than one type of materials and products
are indicated, selection is Installer’s option.
B. Material: Provide pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with the following listing:
1. Tube Size 4-1/8 in. and smaller: Copper tube; Type ACR, hard-drawn temper; wrought-
copper, solder-joint fittings; brazed joints.
C. Soldered Joints: Solder joints using silver-lead solder, ASTM B32, Grade 96 TS.
D. Brazed Joints: Braze joints using American Welding Society (AWS) classification BCUO-4 for
brazing filler metal.
E. Piping Specialties: Provide piping specialties complying with Division 23 “Hydronic Piping” in
accordance with the following listing:
1. Pipe escutcheons.
2. Drip pans.
3. Sleeves.
4. Sleeve seals.
F. Refrigerant Valves: Special valves required for refrigerant piping include the following types.
1. Globe Shutoff Valves: Forged brass, packed, back seating, winged seal cap, 300 degrees
F (149 degrees C) temperature rating, 500 PSI working pressure.
2. Check Valves: Forged brass, accessible internal parts, soft synthetic seat, fully guided
piston and stainless steel spring, 250 degrees F (121 degrees C) temperature rating, 500
PSI working pressure.
3. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide globe and check valves
of one of the following:
a. Henry Valve CO.
b. Parker Hannifin Corp.; Refrigeration & Air Cond. Div.
c. Sporlan Valve Co.
d. Or Equal
4. 2-Way Solenoid Valves: Forged brass, designed to conform to ARI 760, normally closed,
teflon valve seat, NEMA 1 solenoid enclosure, 24 volt, 60 Hz., UL-listed, ½ in. conduit
adapter, 250 degrees F (121 degrees C) temperature rating, 400 PSI working pressure.
5. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide solenoid valves of one of
the following:
a. Alco Controls Div.; Emerson Electric Co.
b. Automatic Switch Co.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 47 of 183
c. Sporland Valve CO.
d. Or Equal
6. Refrigerant Strainers: Brass shell and end connections, brazed joints, monel screen, 100
mesh, UL-listed, 350 PSI working pressure.
7. Moisture-Liquid Indicators: Forged brass, single port, removable cap, polished optical
glass, solder connections, UL-listed, 200 degrees F (93 degrees C) temperature rating,
500 PSI working pressure.
8. Refrigerant Filter-Driers: Steel shell, ceramic fired desiccant core, solder connections, UL-
listed, 500 PSI working pressure.
9. Refrigerant Filter-Driers: Corrosion-resistant steel shell, steel flange ring and spring,
wrought copper fittings, ductile iron coverplate with steel cap screws, replaceable filter-
drier core, 500 PSI working pressure.
10. Evaporator Pressure Regulators: Provide corrosion-resistant, spring loaded, stainless
steel springs, pressure operated, evaporator pressure regulator, in size and working
pressure indicated, with copper connections.
11. Refrigerant Discharge Line Mufflers: Provide discharge line mufflers as recommended by
equipment manufacturer for use in service indicated, UL-listed.
12. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide refrigeration accessories
of one of the following:
a. Alco Controls Div.; Emerson Electric CO.
b. Henry Valve CO.
c. Parker-Hannifin Corp.; Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Div.
d. Sporlan Valve Co.
e. Or Equal.
G. Basic Vibration Control: Provide vibration control products as required in accordance with the
following listing:
1. Isolation hangers.
2. Riser isolators.
3. Riser support isolators.
4. Flexible pipe connectors.
ROOFTOP UNITS (RTU)
A. General
1. Rooftop air handling units shall be capable of 100 percent dedicated outside air design
(DOAS). Units shall be of the configuration, capacity, and style as indicated on the
drawings and Equipment Schedule and as specified herein. Through properly designed
access; ease of maintenance, removability of components, and unit serviceability shall be
assured.
2. The unit shall be constructed for outdoor installation. Outdoor unit to be provided with
weatherproof outside air intake hood with aluminum mesh screen and shutoff dampers for
supply, return and exhaust.
3. The Rooftop unit as a whole and not individual components must be Mass approved and
on the Massachusetts Board of Registration of Plumbers and Gas Fitters as a listed and
accepted manufacturer.
B. General Description
1. Furnish as shown on plans. Unit performance and electrical characteristics shall be per
the job schedule.
2. Provide the unit with the following sections as a minimum:
a. Modulating exhaust fan/economizer section
b. Filter sections
c. Modulating supply fan section
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 48 of 183
d. Modulating gas-fired heating section
e. Access sections
f. Modulating direct expansion cooling coil section
g. Diffuser (as required)
h. Discharge/intake plenums
i. Modulating condensing unit section
j. Modulating hot gas reheat coil
k. Modulating energy recovery wheel
3. The complete unit shall be ETL listed. The burner and gas train for the unit furnace shall
be IRI/FIA approved.
4. Each unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application and include a
weatherproof cabinet. Units shall be of a modular design with factory installed access
sections available to provide maximum design flexibility.
5. Unit is to be shipped factory assembled in one complete section, when possible. Each unit
shall be either completely factory assembled and shipped in one piece or split at the
condensing section and/or split between the supply fan section and the heat section.
Packaged units shall be shipped fully charged with Refrigerant R410A. Units split between
the evaporator and the condensing sections are shipped with a nitrogen holding charge
only. Unit manufacturer and subcontractor shall coordinate ship split and field installation,
refrigerant charging, and all unit field inter-connection requirements.
6. The unit shall undergo a complete factory run test prior to shipment. The factory test shall
include final balancing of the supply and return fan assemblies, a refrigeration circuit run
test, a unit control system operations checkout (for controls provided with unit), test and
adjustment of the gas furnace, a unit refrigerant leak test and a final unit inspection.
7. All units shall have decals and tags to indicate caution areas and aid unit service. Unit
nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door. Electrical wiring diagrams shall
be attached to the control panels. Installation, operating and maintenance bulletins and
start-up forms shall be supplied with each unit.
8. The Rooftop unit shall be designed, manufactured, and independently tested, rated, and
certified to meet the seismic standards of the 2009 International Building Code and ASCE
7-06.
a. Certificates of Compliance shall be provided with the submittal and include the
manufacturer’s identification, designation of certified characteristics, and the
Independent Certifying Agency’s name and report identification.
b. Clear installation instructions shall be provided including all accessory components.
9. Performance: All scheduled capacities and face areas are minimum accepted values. All
scheduled amps, kW, and hp are maximum accepted values that allow scheduled capacity
to be met.
10. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide 12-month parts only warranty. The manufacturer
will provide extended five year, parts only, warranty on the compressors. Defective parts
shall be repaired or replaced during the warranty period at no charge. The warranty period
shall commence upon project completion date. Construction Manager and unit
manufacture shall provide extended warranty if units are used for temporary
heating/cooling purposes.
C. Cabinet, Casing and Frame
1. Provide double-wall construction for all side wall access doors and floor areas shall be
provided with 17 gauge exterior and 22-gauge interior, solid G60 galvanized steel
construction. Inner liners shall protect insulation during service and maintenance. Unit
cabinet shall be designed to operate at total static pressures up to 6.5 in. s w.g.
2. Insulation on ceiling and end panels shall be secured with adhesive and mechanical
fasteners. Heavy gauge solid galvanized steel liners shall be provided throughout, allowing
no exposed insulation within the air stream.
3. All cabinet insulation, except floor panels, shall be a nominal 2 in. thick, 1½-lb. density,
R6.5, glass fiber. A combination of solid and perforated galvanized steel liners shall be
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 49 of 183
provided throughout. Perforated liners to be used in the supply and return air plenums to
provide improved sound attenuation. Insulation under perforated liners shall be coated with
hospital grade liner rated in accordance with standard ASTM C-1071.
4. All floor panels shall include double wall construction and include a nominal 2 in. thick, 3
lb. density, R4.2 per in. glass fiber insulation.
5. Exterior surfaces shall be constructed of pre-painted galvanized steel for aesthetics and
long term durability. Paint finish to include a base primer with a high quality, polyester resin
topcoat of a neutral beige color. Finished surface shall withstand a minimum 1000-hour
salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B117 standard for salt spray resistance. Service
doors shall be provided on both sides of each section in order to provide user access to all
unit components.
6. Service doors shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel with a gauge,
galvanized steel interior liner. All service doors shall be mounted on multiple, stainless steel
hinges and shall be secured by a latch system that is operated by a single, flush-mounted
handle. The latch system shall feature a staggered engagement for ease of operation.
Removable panels, or doors secured by multiple, mechanical fasteners are not acceptable.
7. The unit base frame shall be constructed of 13-gauge pre-painted galvanized steel. The
unit base shall overhang the roof curb for positive water runoff and shall have a formed
recess that seats on the roof curb gasket to provide a positive, weather-tight seal. Lifting
brackets shall be provided on the unit base with lifting holes to accept cable or chain hooks.
D. Supply and Exhaust Fans
1. All fan assemblies shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory, including a
final trim balance, prior to shipment. All fan assemblies shall employ solid steel fan shafts.
Heavy-duty pillow block type, self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball bearings shall be used.
Bearings shall be sized to provide an L-50 life at 200,000 hours. The entire fan assembly
shall be isolated from the fan bulkhead and mounted on spring isolators with seismic
restraints.
2. Adjustable pitch V-belt drives with matching belts or direct drive plenum fans shall be
provided. V-belt drives shall be selected at manufacturer’s standard service factor of 1.5
times fan brake horsepower.
3. Fan motors shall be heavy-duty 1800 rpm open drip-proof (ODP) type with grease-
lubricated ball bearings. Motors shall be premium efficiency inverter rated and meet
applicable EPACT/NEMA requirements. Motors shall be mounted on an adjustable base
that provides for proper alignment and belt tension adjustment. Provide AEGIS magnetic
bearing protection ring for all inverter rated motors that are controlled by variable speed
drives. The bearing protection ring shall channel harmful shaft voltages to ground to
protect bearing races from pitting.
4. Airfoil type supply and return (exhaust) fans - supply fans shall be double width, double
inlet (DWDI) airfoil centrifugal fan. All fans shall be mounted using shafts and hubs with
mating keyways. Fans shall be Class II type and fabricated from heavy-gauge aluminum.
Fan blades shall be continuously welded to the back plate and end rim. The supply air fan
and return air fan sections shall be provided with an expanded metal belt guard.
E. Variable Air Volume Control
1. Provide variable frequency drive for the supply and exhaust air fan. Two independent
drives, one per fan, shall be provided. Each drive shall be factory installed downstream of
the filters in a manner that the drive(s) are directly cooled by the filtered, mixed air stream.
Drives shall meet UL Standard 95-5V and the variable frequency drive manufacturer shall
have specifically approved them for plenum duty application. The completed unit assembly
shall be listed by a recognized safety agency, such as ETL. Drives are to be accessible
through a hinged door assembly complete with a single handle latch mechanism. Mounting
arrangements that expose drives to high temperature, unfiltered ambient air is not
acceptable.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 50 of 183
2. The unit manufacturer shall install all power/control wiring. A manual bypass contactor
arrangement shall be provided. The arrangement will allow fan operation at full design cfm,
even if the drive has been removed for service. 3% Line reactors shall be factory installed
for each drive. Variable frequency drives shall be equipped with features as indicated in
Division 26 0000 Variable Frequency Drive specification requirements.
3. The supply air fan drive output shall be controlled by the factory installed main unit control
system and drive status and operating speed shall be monitored and displayed at the main
unit control panel. The supply and return/exhaust fan drive outputs shall be independently
controlled in order to provide the control needed to maintain building pressure control.
Supply and return/exhaust air fan drives that are slaved off of a common control output are
not acceptable.
4. All drives shall be factory run tested prior to unit shipment.
F. Electrical
1. Unit wiring shall comply with NEC requirements and with all applicable UL standards. All
electrical components shall be UL recognized where applicable. All wiring and electrical
components provided with unit shall be numbered and color-coded and labeled according
to the electrical diagram provided for easy identification. The unit shall be provided with a
factory wired weatherproof control panel. Unit shall have a single point power terminal
block for main power connection. A terminal board shall be provided for low voltage control
wiring. Branch short circuit protection, 115-volt control circuit transformer and fuse, system
switches, high temperature sensor, and a 115-volt receptacle with a separate electrical
connection shall also be provided with unit.
2. Each compressor and condenser fan motor shall be furnished with contactors, current
sensing manual motor and short circuit protection, and inherent thermal overload
protection. Supply and return fan motors shall have Circuit breakers and built in overload
protection with VFDs. Knockouts shall be provided in the bottom of the main control panels
for field wiring entrance. All 115–600 voltage wire shall be protected from damage by
raceways or conduit.
3. A factory installed and wired marine service light, with switch and receptacle, shall be
provided in the supply air and return/exhaust fan section. The separate, main unit service
receptacle electrical circuit shall also power the light circuit.
4. A factory installed and wired 115 volt power supply shall be provided for the GFI receptacle.
The power supply shall be wired to the line side of the disconnect so the receptacle is
powered when the main unit disconnect is off. This option shall include a weather proof
transformer and disconnect for the 115 volt GFI. The 115 volt GFI electrical circuit shall
complete with primary fused short circuit protection.
5. Phase failure and under voltage protection on three-phase motors shall be provided to
prevent damage from single phasing, phase reversal, and low voltage conditions.
6. Ground fault protection shall be provided to protect against arcing ground faults.
7. Disconnect switches shall be provided by unit manufacture as part of the single point power
connection.
G. Cooling Sections
1. The cooling coil section shall be installed in a draw through configuration, upstream of the
supply air fan. The coil section shall be complete with factory piped cooling coil and sloped
stainless steel drain pan. Hinged access doors on both sides of the section shall provide
convenient access to the cooling coil and drain pan for inspection and cleaning.
2. Submittals must demonstrate that scheduled unit leaving air temperature (LAT) is met, that
fan and motor heat temperature rise (TR) have been considered, and scheduled entering
air temperature (EAT) equals mixed air temperature (MAT). Draw-through cooling—
Scheduled EAT equals cooling coil EAT and scheduled unit LAT equals cooling coil LAT
plus TR.
3. Direct expansion (DX) cooling coils shall be fabricated of seamless ½ in. diameter high
efficiency copper tubing that is mechanically expanded into high efficiency aluminum plate
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 51 of 183
fins. Coils shall be a multi-row, staggered tube design with a maximum of 12 fins per in. All
units shall have two independent refrigerant circuits and shall use an interlaced coil
circuiting that keeps the full coil face active at all load conditions. All coils shall be factory
leak tested with high pressure air under water.
4. A stainless steel, positively sloped drain pan shall be provided with the cooling coil. The
drain pan shall extend beyond the leaving side of the coil and underneath the cooling coil
connections. The drain pan shall have a minimum slope of 1/8 in. per foot to provide
positive draining. The drain pan shall be connected to a threaded drain connection
extending through the unit base. Units with stacked cooling coils shall be provided with a
secondary drain pan piped to the primary drain pan. Drain pan connections shall be field
traped per manufacturer’s instructions and piped to the nearest roof drain to prevent
ponding on the roof.
H. Gas Heating Section
1. A natural gas fired furnace shall be installed in the unit heat section. The heat exchanger
shall include a type 321 stainless steel cylindrical primary combustion chamber, a type 321
stainless steel header, type 321 stainless steel secondary tubes and type 321stainless
steel turbulators. Carbon and aluminized steel heat exchanger surfaces are not
acceptable.
2. The heat exchanger shall have a condensate drain.
3. Clean out of the primary heat exchanger and secondary tubes shall be accomplished
without removing casing panels or passing soot through the supply air passages.
4. The furnace section shall be positioned downstream of the supply air fan.
5. The furnace will be supplied with a modulating forced draft burner. The burner shall be
controlled for low fire start. The burner furnace shall be supplied with a forced draft burner
capable of continuous modulation between eight percent and 100 percent (min 12:1 turn-
down) of rated capacity, without steps for units under 30 tons. A 10:1 turndown furnace
may be provided if a refrigeration heat pump option is provided and utilized in conjunction
with the 10:1 turndown furnace. A minimum of 20:1 shall be provided for units over 30 tons.
The burner shall operate efficiently at all firing rates. The burner shall have proven open
damper low-high-low pre-purge cycle, and proven low fire start. The combustion air control
damper shall be in the closed position during the off cycle to reduce losses.
6. The burner shall be specifically designed to burn natural gas and shall include a
microprocessor based flame safeguard control, combustion air proving switch, prepurge
timer and spark ignition. The gas train shall include redundant gas valves, regulators
compatible with project gas pressure requirements, shutoff cock, pilot gas valve, pilot
pressure regulator, and pilot cock. The burner shall be rated for operation and full
modulation capability at inlet gas pressures down to 6.5 in. W.C. The gas burner shall be
controlled by the factory installed main unit control system.
7. The burner shall have electric ignition, standing pilot lights are unacceptable.
8. The burner shall be fired, tested and adjusted at the factory. Final adjustments shall be
made in the field at initial startup by a qualified service technician to verify that installation
and operation of the burner is according to specifications.
9. Flue collector construction shall consist of type 409 stainless steel. Where applicable by
LEED or code requirements, flue discharge with weather cap shall discharge a minimum
of two ft. higher than outdoor air intakes located closer than 25 ft. from flue discharge.
Provide stainless steel flue extensions with weather cap for all units that are within this 25
ft. range of outside air intakes.
I. Filters
1. Unit shall be provided with filter sections. The filter sections shall be supplied complete
with the filter rack as an integral part of the unit. The draw-through filter section shall be
provided with panel and cartridge filters.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 52 of 183
2. Filters shall be frame mounted and shall slide into galvanized steel racks contained within
the unit. Filters shall be installed in an angular arrangement to maximize filter area and
minimize filter face velocity. Filters shall be accessible from both sides of the filter section.
3. Four inch deep MERV 13, efficient, UL Std. 900, Class 1, AmericanAirFilter cartridge filters
shall be provided. Two in. panel, MERV-8 efficient pre-filters shall be included. Aluminum
mesh outside air filter shall be provided at the outside air hood inlet. Cartridge filters shall
consist of filter media permanently attached to a metal frame and shall slide into a
gasketed, extruded aluminum rack contained within the unit. The filter rack shall have
secondary gasketed, hinged end panels to insure proper sealing. Filters shall be accessible
from both sides of the filter section. Filter set quantities shall be provided as indicated in
Part III.
4. Clogged filter switches and magnehelic gauges shall be provided on all filter all sections.
J. Outdoor/Exhaust/Return Air Section
1. Outdoor/Exhaust/Return Air Plenum- Unit shall be provided with a, outdoor/exhaust/return
air plenum capable of handling 100 percent re-circulated air. The 100 percent return air
plenum shall allow return air to enter from the bottom of the unit. Low leak dampers shall
be provided. Damper blades shall be fully gasketed and side sealed and arranged
vertically in the hood. Damper leakage shall be less than 0.2 percent at 1.5 in. static
pressure differential. Leakage rate to be tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500.
Damper blades shall be operated from multiple sets of linkages mounted on the leaving
face of the dampers. Control of the dampers shall be from a field installed modulating
actuator provided by the ATC Sub-subcontractor.
K. Energy Recovery Section and Components (As Scheduled)
1. Unit shall be provided with a modulating outdoor air economizer section with an ARI
certified total energy recovery wheel with a minimum of 65% effectiveness. The
economizer section shall include outdoor, return and return exhaust air dampers. Actuators
shall be provided by the ATC contactor.
2. Outdoor air shall enter at the back of the section through a factory-installed hood capable
of handling 100 percent outdoor air. The outdoor air hood shall be factory installed and
constructed from galvanized steel finished with the same pre-painted finish as the main
unit. The hood shall include a bird screen to prevent infiltration of foreign material and a
rain lip to drain water away from the entering air stream. Return air shall enter through the
bottom of the unit.
3. The entire section shall be double-wall construction.
4. The enthalpy wheel shall be constructed of corrugated synthetic fibrous media, with a
desiccant intimately bound and uniformly and permanently dispersed throughout the matrix
structure of the media. Rotors with desiccants coated, bonded, or synthesized onto the
media are not acceptable due to delamination or erosion of the desiccant material. Media
shall be synthetic to provide corrosion resistance and resistance against attack from
laboratory chemicals present in pharmaceutical, or hospital environments as well as attack
from external outdoor air conditions. Coated aluminum is not acceptable. Face flatness of
the wheel shall be maximized (+/–0.032 in.) in order to minimize wear on inner seal
surfaces and to minimize cross leakage. Rotor shall be constructed of alternating layers of
flat and corrugated media. Wheel layers should be uniform in construction forming uniform
aperture sizes for airflow. Wheel construction shall be fluted or formed honeycomb
geometry so as to eliminate internal wheel bypass. Wheel layers that can be separated or
spread apart by airflow are unacceptable due to the possibility of channeling, internal
bypass or leakage, and performance degradation. The media shall be in accordance with
NFPA or UL guidelines. The desiccant material shall be a molecular sieve, specifically a
4A or smaller molecular sieve to minimize cross contamination. The wheel frames shall
consist of evenly spaced steel spokes, galvanized steel outer band and rigid center hub.
The wheel construction should allow for post fabrication wheel alignment. The wheel seals
shall be brush seals, neoprene bulb seals, or equivalent. Seals should be easily adjustable.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 53 of 183
Cassettes shall be fabricated of heavy duty reinforced galvanized steel. Cassettes shall
have a built-in adjustable purge section minimizing cross contamination of supply air.
Bearings shall be in board, zero maintenance, permanently sealed roller bearings, or
alternatively, external flanged bearings.
5. Drive systems shall consist of fractional horsepower A.C. drive motors with multilink drive
belts. The wheel shall be tested in accordance with NFPA or UL guidelines and shall be
UL recognized or equivalent.
6. The wheel capacity, air pressure drop, and efficiency shall be ARI certified by ARI and its
testing agencies. Alternative independent performance testing must be pre-approved to be
accepted.
7. Wheel shall be provided with variable speed control shaft grounding rings for frost
protection. Provide energy recovery wheel defrost controls and rotation detection controls.
8. The wheel recovers energy from the factory-supplied return exhaust section and includes
an airfoil fan and motor in accordance with construction already specified. Gravity relief
dampers and fold-out exhaust hood shall be provided.
9. All necessary exhaust fan motors, branch short circuit protection, and wiring shall be
provided.
10. Two-in., 30 percent pleated filters shall be provided in both air inlets to protect the wheel
from dust and dirt in both the outdoor and return/exhaust air paths. Dampers to be low-leak
type, and shall be provided on outdoor or return dampers. Damper blades shall be fully
gasketed and side sealed and arranged horizontally in the hood. Damper leakage shall be
less than 0.2 percent at 1.5 in. static pressure differential. Leakage rate to be tested in
accordance with AMC Standard 500. Damper blades shall be operated from multiple sets
of linkages mounted on the leaving face of the dampers.
L. Access Sections - Unit shall be provided with factory installed access sections located as
shown/indicated on the drawings. Access sections shall have hinged access doors on both sides
of the section and shall have the same construction features as the rest of the unit.
M. Discharge and Return Plenum - A supply air discharge and return plenum shall be provided. The
plenum section shall be lined with a perforated acoustic liner (rated per ASTM C1071 Standards)
to enhance sound attenuation. The plenum section shall have a bottom discharge opening.
Isolation dampers shall be provided in the bottom return air opening and bottom supply air
openings. Actuators shall be provided by the ATC Sub-subcontractor to close the dampers when
the fans are not running.
N. Condensing Unit
1. The condensing section shall be open on the sides and bottom to provide access and to
allow airflow through the coils. Condenser coils shall be multi-row and fabricated from cast
aluminum micro-channel coils. Each condenser coil shall be factory leak tested with high-
pressure air under water. Coils are to be recessed so that the cabinet provides built in hail
protection.
2. Condenser fans shall be direct drive, ECM motor driven, propeller type designed for low
tip speed, with low noise fan blades and vertical air discharge. Condenser fan rpm shall
be 1140 rpm maximum. Fan blades shall be constructed of steel and riveted to a steel
center hub. Condenser fan motors shall be heavy-duty, inherently protected, three-phase,
non-reversing type with permanently lubricated ball bearing and integral rain shield.
Provide condenser fan blades that reduce radiated sound levels.
3. Each circuit shall have fan cycling of at least one condenser fan to maintain positive head
pressure. An ambient thermostat shall prevent the refrigeration system from operating
below 45º F.
4. Liquid tight conduit shall be provided on exposed condensing section wiring.
5. Compressors- Each unit shall have multiple, heavy-duty Copeland digital or staged scroll
compressors. Each compressor shall be complete with crankcase heater, sight-glass, anti-
slug protection, current sensing and motor temperature sensing, motor overload protection
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 54 of 183
and a time delay to prevent short cycling and simultaneous starting of compressors
following a power failure. Compressors shall be isolated with resilient rubber isolators to
decrease noise transmission. 50% of the quantity of compressors shall be a variable scroll
compressor.
6. Refrigeration Controls - Each unit shall have two independent refrigeration circuits. Each
circuit shall be complete with low pressure control, filter-drier, liquid moisture
indicator/sight-glass, solenoid, thermal expansion valve, liquid line shutoff valve with
charging port, discharge line shutoff valve, a manual reset high pressure safety switch and
high pressure relief device. The thermal expansion valve shall be capable of modulation
from 100 percent to 25 percent of its rated capacity. Sightglasses shall be accessible for
viewing without disrupting unit operation. Each circuit shall be dehydrated and leak tested.
7. Capacity Control- Refrigeration capacity control shall be accomplished by staging of the
unit’s multiple compressors and modulating the scroll compressor utilizing a degree time
staging method or modulating the digital scroll compressors. To maintain desired
temperature control, the unit shall have a capacity control consisting of staged
compressors and a minimum of one digital scroll compressor or inverter driven
compressors or control logic and staging methods for capacity modulating. The units
condenser section fan speed shall be modulated based upon unit loading.
8. All compressor capacity control staging shall be controlled by the factory installed main unit
control system.
9. Modulating hot gas reheat shall be provided on the lead circuit complete with modulating
valves, micro-channel refrigerant reheat coil, and dehumidification control. Controls shall
maintain ± 0.5 deg. F control of the reheat coil leaving air temperature.
O. Roof Curb – refer to paragraph 2.3 within this specification.
P. Controls
1. General – Automatic Temperature controls for Rooftop unit shall be DDC (direct digital
control type). All sensors, actuators, controls (with exception of RTU gas-heating and DX
cooling safety and internal refrigeration system controls) shall be provided by the ATC/DDC
controls Sub-subcontractor.
2. Unit manufacturer shall provide terminal strips or microprocessor with Bacnet protocol for
all control devices not furnished by ATC Sub-subcontractor. Including but not limited to
modulating gas valve, compressor capacity controls, and hot gas subcool and reheat
control.
3. Refer to Control Diagram Drawings for Rooftop unit control requirements and expanded
sequence of operation and required points list, for reference only.
4. RTU manufacturer shall provide the necessary time and documentation to the ATC sub-
subcontractor to provide seamless communication and point mapping to achieve the
desired sequence and BMS interface.
Q. Manufacturers
1. Subject to compliance with requirements specified here within provide rooftop units as
manufactured by Daikin McQuay, Seasons 4, Annex Air or approved equal by the engineer.
(Rooftop Unit must fit within the footprint shown on the drawings with manufacturer’s
recommended service clearances and code mandated airstream clearances being
maintained)
2. Any substitution or equal manufacture must fit within the equipment footprint shown on the
Drawings and meet the scheduled sound data.
B. MANUFACTURERS: All listed manufacturers are expected to comply with the
specifications. Being a listed equal does not allow for deviations.
1. Basis of Design: Daikin Applied
a. Addison, Seasons 4, and Annexair are acceptable equal manufacturers
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 55 of 183
C. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1. A. Furnish as shown on plans. Unit performance and electrical characteristics shall
be per the job schedule.
2. B. Configuration: Fabricate as detailed on prints and drawings:
a. Return plenum / economizer section
b. Filter section
c. Modulating Cooling coil section
d. Modulating Supply fan section
e. Modulating Gas heating section.
f. Condensing unit section
g. Modulating hot gas reheat
3. The complete unit shall be cETLus listed.
4. The unit shall be ASHRAE 90.1-2016 compliant and labeled.
5. Each unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application and include
a weatherproof cabinet. Each unit shall be completely factory assembled and
shipped in one piece. Packaged units shall be shipped fully charged with R-410
Refrigerant and oil.
6. The unit shall undergo a complete factory run test prior to shipment. The factory test
shall include a refrigeration circuit run test, a unit control system operations
checkout, a unit refrigerant leak test and a final unit inspection.
7. All units shall have decals and tags to indicate caution areas and aid unit service.
Unit nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door. Electrical wiring
diagrams shall be attached to the control panels. Installation, operating and
maintenance bulletins and start-up forms shall be supplied with each unit.
8. Performance: All scheduled EER, IEER, capacities and face areas are minimum
accepted values. All scheduled amps, kW, and HP are maximum accepted values
that allow scheduled capacity to be met.
9. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide 12-month parts only warranty. Defective
parts shall be repaired or replaced during the warranty period at no charge. The
warranty period shall commence at startup or six months after shipment, whichever
occurs first.
D. CABINET, CASING, AND FRAME
1. Panel construction shall be double-wall construction for all panels. All floor panels
shall have a solid galvanized steel inner liner on the air stream side of the unit to
protect insulation during service and maintenance. Insulation shall be a minimum of
an R-value of 7.0, and shall be 2 part injected foam. Panel design shall include no
exposed insulation edges. Unit cabinet shall be designed to operate at total static
pressures up to 5.0 inches w.g.
2. Exterior surfaces shall be constructed of painted galvanized steel, for aesthetics and
long-term durability. Paint finish will include a base primer with a high-quality
polyester resin topcoat. Finished, unabraded panel surfaces shall be exposed to an
ASTM B117 salt spray environment and exhibit no visible red rust at a minimum of
3,000 hours exposure. Finished, abraded surfaces shall be tested per ASTM D1654,
having a mean scribe creepage not exceeding 1/16” at 1,000 hours minimum
exposure to an ASTM B117 salt spray environment. Measurements of results shall
be quantified using ASTM D1654 in conjunction with ASTM D610 and ASTM D714 to
evaluate blister and rust ratings.
3. Service doors shall be provided on the fan section, filter section, control panel
section, and heating vestibule in order to provide user access to unit components.
All service access doors shall be mounted on multiple, stainless steel hinges and
shall be secured by a latch system. Removable service panels secured by multiple
mechanical fasteners are not acceptable.
4. The unit base shall overhang the roof curb for positive water runoff and shall seat
on the roof curb gasket to provide a positive, weathertight seal. Lifting brackets shall
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 56 of 183
be provided on the unit base to accept cable or chain hooks for rigging the
equipment.
5. Rooftop unit curb shall meet the requirements of Vibration and Seismic specification
section 230548 and drawings VS-1 (& 2)
E. OUTDOOR/RETURN AIR SECTION
1. Unit shall be provided with an outdoor air hood. The outdoor air hood shall allow
outdoor air to enter from the back of the unit, at the draw-through filter section. The
outdoor air hood shall be factory installed and constructed from galvanized steel
finished with the same durable paint finish as the main unit. The hood shall include
a bird screen to prevent infiltration of foreign materials and a rain lip to drain water
away from the entering air stream.
2. UltraSeal low leak dampers shall be provided. Damper blades shall be fully gasketed
and side sealed and arranged vertically in the hood. Damper leakage shall be less
than 1.5 CFM/Sq. Ft. of damper area at 1.0 inch static pressure differential. Leakage
rate to be tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Damper blades shall be
operated from multiple sets of linkages mounted on the leaving face of the dampers
3. A backdraft damper shall be factory installed on the exhaust air opening.
F. ENERGY RECOVERY WHEELS (RTU 1-4, 6-14)
1. The rooftop unit shall be provided with an AHRI certified rotary wheel air-to-air heat
exchanger in a cassette frame complete with seals, drive motor and drive belt. The
energy recovery wheel shall be an integral part of the rooftop unit with unitary
construction and does not require field assembly. Bolt-on energy recovery units
that require field assembly and section to section gasketing and sealing are not
acceptable.
2. The wheel capacity, air pressure drop and effectiveness shall be AHRI certified per
AHRI Standard 1060. Thermal performance shall be certified by the manufacturer in
accordance with ASHRAE Standard 84, Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat
Exchangers and AHRI Standard 1060, Rating Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers For Energy
Recovery Ventilation Equipment.
3. The rooftop unit shall be designed with a track so the entire energy recovery wheel
cassette can slide out from the rooftop unit to facilitate cleaning.
4. The unit shall have 2” Merv 8 filters for the outdoor air before the wheel to help keep
the wheel clean and reduce maintenance. Filter access shall be by a hinged access
door with ¼ turn latches.
5. The matrix design shall have channels to reduce cross contamination between the
outdoor air and the exhaust air. The layers shall be effectively captured in aluminum
and stainless steel segment frames that provide a rigid and self-supporting matrix.
All diameter and perimeter seals shall be provided as part of the cassette assembly
and shall be factory set. Drive belt(s) of stretch urethane shall be provided for wheel
rim drive without the need for external tensioners or adjustment.
6. The total energy recovery wheel shall be coated with silica gel desiccant
permanently bonded without the use of binders or adhesives, which may degrade
desiccant performance. The substrate shall be lightweight polymer and shall not
degrade nor require additional coatings for application in marine or coastal
environments. Coated segments shall be washable with detergent or alkaline coil
cleaner and water. Desiccant shall not dissolve nor deliquesce in the presence of
water or high humidity.
7. Wheels shall be provided with removable energy transfer matrix. Wheel frame
construction shall be a welded hub, spoke and rim assembly of stainless, plated
and/or coated steel and shall be self-supporting without matrix segments in place.
Segments shall be removable without the use of tools to facilitate maintenance and
cleaning.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 57 of 183
8. Wheel bearings shall be selected to provide an L-10 life in excess of 400,000 hours.
Rim shall be continuous rolled stainless steel. Wheels shall be connected to the
shaft by means of taper lock hubs.
9. The exhaust air fan shall be a direct drive SWSI plenum fan. The exhaust fan shall
be sized for the airflow requirements per the construction schedule. The unit
controller shall control the exhaust fan to maintain building pressure. A VFD shall
be provided for the exhaust fan motor or the exhaust fan motor shall be an ECM
motor. The rooftop unit shall have single point electrical power connection and shall
be ETL listed.
G. ENTHALPIC FLAT PLATE ENERGY RECOVERY (RTU-5)
1. The fixed plate energy recovery core is equipped with a bypass damper on the
outside air path. If the RTU has an economizer internal to it then the bypass damper
will open when the unit enters the economizer operating state and close when the
unit leaves the economizer operating state.
2. When the outside air is below 32F (adjustable) the bypass damper will open for 5
minutes (adjustable) every 60 minute period (adjustable). Exhaust air continues to
run though the core during this time to remove frost buildup.
3. The ERV core shall transfer both sensible and latent energy between the incoming
fresh air stream and the exhaust stale air stream.
4. The ERV core shall be in either a cross-flow or counter cross-flow orientation and
have no moving parts.
5. The ERV core shall be certified by AHRI under its Standard 1060 for Energy Recovery
Ventilators. Products not currently AHRI certified will not be accepted.
6. The ERV core shall achieve the minimum effectiveness value as indicated in the
schedule.
7. The fresh air stream must have complete separation from the stale air stream to
prevent cross contamination.
8. The ERV core shall have Exhaust Air Transport Ratio of 0.5% as tested to AHRI 1060
(EATR) to prevent cross-over of gases, contaminants or odors.
9. The ERV core’s Outdoor Air Correction Factor (OACF) shall not exceed 1.0 as tested
to AHRI 1060 (OACF) Standard.
10. The ERV core shall not be degraded or promote the growth of mold and bacteria with
a rating of zero in testing according to ISO846 A and C.
11. The ERV core must be able to tolerate freezing temperatures of -30°C (-22°F and not
have an increase in EATR or decrease in performance after being frozen.
12. The ERV core must be able to tolerate high temperatures of +60°C and not have an
increase in EATR or decrease in performance at these elevated temperatures.
13. The ERV core must be freeze tolerant tested to 40 freeze thaw cycles from -20¬o C
to +20o C while maintaining the energy recovery effectiveness and EATR rating of
0.5%.
14. The ERV core must be water washable to remove dust and contaminants.
15. The ERV core must be flame proof and comply with UL 723 with a flame spread index
that shall not be over 25 and a smoke index that shall not be over 50.
16. The ERV cores should have particulate filters positioned before the incoming air
streams.
17. Accepted manufacturer: CORE Energy Recovery Solutions or approved equal,
subject to compliance with requirements
H. EXHAUST FAN
1. Exhaust fan shall be a single width, single inlet (SWSI) airfoil centrifugal fan. The fan
wheel shall be Class II construction with aluminum fan blades that are continuously
welded to the hub plate and end rim. The exhaust fan shall be a direct drive fan
mounted to the motor shaft. Belts and sheaves are not acceptable due to the
additional maintenance.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 58 of 183
2. The fan motor shall be a totally enclosed EC motor that is speed controlled by a third
party unit controller. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and
protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall
have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of
a loss of phase. Motors shall be premium efficiency.
3. Exhaust fans must be capable of handling the full range of airflow to match the
minimum outside air volume and up to the full return air economizer airflow, no
exceptions.
I. FILTERS
1. Unit shall be provided with a draw-through filter section. The filter rack shall be
designed to accept a 2” prefilter and a 4” final filter. The unit design shall have a
hinged access door for the filter section. The manufacturer shall ship the rooftop
unit with 2” MERV 8 and 4" MERV 14 filters or greater.
2. A spare set of filters shall be included.
J. COOLING COIL
1. The indoor coil section shall be installed in a draw through configuration, upstream
of the supply air fan. The coil section shall be complete with a factory piped cooling
coil and an ASHRAE 62.1 compliant double sloped drain pan.
2. The direct expansion (DX) cooling coils shall be fabricated of seamless high
efficiency copper tubing that is mechanically expanded into high efficiency
aluminum plate fins. Coils shall be a multi-row, staggered tube design with a
minimum of 3 rows. All cooling coils shall have an interlaced coil circuiting that
keeps the full coil face active at all load conditions. All coils shall be factory leak
tested with high pressure air under water.
3. The cooling coil shall have an electronic controlled expansion valve. The unit
controller shall control the expansion valve to maintain liquid subcooling and the
superheat of the refrigerant system.
4. The refrigerant suction lines shall be fully insulated from the expansion valve to the
compressors.
5. The drain pan shall be stainless steel and positively sloped. The slope of the drain
pan shall be in two directions and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1. The drain
pan shall have a minimum slope of 1/8" per foot to provide positive draining. The
drain pan shall extend beyond the leaving side of the coil. The drain pan shall have
a threaded drain connection extending through the unit base.
6. All coils are to be Epoxy coated.
K. HOT GAS REHEAT
1. nit shall be equipped with a fully modulating hot gas reheat coil with hot gas coming
from the unit condenser
2. Hot gas reheat coil shall be a Micro Channel design. The aluminum tube shall be a
micro channel design with high efficiency aluminum fins. Fins shall be brazed to
the tubing for a direct bond. The capacity of the reheat coil shall allow for a 20°F
temperature rise at all operating conditions.
3. The modulating hot gas reheat systems shall allow for independent control of the
cooling coil leaving air temperature and the reheat coil leaving air temperature. The
cooling coil and reheat coil leaving air temperature setpoints shall be adjustable
through the unit controller. During the dehumidification cycle the unit shall be
capable of 100% of the cooling capacity. The hot gas reheat coil shall provide
discharge temperature control within +/- 2°F.
4. Each coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air under water.
5. All coils are to be Epoxy coated.
L. SUPPLY FAN
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 59 of 183
1. Supply fan shall be a single width, single inlet (SWSI) airfoil centrifugal fan. The fan
wheel shall be Class II construction with fan blades that are continuously welded to
the hub plate and end rim. The supply fan shall be a direct drive fan mounted to the
motor shaft. Belts and sheaves are not acceptable due to the additional
maintenance.
2. All fan assemblies shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory,
including a final trim balance, prior to shipment.
3. Supply fan and motor assembly combinations larger than 8 hp or 22” diameter shall
be internally isolated on 1” deflection, spring isolators and include removable
shipping tie downs.
4. The fan motor shall be a totally enclosed EC motor that is speed controlled by the
rooftop unit controller. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and
protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall
have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of
a loss of phase. Motors shall be premium efficiency.
5. The supply fan shall be capable of airflow modulation from 30% to 100% of the
scheduled designed airflow. The fan shall not operate in a state of surge at any point
within the modulation range.
M. HEATING SECTION
1. The rooftop unit shall include a natural gas heating section. The gas furnace design
shall be one natural gas fired heating module factory installed downstream of the
supply air fan in the heat section. The heating module shall be a tubular design with
in-shot gas burners.
2. The module shall be complete with furnace controller and control valve capable of
10:1 modulating operation.
3. The module shall have an induced draft fan that will maintain a negative pressure in
the heat exchanger tubes for the removal of the flue gases.
4. Each burner module shall have two flame roll-out safety protection switches and a
high temperature limit switch that will shut the gas valve off upon detection of
improper burner manifold operation. The induced draft fan shall have an airflow
safety switch that will prevent the heating module from turning on in the event of no
airflow in the flue chamber.
5. The factory-installed DDC unit control system shall control the gas heat module.
Field installed heating modules shall require a field ETL certification. The
manufacturer’s rooftop unit ETL certification shall cover the complete unit including
the gas heating modules.
N. CONDENSING SECTION
1. Outdoor coils shall be cast aluminum, micro-channel coils. Plate fins shall be
protected and brazed between adjoining flat tubes such that they shall not extend
outside the tubes. A sub-cooling coil shall be an integral part of the main outdoor
air coil. Each outdoor air coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air
under water. Condenser coils shall be epoxy coated.
2. Outdoor air coils shall be protected from incidental contact to coil fins by a coil
guard. Coil guard shall be constructed of cross wire welded steel with PVC coating.
3. Fan motors shall be an ECM type motor for proportional control. The unit controller
shall proportionally control the speed of the condenser fan motors to maintain the
head pressure of the refrigerant circuit from ambient condition of 25~120°F.
Mechanical cooling shall be provided to 25º F. The motor shall include thermal
overload protection and protect the motor in the case of excessive motor
temperatures. The motor shall have phase failure protection and prevent the motor
from operation in the event of a loss of phase.
4. The condenser fan shall be low noise blade design. Fan blade design shall be a
dynamic profile for low tip speed. Fan blade shall be of a composite material.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 60 of 183
5. The unit shall have scroll compressors.
a. On all units 40 Tons and below: At least one circuit shall have an inverter or
digital scroll compressor providing proportional control. The inverter
compressor shall have a separate oil pump and an oil separator for each
compressor that routes oil back to the compressor instead of through the
discharge line.
b. On all units over 40Tons: Shall have a minimum of four circuits with an
intelligent control of staging. Fewer circuits that incorporate a variable speed
compressor on one circuit is also acceptable.
6. Pressure transducers shall be provided for the suction pressure and head pressure.
Temperature sensor shall be provided for the suction temperature and the
refrigerant discharge temperature of the compressors. All of the above devices shall
be an input to the unit controller and the values be displayed at the unit controller.
7. Refrigerant circuit shall have a bypass valve between the suction and discharge
refrigerant lines for low head pressure compressor starting and increased
compressor reliability. When there is a call for mechanical cooling the bypass valve
shall open to equalizing the suction and discharge pressures. When pressures are
equalized the bypass valve shall close and the compressor shall be allowed to start.
8. Each circuit shall be dehydrated and factory charged with R-410A Refrigerant and
oil.
O. ELECTRICAL
1. Unit wiring shall comply with NEC requirements and with all applicable UL
standards. All electrical components shall be UL recognized where applicable. All
wiring and electrical components provided with the unit shall be number and color-
coded and labeled according to the electrical diagram provided for easy
identification. The unit shall be provided with a factory wired weatherproof control
panel. Unit shall have a single point power terminal block for main power
connection. A terminal board shall be provided for low voltage control wiring.
Branch short circuit protection, 115-volt control circuit transformer and fuse, system
switches, and a high temperature sensor shall also be provided with the unit. Each
compressor and condenser fan motor shall be furnished with contactors and
inherent thermal overload protection. Supply fan motors shall have contactors and
external overload protection. Knockouts shall be provided in the bottom of the main
control panels for field wiring entrance.
2. A single non-fused disconnect switch shall be provided for disconnecting electrical
power at the unit. Disconnect switches shall be mounted internally to the control
panel and operated by an externally mounted handle.
P. UVC EMITTERS
1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Steril-Aire, Inc. UV-R, or UVDI are acceptable equals
assuming that the following specification requirements are met.
2. Quality Assurance: Each component and product is to be inbound and outbound
tested before shipment in accordance with ISO 9001:2000 test procedures and shall
be produced in a ISO 140001 approved facility.
3. Parts only warranty: Fixture and Emitter shall be 100% warranted to be free from
factory defects for a period of one year. The Power Supplies and Fixtures shall be
warranted for 5 years.
4. Equipment
a. Units shall be high output, HVAC-type, germicidal UVC light sources, factory
assembled and tested. Components shall include a housing, high efficiency
electronic power source, Emitter sockets and Emitter tube, all constructed to
withstand HVAC environments.
b. Unit housings shall be made of 304 stainless steel and shall include mounting
holes to assist in securing the fixtures.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 61 of 183
c. High efficiency electronic power supplies shall be a Class P2 with a power
factor greater than 0.98 and a power conversion of greater than 90%. The
power supply design shall include RF and EMI suppression. The power supply
shall be designed to maximize photon production, irradiance and reliability in
cold airstreams of 0-140 °F, 100% RH. The power supply shall be available in
110- 277 V, 50/60 Hz, single phase. Power sources shall be UL listed to comply
with UL Standard 1995.
d. UVC Emitter germicidal lamp tube shall be a hot cathode of T5 diameter that
produces UVC at 253.7 nm and no ozone or other secondary contaminants.
The UVC Emitter germicidal DE lamp shall be tested by an independent test
laboratory to provide UVC of 253.7 nm output per one-inch arc length of no less than 9 μW/cm2 and SE lamp 7.5 μW/cm2 1 meter in a 400 fpm (152
meters/min) airstream of 50 °F (10 °C). The UVC Emitter lamp shall be designed
to maximize photon production, irradiance and reliability in cold or moving
airstreams of up to 2000 fpm and temperatures of 35-140 °F (2 – 60 °C) and
100% RH
e. UVC Emitters shall produce no ozone or other secondary contamination.
f. A kill switch shall be located on the UV-C to eliminate exposure during service
g. UV-C shall be furnished so that it can accept an enable signal from the ATC
RTU Controller
h. A spare set of emitters shall be supplied (a minimum of two sets total)
5. System Design Performance
a. The intention of the UV-C is to kill airborne virus and therefore a minimal
dosage of 1,820 μW*sec/cm2 shall be present across the entire air stream in
which the UV-C is mounted to maintain a 99% kill rate. Quantity and spacing
of emitters shall be sized accordingly.
b. Intensity- Intensity shall be measured by a UVC Radiometer that is accurate to
± 3% radiometric and photometric for NIST transfer standards in the
monochromatic irradiance at 254nm. The Radiometer shall have a full cosine
response filter.
6. INSTALLATION
a. UV-C shall be installed integral to the unit.
b. Power shall be sourced from the Rooftop Unit Single Point power so that the
UV-C is disabled when the unit is powered down via the main disconnect.
Q. CONTROLS
1. The primary control of the overall unit is to be provided by the base job ATC. The
unit manufacturer shall provide a refrigeration controller. The refrigeration
controller shall control the entire refrigeration portion of the unit and accept hard
wired commands from the ATC’s main unit controller. The refrigeration controller
shall also monitor and control all refrigerant safeties and alarms. The refrigerant
controller shall include an interface (Bacnet, etc) for monitoring only of all alarms,
pressures, and functionality. All control of the refrigerant controller shall be via hard
wired control points from the ATC Controller.
2. The manufacturer furnished refrigeration controller shall accept the following hard
wired inputs from the ATC’s main controller:
a. Cooling enable
b. Modulating cooling capacity (analog signal)
c. Hot gas reheat enable
d. Modulating hot gas reheat capacity (analog signal)
3. Outdoor airflow measuring station: A factory furnished and installed Airflow
Measuring Station shall be capable of measuring the entire airflow range from the
scheduled minimum outside air to economizer. If the factory furnished outside
airflow station cannot conform to the following specification then an equivalent shall
be field furnished and installed.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 62 of 183
a. Thermal dispersion technology, independently calibrated sensors using NIST
traceable standards, and laboratory testing of the entire assembly allow
ventilation control accuracy of +/- 15%.
b. Monitor and controller comply with the measurement portion of the Outdoor
Air Delivery Monitoring LEED Point EQc1.
c. Probe: Accuracy Airflow Rate ± 2% of reading. Airflow Range 0 to 5,000 fpm
d. Transmitter: High speed microprocessor. 16 character alpha-numeric display
(auto-ranging). BACnet MS/TP Master protocol.
e. Ebtron Gold or equivelent
4. All other controls and control devices not detailed above are the responsibility of
the base job ATC. Including but not limited to:
a. Enabling and modulating signal to gas Furnace
b. All sensors and devices shown on the Control Diagrams
c. Damper actuators
d. Control of manufacturer furnished Energy Wheel VFD
e. Control of Supply and Exhaust EC Fans
5. Refer to Control Diagram Drawings for Rooftop unit control requirements and
expanded sequence of operation and required points list, for reference only.
6. RTU manufacturer shall provide the necessary time and documentation to the ATC
sub-subcontractor to provide seamless communication and point mapping to
achieve the desired sequence and BMS interface.
HIGH EFFICIENCY, GAS-FIRED CONDENSING BOILER (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General
Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional
contract requirements)
A. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
2. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code.
3. "ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance" Paragraph may be required to comply with Project
requirements or authorities having jurisdiction. Also, LEED Prerequisite EA 2 requires
compliance with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
4. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to
"Gas and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements."
5. Delete first paragraph below if boiler rating exceeds 300,000 Btu/h (87.9 kW).
6. AHRI Compliance: Boilers shall be AHRI listed and must meet the minimum efficiency
specified under AHRI BTS-2000 as defined by Department of Energy in 10 CFR Part 431.
7. ANSI Compliance: Boilers shall be compliant with ANSI Z21.13 test standards for US and
Canada.
8. CSA Compliant: Boilers shall be compliant with CSA certification.
B. COORDINATION
1. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements.
C. WARRANTY
1. Standard Warranty: Boilers shall include manufacturer's standard form in which
manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of boilers that fail in materials or
workmanship within specified warranty period.
2. Warranty Period for Fire-Tube Condensing Boilers:
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 63 of 183
a. Heat Exchanger, Pressure Vessel and Condensation Collection Basin shall carry a
10 year limited warranty against defects in materials or workmanship and failure due
to thermal shock.
b. All other components shall carry a one year warranty from date of boiler start up.
D. MANUFACTURERS
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Lochinvar Boilers as specified on Drawings. Other equal
manufactures include Viessmann, Aerco or equal.
E. FLOOR MOUNTED BOILERS
1. CONSTRUCTION
a. Description: Boiler shall be natural gas fired, fully condensing, and fire tube design.
The boiler shall be factory-fabricated, factory-assembled, and factory-tested, fire-
tube condensing boiler with heat exchanger sealed pressure tight, built on a steel
base; including insulated jacket; flue-gas vent; combustion-air intake connections;
water supply, return, and condensate drain connections; and controls.
b. Heat Exchanger: The heater exchanger shall bear the ASME “H” stamp for 160 psi
working pressure and shall be National Board listed. The heat exchanger shall be
constructed of a fully welded 316L stainless steel and of fire tube design. Fire tube
shall be of the Wave Fire Tube design and capable of transferring 16,000 to 20,000
Btu’s per tube. The heat exchanger shall be designed for a single-pass water flow
to limit the water side pressure drop. There shall be no banding material, bolts,
gaskets or “O” rings in the heat exchanger design. Cast iron, aluminum, or
condensing copper tube boilers will not be accepted.
c. Condensate Collection Basin: Fully welded 316L stainless steel.
d. Intake Filter and Dirty Filter Switch: Boiler shall include an intake air filter with a
factory installed air pressure switch. The pressure switch will alert the end user on
the screen of the boiler that the intake filter is dirty and needs to be changed.
e. Pressure Vessel: The pressure vessel shall be in accordance with ASME Section
IV pressure vessel code. The pressure vessel shall be designed for a single-pass
water flow to limit the water side pressure drop. Pressure drop shall be no greater
than 3.2 psi at 180 gpm. The pressure vessel shall contain a volume of water no
less than:
Model Water Content
FB 751 73 gallons
FB 1001 77 gallons
FB 1251 87 gallons
FB 1501 94 gallons
FB 1751 106 gallons
FB 2001 111 gallons
FB 2501 157 gallons
FB 3001 156 gallons
FB 3501 202 gallons
FB 4001 201 gallons
FB 5001 254 gallons
FB 6001 304 gallons
f. Burner: Natural gas, forced draft single burner premix design. The burner shall be
high temperature stainless steel with a woven Fecralloy outer covering to provide
modulating firing rates. The burner shall be capable of the stated gas train turndown
without loss of combustion efficiency. The burner shall have an independent
laboratory rating for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) to meet requirements of South Coast
Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) as compliant with Rule 1146.2 (FB 0751
– FB 2001), Bay Area Quality Management District as compliant with Regulation 9
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 64 of 183
Rule 7 (FB 2501 – FB 6001) and Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (FB
0751 – FB 2001) as being compliant with Section 117.465.
g. Blower: Boiler shall be equipped with a pulse width modulating blower system to
precisely control the fuel/air mixture to provide modulating boiler firing rates for
maximum efficiency. The burner firing sequence of operation shall include pre-
purge, firing, modulation, and post-purge operation.
h. Gas Train: The boiler shall be supplied with two gas valves designed with negative
pressure regulation and shall be capable of the following minimum turndowns:
Model Turndown Minimum Input Maximum Input
FB 751 15:1 50,000 750,000
FB 1001 20:1 50,000 999,999
FB 1251 20:1 62,500 1,250,000
FB 1501 25:1 60,000 1,500,000
FB 1751 25:1 70,000 1,750,000
FB 2001 25:1 80,000 1,999,999
FB 2501 20:1 125,000 2,500,000
FB 3001 20:1 150,000 3,000,000
FB 3501 20:1 175,000 3,500,000
FB 4001 12:1 333,333 3,999,999
FB 5001 10:1 500,000 4,999,999
FB 6001 10:1 600,000 6,000,000
i. Ignition: Spark ignition with 100 percent main-valve shutoff with electronic flame
supervision.
j. High Altitude: Boiler shall operate at altitudes up to 4,500 feet above sea level
without additional parts or adjustments. High altitude operation shall be certified at
a minimum of 4,500 feet above sea level by a third party organization. High altitude
boilers shall be certified to 3,000 to 12,000 feet above sea level. The boilers shall
carry a CSA certification for high altitude operation up to 12,000 feet.
k. Casing:
1) Jacket: Heavy gauge primed and painted steel jacket with snap-in closures.
2) Control Compartment Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1A.
3) If retaining second option in "Jacket" Subparagraph above, delete first
subparagraph below.
4) Insulation: Minimum ½ inch thick, mineral fiber insulation surrounding the
heat exchanger.
5) Combustion-Air Connections: Inlet and vent duct collars.
l. Characteristics and Capacities:
1) Heating Medium: Hot water.
2) Design Water Pressure Rating: 160 psi working pressure.
3) Safety Relief Valve Setting: 50 psig
4) Minimum Water Flow Rate:
Model Minimum Flow
FB 751 18 gpm
FB 1001 18 gpm
FB 1251 18 gpm
FB 1501 25 gpm
FB 1751 25 gpm
FB 2001 25 gpm
FB 2501 25 gpm
FB 3001 25 gpm
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 65 of 183
Model Minimum Flow
FB 3501 45 gpm
FB 4001 45 gpm
FB 5001 50 gpm
FB 6001 60 gpm
2. TRIM
a. Safety Relief Valve:
1) Size and Capacity: 50 lb.
2) Description: Fully enclosed steel spring with adjustable pressure range and
positive shutoff; factory set and sealed.
b. Pressure Gage: Minimum 3-1/2 inch diameter. Gage shall have normal operating
pressure about 50 percent of full range.
c. Drain Valves: Minimum NPS 3/4 or nozzle size with hose-end connection.
d. In first paragraph below, retain option if boiler operating pressure exceeds 100 psig
(690 kPa).
e. Condensate Neutralization Kit: Factory supplied condensate trap with condensate
trip sensor, high capacity condensate receiver prefilled with appropriate medium.
3. CONTROLS
a. Boiler controls shall feature a standard, factory installed 8” LCD screen display with
the following standard features:
1) Password Security: Boiler shall have a different password security code for
the User and the Installer to access adjustable parameters.
2) Outdoor air reset: Boiler shall calculate the set point using a field installed,
factory supplied outdoor sensor and an adjustable reset curve.
3) Pump exercise: Boiler shall energize any pump it controls for an adjustable
time if the associated pump has been off for a time period of 24 hours.
4) Ramp delay: Boiler may be programmed to limit the firing rate based on six
limits steps and six time intervals.
5) Boost function: Boiler may be programmed to automatically increase the set
point a fixed number of degrees (adjustable by installer) if the setpoint has
been continuously active for a set period of time (time adjustable by installer).
This process will continue until the space heating demand ends.
6) Domestic hot water priority: Boiler shall make the domestic hot water call for
heat a priority over any space heating call and adjust the boiler setpoint to the
domestic hot water boiler setpoint.
7) Domestic hot water modulation limiting: Boiler may be programmed to limit
the maximum domestic hot water firing rate to match the input rating of the
indirect tank coil.
8) Domestic hot water night setback: Boiler may be programmed to reduce the
domestic hot water tank set point during a certain time of the day.
9) PC port connection: Boiler shall have a PC port allowing the connection of
PC boiler software.
10) Time clock: Boiler shall have an internal time clock with the ability to time and
date stamp lock-out codes and maintain records of runtime.
11) Service reminder: Boiler shall have the ability to display a yellow colored
service notification screen based upon months of installation, hours of
operation, and number of boiler cycles. All notifications are adjustable by the
installer.
12) Three pump control: Boiler shall have the ability to control the boiler pump,
system pump and the domestic hot water pump.
13) Anti-cycling control: Boiler shall have the ability to set a time delay after a
heating demand is satisfied allowing the boiler to block a new call for heat.
The boiler will display an anti-cycling blocking on the screen until the time has
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 66 of 183
elapsed or the water temperature drops below the anti-cycling differential
parameter. The anti-cycling control parameter is adjustable by the installer.
14) Night setback: Boiler may be programmed to reduce the space heating
temperature set point during a certain time of the day.
15) Freeze protection: Boiler shall turn on the boiler and system pumps when the
boiler water temperature falls below 45 degrees. When the boiler water
temperature falls below 37 degrees the boiler will automatically turn on. Boiler
and pumps will turn off when the boiler water temperature rises above 43
degrees.
16) Isolation valve control: Boiler shall have the ability to control a 2-way
motorized control valve. Boiler shall also be able to force a fixed number of
valves to always be energized regardless of the number of boilers that are
firing.
17) BMS integration with 0-10V DC input: The Control shall allow an option to
Enable and control set point temperature or control firing rate by sending the
boiler a 0-10V input signal.
18) Data logging: Boiler shall have non-volatile data logging memory including
last 10 lockouts, hours running and ignition attempts and should be able to
view on boiler screen.
19) The boiler shall have a built in Cascade controller to sequence and rotate lead
boiler to ensure equal runtime while maintaining modulation of up to 8 boilers
of different btu inputs without utilization of an external controller. The factory
installed, internal cascade controller shall include:
a) Lead lag:
b) Efficiency optimization: The Control module shall allow multiple boilers
to fire at minimum firing rate in lieu of Lead/Lag.
c) Front end loading:
d) Rotation of lead boiler: The Control module shall change the lead
boiler every hour for the first 24 hours after initializing the Cascade.
Following that, the leader will be changed once every 24 hours.
20) Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features:
a) Set-Point Adjust: Set points shall be adjustable.
b) Retain two subparagraphs below for steam boilers.
c) Operating Pressure Control: Factory wired and mounted to cycle
burner.
d) Retain one of three subparagraphs below for operating control
sequences. Retain one of first two subparagraphs for hot-water
boilers; or third, for steam boilers.
e) Sequence of Operation: Factory installed controller to modulate burner
firing rate to maintain system water temperature in response to call for
heat.
f) Sequence of Operation: Electric, factory-fabricated and factory-
installed panel to control burner firing rate to reset supply-water
temperature inversely with outside-air temperature. At 0 deg F outside-air temperature, set supply-water temperature at 160 deg F; at 60 deg
F outside-air temperature, set supply-water temperature at 110 deg F.
21) Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions, burner
safety controls limit burner operation.
a) High Temperature Limit: Automatic and manual reset stops burner if
operating conditions rise above maximum boiler design temperature. Limit switch to be manually reset on the control interface.
b) Low-Water Cutoff Switch: Electronic probe shall prevent burner
operation on low water. Cutoff switch shall be manually reset on the
control interface.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 67 of 183
c) Blocked Inlet Safety Switch: Manual-reset pressure switch field
mounted on boiler combustion-air inlet.
d) High and Low Gas Pressure Switches: Pressure switches shall
prevent burner operation on low or high gas pressure. Pressure
switches to be manually reset on the control interface.
e) Blocked Drain Switch: Blocked drain switch shall prevent burner
operation when tripped. Switch to be manually reset on the control
interface.
f) Low air pressure switch: Pressure switches shall prevent burner
operation on low air pressure. Switch to be manually reset on the
control interface.
g) Audible Alarm: Factory mounted on control panel with silence switch;
shall sound alarm for any lockout conditions.
22) Building Automation System Interface: Provide factory installed BACNet
gateway interface to enable building automation system to monitor, control,
and display boiler status and alarms.
b. ELECTRICAL POWER
1) Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and
connections are specified in Division 26 Sections.
2) Single-Point Field Power Connection: Factory-installed and factory-wired
switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices
necessary shall provide a single-point field power connection to boiler.
c. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1) Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
2) Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment
installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.
d. Tests and Inspections:
1) Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Complete startup form included with Boiler and return to
Manufacturer as described in the instructions.
2) Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
3) Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit
operation. Adjust air-fuel ratio and combustion.
4) Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
a) Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low-limit
safety set points of fuel supply, water level and water temperature.
b) Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as
indicated.
e. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied
conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other than normal occupancy
hours for this purpose. f. Performance Tests:
1) Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect component
assemblies and equipment installations, including connections, and to
conduct performance testing.
2) Boilers shall comply with performance requirements indicated, as determined
by field performance tests. Adjust, modify, or replace equipment to comply. 3) Perform field performance tests to determine capacity and efficiency of
boilers.
4) Repeat tests until results comply with requirements indicated.
5) Provide analysis equipment required to determine performance.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 68 of 183
6) Provide temporary equipment and system modifications necessary to
dissipate the heat produced during tests if building systems are not adequate.
7) Notify Architect in advance of test dates.
8) Perform a combustion analysis after installation and adjust gas valve per the
Installation and Operations manual and note in startup report.
9) Document test results in a report and submit to Architect.
g. DEMONSTRATION
1) Engage a factory representative or a factory-authorized service
representative for boiler startup and to train Owner's maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain boilers.
F. WALL MOUNTED BOILERS
Model
Turndown Minimum Input Maximum Input
KHB055 / WHB055 6.7:1 8,200 55,000
KHB085 / WHB085 10:1 8,500 85,000
KHB110 / WHB110 10:1 11,100 110,000
KHB155 / WHB155 10:1 15,500 155,000
KHB199 / WHB199 10:1 19,999 199,999
KHB285 / WHB285 10:1 28,500 285,000
WHB399 5:1 79,999 399,999
1. The BOILER shall bear the ASME "H" stamp for 80 psi working pressure and shall be
National Board listed. The BOILER shall have a fully welded, stainless steel, fire tube heat
exchanger. There shall be no banding material, bolts, gaskets or "O" rings in the pressure
vessel construction. The heat exchanger shall be designed for a single-pass water flow to
limit the water side pressure drop. The condensate collection basin shall be constructed
of welded stainless steel. The complete heat exchanger assembly shall carry a twelve (15)
year limited warranty.
2. The heat exchanger shall have a volume of water no less than:
Model Water Content
KHB055 / WHB055 2.3 gallons
KHB085 / WHB085 2.2 gallons
KHB110 / WHB110 3.2 gallons
KHB155 / WHB155 3.2 gallons
KHB199 / WHB199 5.2 gallons
KHB285 / WHB285 4.9 gallons
WHB399N 6.5 gallons
3. The BOILER shall be certified and listed by C.S.A. International under the latest edition of
the harmonized ANSI Z21.13 test standard. The BOILER shall operate at a minimum of
95% AFUE Efficiency (KHB/WHB055-285) and 94.4% THERMAL Efficiency (WHB399) as
registered with AHRI. The BOILER shall be certified for indoor installation.
4. The BOILER shall be constructed with a heavy gauge steel jacket assembly, primed and
pre-painted on both sides. The combustion chamber shall be sealed and completely
enclosed, independent of the outer jacket assembly, so that integrity of the outer jacket
does not affect a proper seal. A burner/flame observation port shall be provided for
observing the burner flame and combustion chamber. The burner shall be a premix design
constructed of high temperature stainless steel with a woven Fecralloy outer covering to
provide smooth operation at all modulating firing rates. The BOILER shall be supplied with
a negative pressure regulation gas valve and be equipped with a pulse width modulation
blower system to precisely control the fuel/air mixture to the burner. The BOILER shall
operate in a safe condition with gas supply pressures as low as 4 inches of water column.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 69 of 183
The burner flame shall be ignited by direct spark ignition with flame monitoring via a flame
sensor.
5. The BOILER shall utilize a 24 VAC control circuit and components. The control system
shall have a factory installed display for boiler set-up, boiler status, and boiler diagnostics.
All components shall be easily accessed and serviceable from the front and top of the
jacket. The BOILER shall be equipped with a temperature/pressure gauge; high limit
temperature control with manual reset; ASME certified pressure relief valve set for 30 psi
(standard); outlet water temperature sensor with a dual thermistor to verify accuracy;
system supply water temperature sensor; outdoor air sensor, flue temperature sensor with
dual thermistor to verify accuracy; low water cut off with manual reset, blocked drain switch
and a condensate trap for the heat exchanger condensate drain.
6. The BOILER shall feature the “SMART SYSTEM™” control which is standard and factory
installed with 128 x 128 resolution display, password security, outdoor air reset, pump
delay with freeze protection, pump exercise, ramp delay featuring six steps, domestic hot
water prioritization with limiting capabilities, USB drive for simple uploading of parameters
and a PC port connection for connection to a local computer for programming and trending.
A secondary operating control that is field mounted outside or inside the appliance is not
acceptable. The BOILER shall have alarm contacts for any failure, runtime contacts and
data logging of runtime at given modulation rates, ignition attempts and ignition failures.
The BOILER shall have a built-in “Cascade” with leader redundancy to sequence and
rotate while maintaining modulation of up to eight boilers of different Btu inputs without
utilization of an external controller. The internal “Cascade” function shall be capable of
lead-lag, efficiency optimization, front-end loading, and rotation of lead boiler every 24
hours. The BOILER shall be capable of remote communication via optional CON-X-US™
Remote Connectivity with the capability of historical trending and sending text message or
email alerts to notify the caretaker of a boiler alarm and remote programming of onboard
boiler control. The control must have optional capability to communicate via Modbus
protocol with a minimum of 46 readable points. The BOILER shall have an optional
gateway device which will allow integration with LON or BacNet protocols.
7. The “SMART SYSTEM™” control shall increase fan speed to boost flame signal when a
weak flame signal is detected during normal operation. A 0-10 VDC output signal shall
control a variable speed boiler pump (pump shall be supplied by manufacturer) to keep a
fixed Delta T across the boiler regardless of the modulation rate. The BOILER shall have
the capability to receive a 0-10 VDC input signal from a variable speed system pump to
anticipate changes in system heat load in order to prevent flow related issues such as
erratic temperature cycling.
8. The BOILER shall be equipped with two terminal strips for electrical connection. A low
voltage connection board with 46 connection points for safety and operating controls, i.e.,
Alarm Contacts, Runtime Contacts, Low Water Cut Off, Louver Proving Switch, Tank
Thermostat, Domestic Hot Water Building Recirculation Pump Contacts, Domestic Hot
Water Building Recirculation Temperature Sensor Contacts, Remote Enable/Disable,
System Supply Temperature Sensor, Outdoor Temperature Sensor, Tank Temperature
Sensor, Modbus Building Management System Signal and Cascade Control Circuit. A high
voltage terminal strip shall be provided for Supply voltage. Supply voltage shall be 120 volt / 60 hertz / single phase on all models. The high voltage terminal strip plus integral
relays are provided for independent pump control of the System pump, the Boiler pump
and the Domestic Hot Water pump.
9. The BOILER shall have an independent laboratory rating for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) to
meet the requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District in Southern
California and the requirements of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. The manufacturer shall verify proper operation of the burner, all controls and the integrity of the
heat exchanger by connection to water and venting for a factory fire test prior to shipping.
10. The BOILER shall be suitable for use with polypropylene glycol up to a 50% concentration.
The de-rate associated with the glycol will vary per glycol manufacturer.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 70 of 183
PUMPS (P) (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 -
HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. General: Provide factory-tested pumps, thoroughly cleaned, and painted with one coat of
machinery enamel prior to shipment. Type, size, and capacity of each pump is listed in pump
schedule. Provide pumps of same type by same manufacturer.
B. Frame-Mounted End Suction Pumps:
1. General: Provide frame-mounted end suction pumps where indicated, and of capacities
and having characteristics as scheduled.
2. Type: Horizontal mount, single stage, vertical split case, flexible coupling, base mounted,
designed for 175 psi working pressure.
3. Casing: Cast iron, 125 psi ANSI flanges, tappings for gage and drain connections.
4. Shaft: Steel with replaceable shaft sleeve. Provide shaft grounding rings similar to Aegis
or equal.
5. Bearing: Regreasable ball bearings.
6. Seal: Mechanical, with carbon seal ring and ceramic seat.
7. Motor: Open, dripproof, regreasable ball bearings under motor, motor shall be premium
efficiency inverted duty type. Provide AEGIS magnetic bearing protection ring for inverter
rated motors that are controlled by variable speed drives. The bearing protection ring shall
channel harmful shaft voltages to ground to protect bearing races from pitting.
8. Impeller: Enclosed type, hydraulically and dynamically balanced keyed to shaft and
secured with locking screw.
9. Baseplate: Structural steel with welded cross members, and open grouting area.
10. Coupling: Flexible, capable of absorbing torsional vibration, equipped with coupling guard.
11. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide frame-mounted end
suction pumps of one of the following:
a. Bell & Gosset ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
c. TACO
d. Or Equal.
C. Inline Pumps:
1. General: Provide single stage, canned-rotor type, in-line pumps where indicated and of
capacities and having characteristics as scheduled.
2. Casing shall be constructed of EN-GJL-250 or ASTM-A 48 class 35 cast iron. The pump
casing / volute shall be rated for 175psi working pressure for all jobs. The pump flanges
shall be matched to suit the working pressure of the piping components on the job, with
ANSI class 125 flanges. All casings shall be flanged connections.
3. Impeller: The impeller and shaft shall be class 304 stainless steel.
4. Bearings: The pump and motor form an integral unit without a mechanical seal. The
bearings are lubricated by the pumped liquid. No petroleum lubricated bearings will be
accepted.
5. Electronics: The pumps shall be able to operate as single or parallel variable speed pumps,
where the speed is regulated by an on-board electronic device. The onboard electronics
shall allow these pumps to run in parallel, standby or alternating modes.
6. Set-up: The commissioning and set up of the pump shall be accessed through a web
interface (data exchange) and use html 1.1 web language. The pump shall provide a port
for a RJ-45 cable connection.
7. Pressure control: The electronics shall provide constant pressure control (δp-c), variable differential pressure control (δp-v) as the factory default, proportional pressure control,
constant curve duty (uncontrolled pump), rpm regulation and power limitation control.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 71 of 183
8. Inputs/outputs: The pump electronics shall come standard with 2 external digital inputs
and 1 external digital output to be available for additional mechanical room control. The
integrated pump controller shall be provided with BMS communication (BacNet) for pump
control and monitoring.
9. Enclosure: The wiring / electronics enclosure shall be class 2, ip44.
10. Code compliance: Pumps should meet UL 778, 1004-1, 508C, CAN/CSA C22.2 #108,
#100, #107.1, EMC (89/366 EEC): EN 61000, LVD (73/23/EC): EN 60335-1, EN 60335-2-
51, and Machine Safety (98/37/EC): EN ISO 12100.
11. Electronic protection: the pumps shall be electronically protected, be rated for continuous
duty and have a built-in startup circuit. The pump electronics shall provide overcurrent, line
surge and current limit protection, thermal monitoring, heat sink status and over
temperature protection.
12. Internet link: The pump shall be capable of being monitored 24/7 via integrated internet
link.
13. Ecm motor: The pump must be driven by an electrically commutated electrical motor
(ECM) with permanent magnet rotor. The rotor magnets shall by time stable, non-toxic
ceramic magnets (SR-FE). The electrically commuted electrical motor shall be driven by
a frequency converter with an integrated PFC filter.
14. Manufacturer: subject to compliance with requirements. Provide in-line ecm pump of one
of the following:
a. Bell & Gossett
b. Wilo
c. Grundfos
d. Taco
e. Or equal
TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (HYDRONIC) (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General
Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional
contract requirements)
A. Finned Tube Radiation:
1. General: Provide finned tube radiation of lengths and in locations as indicated, and of
capacities, style, and having accessories as scheduled.
2. Cabinets: Minimum 18 ga cold rolled steel full back plate, minimum 14 ga front. Brace
and reinforce front minimum of 4 ft. 0 in. o.c. without visible fasteners.
3. Elements: Copper tube and aluminum fins, or steel tube and steel fin (as scheduled) with
tube mechanically expanded into fin collars to eliminate noise and insure durability and
performance at scheduled ratings.
4. Finish: Flat black heat resisting paint for back plate; factory finished baked enamel on
fronts and accessories. Color as selected by Architect.
5. Accessories:
a. End panels, inside and outside corners, and enclosure extension.
b. Access panels in front of valves, balancing cocks, and traps.
c. Factory mounted dampers.
d. Ball bearing hangers.
6. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide finned tube radiation of
one of the following:
a. Slant/Fin Corp.
b. Rittling
c. Sterling Radiator; Div. of Reed National Corp.
d. Or approved Equal
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 72 of 183
B. Unit Heaters (UH) (Horizontal Type)
1. General: Provide horizontal unit heaters in locations as indicated, and of capacities, style,
and having accessories as scheduled.
2. Construction:
a. Casings: Construct of steel, phosphatized inside and out, and finished with baked
enamel. Provide adjustable face air diffuser. Color by architect, provide sample
selection chart.
b. Fans: Construct of aluminum and factory-balance. Design so motor and fan
assembly is removable through fan outlet panel.
c. Coils: Construct of plate-type aluminum fins, mechanically bonded to copper tubes.
Design coil for use in hot water applications.
d. Motors: Provide totally enclosed motors, with built-in overload protection, having
electrical characteristics as scheduled.
3. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide horizontal unit heaters of
one of the following:
a. Airtherm Mfg. Co.
b. Rittling
c. Trane (The) Co.
d. Modine
e. Vulcan Corp.
f. Or Equal.
C. Unit Heaters (UH) (Cabinet Type)
1. General: Provide cabinet unit heaters having cabinet sizes and in locations as indicated,
and of capacities, style, and having accessories as scheduled. Include in basic unit
chassis, coil, fanboard, fan wheels, housings, motor, and insulation.
2. Construction:
a. Chassis: Galvanized steel wrap-ground structural frame with edges flanged.
b. Insulation: Faced, heavy density glass fiber.
c. Cabinet: 14-ga removable front panel, 18-ga top and side panels. Insulate front
panel over entire coil section. Provide access door on coil connection side. Clean
cabinet parts, bonderize, phosphatize, and flow-coat with baked-on primer and
baked enamel finish paint with color as selected by Architect. Provide sample
selection chart.
d. Water Coils: Construct of 5/8 in. seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to
configured aluminum fins. Design for 300 psi and leak test at 300 psi under water.
Provide same end connections for supply and return.
e. Fans: Provide centrifugal, forward curved double width fan wheels constructed of
non-corrosive, molded, fiberglass reinforced thermo-plastic material. Construct fan
scrolls of galvanized steel.
f. Motors: Provide shaded pole motors with integral thermal over-load protection, and
motor cords for plug-in to junction box in unit. Provide motor speed switch with
auxiliary contacts capable of being remotely controlled by the DDC system.
g. Filters: Provide 1 in. thick throwaway type filters in fiberboard frames.
3. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cabinet heaters of one of
the following:
a. McQuay Inc.
b. Trane (The) Co.
c. Vulcan Corp.
d. Rittling
e. Or Equal.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 73 of 183
D. Radiant Panels (RP)
1. Modular Radiant Panels:
a. Modular radiant panels shall use heat sinks on the back of a rigid ceiling tile to
transfer heat between copper tubes and the panel face. The modular radiant panels
are to radiate or absorb heat from or to the zone below.
b. Water Tubes: Tubes shall consist of ASTM B75 ½” nominal copper tubing. Water
connections shall be one end only. Water connections shall be suitable for solder,
compression fittings, push-on fittings or threaded connection.
c. Heat Sinks: Heat sinks shall be extruded aluminum and copper pipe will be
mechanically fastened to the heat sink. A non-hardening heat transfer paste is
required between the tubing and the heat sink and between the heat sink and the
panel.
d. Face: The panel face shall be constructed of 18 or 14 ga. Aluminum with a
castellated face finish.
e. Paint Finish: All visible components shall be powder coated with highly emissive
powder coat polyester paint for optimal radiative properties as well as durability and
easy cleaning. Manufacturer shall provide water pressure drop data as well as heat
and cool output data derived from tests in accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and
DIN 14240 (cooling).
f. Standard Color: color to be chosen by the architect, provide sample selection chart.
g. Modular radiant panel capacity shall be tested and certified by manufacturer in
accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and DIN 14240 (cooling) to meet the
performance listed on the schedule. Should any performance rating, hot water
supply temperature, water pressure drop, or otherwise deviate from the schedule,
manufacturer shall submit updated capacity as described in Section 1.3, as well as,
computational fluid dynamic modeling demonstrating that any changes do not
impact the air distribution in a room that would cause a detriment to the PMV and
ADPI rating from the design conditions. Manufacturer shall have factory testing
facility available to perform performance test of units in accordance with said
standard, as required. Upon request, up to 1% of units for the project can be tested
in accordance with the standard. Request will be made with order and prior to
shipment of chilled sails. Engineer will have the option of witnessing this test.
h. Water connections shall be shipped sealed to limit the introduction of dust and dirt
during shipping and construction.
i. Accessories:
1) Manufacturer shall supply upon request 12”/18” stainless steel braided hose
with isolation ball valves as required.
j. Panel manufacturer shall provide all necessary inter-connectors, fittings, hanger
brackets, installation kits, pipe headers, accessories, 1” foil-back insulation,
trimmable panels and any other components as required for a complete radiant
system.
2. Linear Radiant Panels
a. Linear radiant panels shall use extruded aluminum with integrated heat sinks on the
back to transfer heat between copper tubes and the panel face. The linear radiant panel is to radiate or absorb heat from or to the zone below.
b. Water Tubes: Tubes shall consist of ASTM B75 ½” nominal copper tubing. Water
connections shall be one end only. Water connections shall be suitable for solder,
compression fittings, push-on fittings or threaded connection.
c. Heat Sinks: Heat sinks shall be extruded aluminum and copper pipe will be
mechanically fastened to the heat sink. A non-hardening heat transfer paste is required between the tubing and the heat sink.
d. Extruded Aluminum Plank: The panel shall be constructed of 1.2 mm thick extruded
aluminum with a castellated face finish.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 74 of 183
e. Paint Finish: All visible components shall be powder coated with highly emissive
powder coat polyester paint for optimal radiative properties as well as durability and
easy cleaning. Manufacturer shall provide water pressure drop data as well as heat
and cool output data derived from tests in accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and
DIN 14240 (cooling).
f. Standard Color: color to be chosen by the architect, provide sample selection chart.
g. Linear radiant panel capacity shall be tested and certified by manufacturer in
accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and DIN 14240 (cooling) to meet the
performance listed on the schedule. Should any performance rating, hot water
supply temperature, water pressure drop, or ortherwise deviate from the schedule,
manufacturer shall submit updated capacity as described in Section 1.3, as well as
computational fluid dynamic modeling demonstrating that any changes do not
impact the air distribution in a room that would cause a detriment to the PMV and
ADPI rating from the design conditions. Manufacturer shall have factory testing
facility available to perform performance test of units in accordance with said
standard, as required. Upon request, up to 1% of units for the project can be tested
in accordance with the standard. Request will be made with order and prior to
shipment of chilled sails. Engineer will have the option of witnessing this test.
h. Water connections shall be shipped sealed to limit the introduction of dust and dirt
during shipping and construction.
i. Accessories:
1) Manufacturer shall supply upon request 12”/18” stainless steel braided hose
with isolation ball valves as required.
j. Panel manufacturer shall provide all necessary inter-connectors, fittings, hanger
brackets, installation kits, pipe headers, accessories, 1” foil-back insulation,
trimmable panels and any other components as required for a complete radiant
system.
3. Exposed Linear Radiant Panels
a. Wall mounted exposed linear radiant panels shall use extruded aluminum with
integrated heat sinks on the back to transfer heat between copper tubes and the
panel face. The linear radiant panel is to radiate or absorb heat from or to the zone
below.
b. Water Tubes: Tubes shall consist of ASTM B75 ½” nominal copper tubing. Water
connections shall be one end only. Water connections shall be suitable for solder,
compression fittings, push-on fittings or threaded connection.
c. Heat Sinks: Heat sinks shall be extruded aluminum and copper pipe will be
mechanically fastened to the heat sink. A non-hardening heat transfer paste is
required between the tubing and the heat sink.
d. Extruded Aluminum Plank: The panel shall be constructed of a minimum 1.2 mm
thick extruded aluminum with castellated face finish and corner wall mount option.
e. Paint Finish: All visible components shall be powder coated with highly emissive
powder coat polyester paint for optimal radiative properties as well as durability and
easy cleaning. Manufacturer shall provide water pressure drop data as well as heat
and cool output data derived from tests in accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and DIN 14240 (cooling).
f. Standard Color: color to be chosen by the architect, provide sample selection chart.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 75 of 183
g. Linear radiant panel capacity shall be tested and certified by manufacturer in
accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and DIN 14240 (cooling) to meet the
performance listed on the schedule. Should any performance rating, hot water
supply temperature, water pressure drop, or otherwise deviate from the schedule,
manufacturer shall submit updated capacity as described in Section 1.3, as well as
computational fluid dynamic modeling demonstrating that any changes do not
impact the air distribution in a room that would cause a detriment to the PMV and
ADPI rating from the design conditions. Manufacturer shall have factory testing
facility available to perform performance test of units in accordance with said
standard, as required. Upon request, up to 1% of units for the project can be tested
in accordance with the standard. Request will be made with order and prior to
shipment of chilled sails. Engineer will have the option of witnessing this test.
h. Water connections shall be shipped sealed to limit the introduction of dust and dirt
during shipping and construction.
i. Accessories:
1) Manufacturer shall supply upon request 12”/18” stainless steel braided hose
with isolation ball valves as required.
j. Panel manufacturer shall provide all necessary inter-connectors, fitting, hanger
brackets, installation kits, pipe headers, accessories, 1” foil-back insulation,
trimmable panels and any other unit components as required for a complete radiant
system.
4. Light Shelf Radiant Panels
a. Linear radiant panels shall use extruded aluminum with integrated heat sinks on the
back to transfer heat between copper tubes and the panel face. The linear radiant
panel is to radiate or absorb heat from or to the zone below.
b. Water Tubes: Tubes shall consist of ASTM B75 5/8” nominal copper tubing. Water
connections shall be one end only. Water connections shall be suitable for solder,
compression fittings, push-on fittings or threaded connection.
c. Heat Sinks: Heat sinks shall be extruded aluminum and copper pipe will be
mechanically fastened to the heat sink. A non-hardening heat transfer paste is
required between the tubing and the heat sink.
d. Extruded Aluminum Plank: Plants shall be interlocked using tongue & groove
connections and be held together using aluminum or steel cross channels with
spring clips. The panels shall be installed utilizing the concealed method. The panel
shall be constructed of a minimum 1.2 mm thick extruded aluminum with a
castellated face finish and corner profile.
e. Paint Finish: All visible components shall be powdercoated with highly emissive
powder coat polyester paint for optimal radiative properties as well as durability and
easy cleaning. Manufacturer shall provide water pressure drop data as well as heat
and cool output data derived from tests in accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and
DIN 14240 (cooling).
f. Standard Color Protech PX622W457, color to be chosen by the architect.
g. Linear radiant panel capacity shall be tested and certified by manufacturer in
accordance with DIN 14037 (heating) and DIN 14240 (cooling) to meet the performance listed on the schedule. Should any performance rating, hot water
supply temperature, water pressure drop, etc. deviate from the schedule,
manufacturer shall submit updated capacity as described in Section 1.3, as well as
computational fluid dynamic modeling demonstrating that any changes do not
impact the air distribution in a room that would cause a detriment to the PMV and
ADPI rating from the design conditions. Manufacturer shall have factory testing facility available to perform performance test of units in accordance with said
standard, as required. Upon request, up to 1% of units for the project can be tested
in accordance with the standard. Request will be made with order and prior to
shipment of chilled sails. Engineer will have the option of witnessing this test.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 76 of 183
h. Water connections shall be shipped sealed to limit the introduction of dust and dirt
during shipping and construction.
i. Accessories:
j. Manufacturer shall supply upon request 12”/18” stainless steel braided hose with
isolation ball valves as required.
k. Panel manufacturer shall provide all necessary inter-connectors, fitting, hanger
brackets, installation kits, pipe headers, accessories, 1” foil-back insulation,
trimmable panels and any other unit components as required for a complete radiant
system.
5. Approved Manufacturers:
a. TWA
b. Sterling
c. Rittling
d. Steel Ceilings
e. Or Equal
E. Wall Radiation Units (WRU)
1. Double Panel Radiators
a. General: Provide steel double panel radiators of the lengths and in locations as
indicated, and of capacities, style and having accessories as scheduled. The double
heating panel radiation shall be of one-piece all-welded steel construction,
consisting of a pair of flattened water tube panels welded to headers at each end.
Welded to the inside of each panel shall be steel corrugated fins to increase the
convective output of the radiator. The fins shall start at no less than 3” from the end
of the radiator, and shall have no less than 32 fins per foot. A third set of fins shall
be added to the backside of the radiator for maximum convective output. The
radiators shall include an integral heavy gauge (0.09” minimum) all-welded
perforated top grille, which will cover the top of all of the finned areas.
b. The headers shall include all necessary inlet, outlet and vent connections as
required. Standard connection sizes are ½” NPT tapered thread for supply and
return piping, and 1/8” for the vent connection. Internal baffling is provided where
required for proper water flow.
c. The radiant heating panels shall be available in lengths from 2’-0” to 29’-6” in two
inch even increments without the need for splicing. The panel radiation shall be
capable of being mounted to typical stud wall construction without additional
blocking or strapping. Appropriate wall mounting brackets shall be provided with the
radiation.
d. The panel radiation shall be manufactured in the USA.
e. Panel radiation expansion shall not exceed 1/64” per foot of radiation at 215ºF. The
installer shall provide adequate expansion compensation for each radiator.
f. Finishes: The panel radiation shall be cleaned and phosphatized in preparation for
the powder coat finish. The radiation is then finish painted with a gloss powder coat
finish, for a total paint thickness of 2-3 mils (0.002” - 0.003”). The color shall be
selected by the Architect, provide sample selection chart. Provide ribbed pipe cover
trims, finished to match the radiator.
g. Warranty: All radiators are covered by a 5-Year Limited Warranty.
h. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flat tube panel
radiation as manufactured by:
1) Runtal North America, Inc.
2) Rittling
3) Sterling 4) Or equal
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 77 of 183
2. Single Panel Radiators
a. General: Provide steel panel radiator elements of lengths and in locations as
indicated, and of capacities, style and having accessories as scheduled. The wall
hung heating panel radiation shall be of one-piece all-welded steel construction,
consisting of flattened water tubes welded to headers at each end. The radiator shall
include an integral heavy gauge (0.09” minimum) all-welded perforated top grille (for
curved radiators the grille is omitted). RF models to have steel corrugated fins
welded to the rear side of the water tubes to increase the convective output of the
unit. There shall be no less than 32 fins per foot. Fins shall start within 1” of the
headers, and shall be spotwelded three times per tube.
b. The radiator’s headers shall include all necessary inlet, outlet and vent connections
as required. Standard connection sizes are ½” NPT tapered thread for supply and
return piping, and 1/8” for the vent connection. Internal baffling is provided where
required for proper water flow. Optional ¾” connections shall be available at an
additional cost.
c. The radiant heating panels shall be available in lengths from 2’-0” to 29’-6” in two
inch even increments without the need for splicing. The panel radiation shall be
capable of being mounted to typical stud wall construction without additional
blocking or strapping. Appropriate wall mounting brackets or optional floor post
mounting shall be provided with the radiation. Panel radiation expansion shall not
exceed 1/64” per foot of radiation at 215ºF. The installer shall provide adequate
expansion compensation for each radiator.
d. The panel radiation shall be manufactured in the USA.
e. Pressure Ratings: Standard: Working pressure-56 PSI maximum, Test Pressure-74
PSI maximum.
f. Finishes: The panel radiation shall be cleaned and phosphatized in preparation for
the powder coat finish. The radiation is then finish painted with a gloss powder coat
finish, for a total paint thickness of 2-3 mils (0.002” - 0.003”). The color shall be
selected by the Architect, provide sample selection chart. Provide ribbed pipe cover
trims, finished to match the radiator.
g. Warranty: All radiators are covered by a 5-Year Limited Warranty.
h. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flat tube panel
radiation as manufactured by:
1) Runtal North America, Inc.
2) Ritting
3) Sterling
4) Or equal
F. Hydronic Fan-Coil Units:
1. General: Provide fan-coil units having cabinet sizes, and in locations indicated, and of
capacities, style, and having accessories as scheduled. Include in factory assembled unit,
chassis, coils, freezestat, fanboard, fans, housing, ECM motor, filter, modulating 0-10V
control valve package and insulation. All automatic controls and communication interface
board for BMS integration shall be provided by the unit manufacture.
2. Chassis: Construct chassis of galvanized steel with flanged edges.
3. Insulation: Faced, heavy density glass fiber.
4. Cabinet: Construct of 16-ga steel removable panels, 16-ga front. Provide insulation over
entire coil section. Clean cabinet parts, bonderize, phosphatize, and flow-coat with baked-
on primer and finish paint color as selected by architect.
5. Coils: Construct of 5/8" seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to configured
aluminum fins. Design for 300 psi working pressure, and leak test at 300 psi under water.
6. Fans: Provide centrifugal forward curved double width wheels of reinforced fiberglass, in
galvanized steel fan scrolls.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 78 of 183
7. Motors: Provide ECM motors with integral thermal overload protection. Run test motors
at factory in assembled unit prior to shipping. Provide quickly detachable motor cords.
Provide speed dial for speed control.
8. Filters: Provide 1" thick MERV 8 throwaway type filters in fiberboard frames.
9. Accessories: Provide ducted inlet and outlet collars.
10. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fan-coil units of one of
the following:
a. Rittling
b. Trane
c. McQuay Inc.
d. Or equal
G. HYDRONIC COILS
1. General: Provide coils of size and in location indicated, and of capacities and having
performance data as scheduled. Certify coil capacities, pressure drops, and selection
procedures in accordance with ARI 410.
2. Heating Coils:
a. Fins: Construct of continuous aluminum or copper configured plate-fin type with full
fin collars for accurate spacing and maximum fin-tube contact.
b. Tubes: Construct of copper tubing, expanded into fin collars for permanent fin-tube
bond and expanded into header for permanent leaktight joint.
c. Headers: Construct of gray cast iron for coils 33" high and smaller. Hydrostatically
test to 400 PSI before assembly. Construct of round seamless copper tube for coils
over 33" high.
d. Casings: Construct of 16-ga. continuous coated galvanized steel with fins recessed
into channels to minimize air bypass.
e. Testing: Proof test coils at 300 PSI, leak test at 200 PSI under water.
f. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide coils of one of the
following:
1) American Air Filter; Allis-Chalmers Co.
2) Carrier Corp.
3) McQuay Inc.
4) Trane (The) Co.
5) York Div.; Borg-Warner Corp.
6) Precision Coil
7) Or Equal
TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (ELECTRIC) (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General
Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional
contract requirements)
A. Electric Propeller Unit Heaters (UH)
1. Materials and Equipment:
a. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard electric
propeller unit heater materials and components as indicated by published product
information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer, and as
required for a complete installation.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 79 of 183
2. Heating Elements:
a. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard heating
elements of types, sizes, capacities, and ratings for duty indicated; consisting of
resistance elements in steel sheath with extended fins, or with spirally finned sheath.
b. Heating Capacity: Size elements for indicated fan speed, CFM, room heating load
(BTUH), entering air temperature, and electric inputs (watts, voltage, phase).
3. Casings:
a. General: Provide casings braced and reinforced to provide required stiffness, and
with adjustable heating element supports and brackets. Provide rounded corners.
Phosphatize and paint casings inside and out with single coat of baked-on enamel;
and zinc plate hardware. Architect to select color, provide sample selection chart.
Include fan orifice (venturi) in casing, as well as threaded hanger connections (weld
nuts). Fabricate from 18-gage galvanized steel.
4. Air Deflectors:
a. General: Provide manufacturer's standard air deflectors of the following types:
1) 4-way finned louvers.
2) Cone diffusers.
3) Vane outlets.
4) Louver outlets.
5. Motors:
a. General: Provide totally enclosed shaded-pole, or permanent-split capacitor motors,
Class "B" insulation, resiliently mounted, tap wound with built-in thermal overload
protection, and with sleeve type or permanently lubricated ball bearings.
b. Internal Electrical Wiring: Provide units with high temperature, heat-resistant
electrical wiring enclosed in flexible metal conduit extending from terminal junction
box to electrical devices. Provide fusing for motor and control circuit wiring.
c. Devices: Provide propeller unit heaters with the following devices:
1) Thermally activated fan switch to keep fan motor operating until residual heat
is dissipated.
2) Disconnect switch.
3) Automatic reset, high limit cut-out switch located in discharge air stream.
4) Magnetic contactor.
5) Transformer.
6. Fans:
a. General: Provide aluminum propeller fans which are balanced statically and
dynamically, of indicated capacity. Provide fans suitable for standard or spark proof
application.
7. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide propeller unit heaters of
one if the following:
a. Chromalox Div.; Emerson Electric Co.
b. Gould Inc.
c. Markel Nuton Div.; Scoville Inc.
d. TPI Corporation.
e. Qmark f. Or Equal.
B. Electric Heating Coils (EHC)
1. Electric Duct Heating Coils:
a. General: Provide electric duct heating coils with automatic reset thermal cutouts for
primary over-temperature protection and with load-carrying manual reset thermal
cutouts, factory-wired in series with each heater stage, for secondary protection. Include overcurrent cutouts and sub-circuit fusing in assembly. Select coils with the
following additional construction features:
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 80 of 183
2. Finned Tubular Electric Coils: Construct coils with resistance wire of 80% nickel/20%
chromium, installed in copper plated steel tubing and surrounded by compacted
magnesium-oxide powder. Provide spiral-wound copper plated steel fins brazed
continuously to tubes.
3. Heating Capacity: Size coils head on ratings of the required output (BTUH), electrical input
(watts, voltage, phase) and CFM.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide duct heating coils of one
of the following:
a. Berko Electric Mfg. Div.; Weil-McLain Co. Inc.
b. Chromalox Div.; Emerson Electric Co.
c. Federal Pacific Electric Co.
d. INDEECO.
e. Or equal
POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard prefabricated power and gravity
ventilator units of type and size indicated, modified as necessary to comply with requirements,
and as required for complete installation.
B. Refer to Division-23 automatic temperature control for control sequence.
C. Roof Fans (EF)
1. Type: Centrifugal fan, direct or belt driven as scheduled. Provide aluminum, or galvanized
steel, weatherproof housings as scheduled. Provide square base to suit roof curb. Provide
permanent split-capacitor type motor for direct driven fans; capacitor-start, induction-run
type motor for belt driven fans.
2. Electrical: Provide factory-wired non-fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan
housing. Provide thermal overload protection in fan motor. Provide conduit chase within
unit for electrical connection.
3. Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, ½ in. mesh, 16-ga. aluminum or brass wire.
4. Motor Operated Dampers: Provide louvered dampers with linkage below curb base
(maximum of 6 in.). Provide hinged curb access with restraint cable for service.
5. Finish: Provide two coat 70 percent Kynar/Hylar finish in color selected by Architect. Dry
film thickness shall be 1.23 mil. Provide 10 year finish warranty. Submit color selection
chart to Architect as part of submittal package. All fan and system components (fan,
nozzle, wind-band, plenum, stack extensions) shall be coated with LabCoat, a two-
part electrostatically applied and baked, sustainable, corrosion-resistant coating
system. All parts shall be cleaned and chemically prepared for coating using a
multistage wash system which includes acid pickling to remove oxide, increase
surface area and improve coating bond to the substrate. The first powder coat
applied over the prepared surface shall be a zinc-rich epoxy primer (no less than
70% zinc). After application, the coating shall be heated to a gelatinous consistency
(partial cure) at which time the second powder coat of Hi-Pro Polyester resin shall
be electrostatically applied and then be simultaneously cured at a uniform
temperature of 400ºF (204ºC).The coating system shall not be less than a total
thickness of 6 mils, shall not be affected by the UV component of sunlight (does not
chalk), and have superior corrosion resistance to acids, alkalis, and solvents.
Coating system shall exceed 4000 hour ASTM B117 Salt Spray Resistance. Note that
10-20 mil thick wet coating systems pollute the environment (air and water), and that
these manually applied coatings are not uniform over the impeller surface and can
cause fan imbalance and vibration.
6.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 81 of 183
7.
8. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal roof ventilators
of one of the following:
a. Carnes Co., Div. of Wehr Corp.
b. Cook Co., Loren.
c. Greenheck Fan Corp.
d. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc.
e. Power Line Fans; Div. of Torin Corp.
f. Twin City
g. Or equal
D. Roof Hoods (RH – Intake or Relief)
1. Type: Stationary, natural draft type. Provide weatherproof housings to match power
ventilators in materials and finish. Provide square or rectangular base to suit roof curb.
2. Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, 1/2 in. mesh, 16-ga aluminum or brass
wire.
3. Motor Operated Dampers: Provide dampers with linkage below curb base (maximum of 6
in.). Refer to Automatic Temperature Control for control sequence.
4. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gravity ventilators of the
following:
a. Carnes Co., Div. of Wehr Corp.
b. Cook Co., Loren.
c. Penn Ventilator Co,. Inc.
d. Power Line Fans; Div. of Torin Corp.
e. Greenheck Fan Corp.
f. Or Equal.
E. Prefabricated Roof Curbs
1. Manufacturer of ventilating unit shall provide his standard 18 in. high roof curb compatible
with unit being provided. Curb shall be insulated with 1” min and sloped as required to
allow for level installation of device. Provide all necessary nailers, and cants for a complete
installation. Provide curbs for angled/sloped roofs where required along with all necessary
flashing components suitable for roofing material. Provide ventilated curbs for kitchen
exhaust fans.
F. Centrifugal In-Line Fans (EF)
1. General: Fans shall be of the centrifugal belt or direct driven in-line type. Units shall bear
AMCA label.
2. Fan Housing: Shall be of the square design constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel
and shall include square duct mounting collars. Unit shall include two removable access
panels located perpendicular to the motor mounting panel. The access panels must be of
sufficient size to permit easy access to all interior components.
3. Fan Wheel: Shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of aluminum and shall
include a wheel cone carefully matched to the inlet cone for precise running tolerances.
Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
4. Motors: Shall be heavy duty ball bearing type, carefully matched to the fan load and
furnished at the specified voltage, phase, and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be
mounted out of the airstream. Motors shall be readily accessible for maintenance.
5. Shafts and Drives: Precision ground and polished fan shafts shall be mounted in
permanently sealed, lubricated pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for
a minimum (L50) life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed.
Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the
fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Motor pulleys shall be adjustable for final system balancing. A NEMA 1 disconnect switch
shall be provided, factory wired.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 82 of 183
6. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal in-line fans of
one of the following:
a. Cook Co., Loren.
b. Greenheck Fan Corp.
c. Twin City
d. Or equal
G. Kitchen Exhaust Fans – Upblast Centrifugal
1. General Description:
a. Discharge air directly away from the mounting surface.
b. Upblast fan shall be for roof mounted applications.
c. Performance capabilities up to 30,000 cubic feet per minute (cfm) and static
pressure to 5 inches of water gauge.
d. Maximum continuous operating temperature is 400 Fahrenheit (204.4 Celsius).
e. Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacture's engraved metal nameplate
containing the model number and individual serial number.
2. Wheel:
a. Material Type: Aluminum.
b. Non-overloading, backward inclined centrifugal wheel.
c. Statically and dynamically balanced in accordance to AMCA Standard 204-05.
d. The wheel cone and fan inlet will be matched and shall have precise running
tolerances for maximum performance and operating efficiency.
3. Motors:
a. AC Induction Motor
1) Motor Enclosure: Open drip proof (ODP) - opening in the frame body and or
end brackets.
2) Motors are permanently lubricated, heavy duty ball bearing type to match with
the fan load and pre-wired to the specific voltage and phase.
3) Mounted on vibration isolators, out of the airstream.
4) For motor cooling there shall be fresh air drawn into the motor compartment
through an area free of discharge contaminants.
5) Accessible for maintenance.
6) Provide premium efficiency inverted duty motors for VFD applications (where
applicable, refer to schedule and control drawings).
4. Shaft and Bearings:
a. Fan Shaft shall be ground and polished solid steel with an anti-corrosive coating.
b. Permanently sealed bearings or pillow block ball bearings.
c. Bearing shall be selected for a minimum L10 life in excess of 100,000 hours
(equivalent to L50 average life of 500,000 hours), at maximum cataloged operating
speed.
d. Bearings are 100 percent factory tested.
e. Fan Shaft first critical speed is at least 25 percent over maximum operating speed.
5. Housing:
a. Constructed of heavy gauge aluminum includes exterior housing, curb cap,
windband, and motor compartment housing. Galvanized material is not acceptable.
b. Housing shall have a rigid internal support structure.
c. Windband to be one piece uniquely spun aluminum construction and maintain
original material thickness throughout the housing.
d. Windband to include an integral rolled bead for strength.
e. Curb cap base to be fully welded to windband to ensure a leak proof construction.
Tack welding, bolting, and caulking are not acceptable.
f. Curb cap to have integral deep spun inlet venturi and pre-punched mounting holes
to ensure correct attachment to curb.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 83 of 183
g. Drive frame assemblies shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel and mounted on
vibration isolators.
h. Breather tube shall be 10 square inches in size for fresh air motor cooling, and
designed to allow wiring to be run through it.
6. Vibration Isolation:
a. Double studded or pedestal style true isolators.
b. No metal to metal contact.
c. Sized to match the weight of each fan.
7. Disconnect Switches:
a. NEMA rated: NEMA 1: indoor application no water. Factory standard.
b. Positive electrical shut-off.
c. Wired from fan motor to junction box installed within motor compartment.
8. Drive Assembly:
a. Belts, pulleys, and keys oversized for a minimum of 150 percent of driven
horsepower.
b. Belt: Static free and oil resistant.
c. Fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor
shafts.
d. Motor pulleys are adjustable for final system balancing.
e. Readily accessible for maintenance.
9. Drain Trough:
a. Allows for one-point drainage of water, grease, and other residues.
10. Mounting Plate:
a. Attached and sealed to the wall prior to installation of unit.
11. Options/Accessories:
a. Auto Belt Tensioner:
b. Automatic tensioning device that adjusts for the correct belt tension, only for single
drives.
12. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal roof ventilators
of one of the following:
a. Carnes Co., Div. of Wehr Corp.
b. Cook Co., Loren.
c. Greenheck Fan Corp.
d. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc.
e. Power Line Fans; Div. of Torin Corp.
f. Twin City
g. Or equal
H. PROPELLER WALL FANS (EF)
1. Type: Propeller fan, direct or belt driven as scheduled. Provide stainless steel blades.
Fasten to die-cast hub. Provide wall sleeve, of length to suit wall thickness constructed of
stainless steel. Provide permanent split-capacitor type motor for direct driven fans,
capacitor-start, induction-run type motor for belt driven fans.
2. Electrical: Provide factory-wired non-fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan
housing. Provide thermal overload protection in fan motor. Provide conduit chase within
unit for electrical connection.
3. Motor Cage: Provide removable motor cage of 1/2" x 1" mesh, 16-ga. vinyl coated wire.
4. Dampers: Provide stainless steel gravity operated louvered backdraft damper in wall
sleeve.
5. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide propeller wall ventilators
of one of the following:
a. Cook Co., Loren.
b. Greenheck Fan Corp.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 84 of 183
c. Twin City
d. Or equal
METAL DUCTWORK (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and
23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. Reference Standards: Material, construction and installation shall meet requirements of most
recent editions of the following standards and references, except for more stringent requirements
specified or shown on Drawings:
Standard As Applicable To:
SMACNA HVAC Duct Sheet Metal Ductwork;
Construction Standards Duct Liners; Adhesives;
Metal and Flexible Fasteners; Flexible Ductwork.
SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Duct Leakage Testing (all Ductwork regardless of
Leakage/Pressure Class)
Test Manual
SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Fibrous Glass Ductwork; Tapes
Construction Standards
SMACNA Thermaoplastic Duct (PVC) PVC Ductwork
Construction Manual
ADC and TIMA Flexible Duct Flexible Ductwork
Performance Standards
NFPA 96 Kitchen Hood Exhaust Ductwork
NFPA 45 Laboratories using chemicals
SMACNA Guidelines for Welding Welded Galvanized, Black Iron
Sheet Metal and Stainless Steel Ductwork
B. General
1. Provide supporting and hanging devices necessary to attach entire HVAC system including
ductwork and equipment, and to prevent vibration.
2. Provide vertical and horizontal supports as required by codes to meet minimum applicable
earthquake resistance standards.
3. Ductwork shall be free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Dimensions shown
on Drawings for lined ductwork are net inside dimensions. Increase ductwork to
accommodate lining requirements.
4. Pipe or conduit crossing duct:
a. No pipe, conduit, hanger, Architectural element nor structural member shall pass
through duct without Designer ’s written approval.
b. Where it is impossible to reroute pipe or conduit and when written approval has been
obtained, increase duct size to maintain constant cross sectional area at point of
interference. Provide streamlined enclosure for pipe or conduit, as illustrated in
SMACNA.
5. When making offsets and transformations necessary to accommodate structural
conditions, preserve full cross sectional area of ductwork shown on Drawings.
6. Ductwork shall have pressure velocity classifications as follow:
DUCT
CONSTRUCT-
ION CLASS
STATIC
PRESSURE
RATING
PRESSURE
SMACNA
SEAL
CLASS
SMACNA
LEAKAGE
CLASS
VELOCITY
4" 4" Pos.* A 6 4000 fpm or
less
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 85 of 183
3" 3" Pos. or Neg. A 6 4000 fpm or
less
2" 2" Pos. or Neg. B 12 2500 fpm or
less
1" 1" Pos. or Neg. B 12 2500 fpm or
less
½" ½" Pos. or Neg. B 12 2000 fpm or
less
*for negative pressures over 3" w.g., refer to SMACNA Round and Rectangular
Industrial Duct Construction Standards for joint and intermediate reinforcement
requirements.
a. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, the following pressure
classifications shall be used for the construction of the ductwork listed below:
1) 4" Class: All supply ductwork from discharge of air handling units to inlets of
VAV boxes or diffusers or induction units, depending on building system.
2) 3" Class: All kitchen hood exhaust ductwork, fume hood ductwork, kiln
exhaust ductwork, return air ductwork, ductwork between VAV outlet and
displacement diffuser inlet.
3) 2" Class: All other ductwork.
7. Sealing Requirements for Class A, Leakage Class 6, Galvanized, Non-Welded Aluminum
or Non-Welded Stainless Steel Ductwork.
a. Transverse Joints
1) During assembly seal all flanged transverse joints with sealing tape of quality
equal to Hardcast Inc. 1902-FR. Corners shall be sealed as described by
SMACNA and when applicable per manufacturer's published procedures.
2) Seal all non-flanged transverse joints with Hardcast Inc. Versa Grip 102 or
approved equal.
b. Longitudinal Seams
1) Seal all longitudinal seams during ductwork fabrication with Hardcast Inc.
Cold Seal 1001 or approved equal.
c. Joints and Ductwall Penetrations
1) Seal all duct joints at takeoffs, access doors, damper bearing penetrations,
flexible duct connections etc., with Hardcast Inc. Versa Grip 102 or approved
equal.
8. Sealing Requirements for Class B, Leakage Class 12, Galvanized, Non-Welded Aluminum
or Non-Welded Stainless Steel, Ductwork.
a. Transverse Joints
1) During assembly seal all flanged transverse joints with sealing tape of quality
equal to Hardcast Inc. 1902-FR. Corners shall be sealed as described by
SMACNA and when applicable per manufacturer's published procedures.
2) Seal all non-flanged transverse joints with Hardcast Inc. Versa Grip 102 or
approved equal.
b. Longitudinal Seams
1) Seal all longitudinal seams during ductwork fabrication with Hardcast Inc.
Cold Seal 1001 or approved equal.
9. Support
a. Space hangers as required by SMACNA (8 ft max) for horizontal duct on 8 ft.
centers, unless concentrated loadings require closer spacing.
b. Support vertical duct on each floor or slab it penetrates.
c. Supports for ductwork and equipment shall be galvanized unless specified
otherwise.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 86 of 183
10. Connections
a. Connect inlets and outlets of air handling units and fans to ductwork with flexible
connections unless fan has vibration isolator mounts inside unit with flexible
connections and no external vibration isolators. Exception: Do not use flex on life
safety smoke exhaust fans.
b. Indoors, flexible connections shall be neoprene coated fibrous glass fire retardant
fabric, by Ventfabrics, or Durodyne. Outdoors, flexible connections shall be Dupont
hypalon coated fibrous glass fire, weather, and UV resistant by Ventfabrics or
Durodyne.
c. Secure flexible connections tightly to air handlers with metal bands. Bands shall be
same material as duct construction.
d. Connections from trunk to branch ducts shall be as detailed on Drawings.
11. Construction
a. No sharp metal edges shall extend into air streams.
b. Install drive slips on air leaving side of duct with sheet metal screws on 6" centers.
c. Spin in collars shall NOT be used for branch connections in 3" or higher pressure
class ductwork.
12. Joints
a. Longitudinal lock seams shall be double locked and flattened to make tight joints.
b. Make transverse joints, field connections, collar attachments and flexible
connections to ducts and equipment with sheet metal screws or bolts and nuts. Do
not use rivets and staples.
13. Prefabricated Transverse Duct Joints
a. Transverse joints in galvanized sheet metal ductwork may be made with galvanized
gasketed frame and angle duct joint system by Ductmate, TDF, TDC or approved
equal. Angles shall be at least 20 gauge. Prefabricated transverse duct joints shall
not be used for duct 16 GA. and heavier, nor for duct 23 GA. or lighter.
b. Secure angles to duct with screws (using clutched arbor) or spot welds spaced as
recommended by manufacturer for duct pressure class.
14. Elbows and Bends
a. Elbows and bends for rectangular ducts shall have centerline radius of 1 1/2 times
duct width wherever possible. Elbows for grease exhaust and fume hood exhaust
shall be full radius. Vanes or mitered duct are not allowed.
b. Where centerline radius is less than 1 1/2 times duct width (on supply, return and
exhaust ductwork), elbows shall be radius throat (square throat allowed when
turning around column or other close objects) with radius heel. For elbows whose
width is greater than 48 inches and/or where shown on plans, provide splitter vanes.
Install vanes in accordance with SMACNA. Where multiple elbows are separated
by less than ten duct diameters use splitter (full length) vanes.
c. For round ductwork provide stamped elbows, with centerline radii equal to 1 1/2
times duct diameter, or gored elbows as follows:
Elbow Angle No. of Gores
0 deg. - 36 deg. 2
37 deg. - 72 deg. 3
73 deg. - 90 deg. 5
d. Elbows for flat oval ducts shall have centerline radii equal to 1 1/2 times duct
diameter in plane of bend, or gored elbows with gores as specified for round ducts.
15. Access Panels/Doors
a. Provide proper pressure and leakage rated, gasketed, duct mounted access
panels/doors for the following items with minimum sizes, as indicated. Access doors shall be of double wall construction doors in insulated ducts shall be insulated.
Gauges of door materials, no. of hinges, no. and type of door locks shall be as
required by the SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. Hinged doors are not
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 87 of 183
acceptable, screwed or bolted access panels are not acceptable. Doors shall be
chained to frame with a minimum length of 6" to prevent loss of door. For seal Class
A, access doors shall be leakage rated, neoprene gasketed UL 94 HF1 listed,
DUCTMATE "sandwich" or approved equal. Door metal shall be the same as the
attached duct material. For grease and high temperature ducts, door assembly shall
be rated for 2300 deg.F. The minimum sizes are:
1) Fire dampers 12" x 12", or larger.
2) Combination Fire/Smoke dampers 12" x 12", or larger.
3) Smoke dampers 6" x 6" minimum.
4) Automatic control dampers 6" x 6" minimum.
5) Manual volume dampers 2 sq. ft. and larger 6" x 6" minimum.
6) Inlet side to all coils 12" x 12", or larger.
7) Suction and discharge sides of inline fans 24" x 24" minimum.
8) At additional locations indicated on drawings, or specified elsewhere 12" x
12" minimum.
b. Generally access doors are not shown on the drawings, but shall be provided in
accordance with the above.
16. Extractors shall have adjusting rod and locknut on outside of duct.
17. Connections to roof fans:
a. Shall be at least 22 ga. galvanized steel soldered watertight.
b. Solder side seams at least 12" up from bottom.
c. Provide suitable dielectric gaskets to join dissimilar materials.
18. Plenums and connections to louvers:
a. Shall be 18 ga. minimum cross broken and properly reinforced with galvanized angle
irons to SMACNA requirements.
b. Shall have bottom and corner seams soldered watertight at least 12" up from bottom.
c. Shall have neoprene gaskets or other non corrosible material to make connections
to louvers watertight.
d. Shall pitch connection back towards the louver. Provide half coupling drain
connection at bottom of plenum unless noted otherwise Pipe drain to nearest floor
drain.
e. Shall have unused portions of louvers blocked-off with sheet metal; sealed air and
water tight; insulated with 2" thick 6 lb. density rigid or board insulation.
19. Duct Pressure Tests
a. Pressure test all duct classes after takeoffs and wall penetrations are in place and
before applying exterior insulation. Correct any leaks.
b. Pressure and leak test 100% of all duct work with a pressure class of 3” or higher
as specified in paragraph 2.18.B.6.a. Duct shall be constructed so there is no joint
or structural failure at the test pressure.
20. Duct Leakage Tests
a. Leak testing method shall be performed as outlined in the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct
Leakage Test Manual for all ductwork regardless of Pressure/Leakage Class. As
specified in paragraph 2.18.B.6 & a, utilize Sealing Requirements for Class A and
Leakage Class 6 for all ductwork. Provide orifice assembly including straightening vanes, orifice plate mounted in straight tube with properly located pressure taps, and
U tube manometer or other device as specified by SMACNA. Orifice assembly shall
be calibrated accurately and shall come with calibration curve. Leakage classes
shall be as previously specified. Submit leak test report (per SMACNA format) for
Designer review. Drawings of ductwork tested shall also be submitted with report,
indicating presence of takeoffs, wall penetrations, joints, or other similar joints or openings in ductwork system construction.
21. Materials
a. Sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of hot dipped galvanized sheet metal with
G90 Commercial coating according to ASTM 527 unless specified otherwise.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 88 of 183
b. Stainless steel (SS) ductwork shall be 18 gauge for kitchen hood exhaust systems;
and as required by SMACNA for other ducts. Materials shall be 316/No. 4 finish for
exposed duct, 304/No. 1 finish for concealed ducts. Joints and seams shall be
welded as required by SMACNA Guidelines for Welding Sheetmetal. Kitchen
exhaust ductwork shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 96 requirements.
c. Aluminum ductwork for dishwashers and locker rooms shall be Alclad 3003 1414 or
alloy 5052 H32, of thickness required by the SMACNA duct construction standards
with Alloy 6061 bracing angles, and Pittsburgh lock longitudinal corner and double
side seaming.
d. Flexible Ductwork
1) Flexible ductwork, connecting to uninsulated or unlined duct, shall be
polyester core with corrosion resistant helical wire reinforcing. The polyester
core shall be minimum two ply and shall have a minimum thickness of
0.0017". Flex duct shall be U.L. rated for 6" W.C. positive pressure, 2" W.C.
negative pressure with a maximum velocity of 4000 FPM. Flexduct must be
listed as a Class 1 Connector according to UL 181 and shall meet the
requirements of NFPA 90A maximum ASTM E 84 fire hazard rating shall be
25 flame spread, 50 fuel contributed and 50 smoke developed. Uninsulated
flexible duct shall be equivalent to Wiremold, Type WB, or Flexmaster Types
2 and 4 (not type 9).
2) Flexible duct connected to insulated or lined duct shall also be insulated and
shall be equivalent to Wiremold Type WK or Flexmaster Types 2 or 4 (not
type 9), with 1 1/2", 3/4 lb. density fiberglass insulation and an aluminized
reinforced vapor barrier.
3) Submittals shall include data on no. of polyester plies and minimum thickness
of polyester core, in addition to other data listed above required to ensure that
submitted product meets the requirements of these specifications.
4) If flexduct other than the model numbers of the vendors listed above is
submitted, a sample of the flex shall be submitted to the Designer. The
Designer shall have sole discretion in determining whether the submitted flex
is equivalent to that of the named vendors above.
5) Unless otherwise indicated, flexible duct shall not exceed 5'-0" long.
e. Rigid PVC ductwork shall be thermally formed ASTM D 1784 69 Class 12454 B with
3/16" thick wall.
C. 2" and Lower Pressure Class Ductwork, Rectangular:
1. Ducts wider than 19" with more than 10 square feet of unbraced panel shall be beaded or
cross broken.
2. Internal stiffening struts shall only be used upon prior written approval of the Designer.
3. Make changes in duct size with tapered connections as required by SMACNA. Changes
shall NOT exceed 30 deg.from line of air flow. Take off to the diffusers shall be 45 deg.
leading edge type or Bellmouth type.
4. Transverse joints shall be TDF/TDC or slip joints; use flat or standing seam according to
SMACNA. Where duct size requires standing seam but space restrictions dictate flat
seam, notify Designer prior to fabrication.
D. 2" and Lower Pressure Class Ductwork, Round:
1. Joints
a. Longitudinal joints shall be spiral seam, butt welded, lap and seam welded, or ACME
lock grooved seam. Snap lock seams shall be used on ½" w.g. pressure class duct
only.
b. Transverse joints shall be beaded sleeve joint or other approved joints listed in SMACNA. Use three or more sheet metal screws at 15" uniform intervals along
circumference of joints.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 89 of 183
2. Branch fittings shall be conical tee (Buckley or equal) or combination tee as shown in
SMACNA.
E. 3" and 4" Pressure Class Ductwork Rectangular
1. Joints
a. Joints shall be prefabricated type by TDC, TDF or Ductmate. See Prefabricated
Joints paragraph for specific requirements.
2. Duct reinforcement spacing and type shall comply with SMACNA.
3. Ductwork on both sides of transitions shall be run in same horizontal axis.
4. Diverging section slope shall be 1 1/2" per foot or less if possible.
5. Contraction section slope shall not exceed 7" per foot.
6. Takeoffs shall be 45 deg. leading edge type except that Bellmouths (Buckley or equal) may
be used for takeoffs to terminal boxes if the distance between the box and point of takeoff
is less than 8 ft.
7. Ducts with an aspect ratio greater than 3:1 shall be minimum of 18 gauge unless a thicker
gauge is required by SMACNA.
F. 3" and 4" Pressure Class Ductwork, Flat Oval, Single Wall
1. Joints
a. Ducts shall have spiral lock seams or longitudinal seams. Seams and joints in
fittings shall be continuously welded. If coating is damaged during welding, repair
joints to prevent corrosion.
b. Transverse joints shall be slip or flanged.
G. 3" and 4" Pressure Class Ductwork, Round, Single Wall
1. Joints
a. Longitudinal seams shall be lock spiral, lock longitudinal or butt welded longitudinal.
b. Transverse joints shall be slip joints. Draw band joints shall be used on longitudinal
seam duct only. Loose flange Vanstone joints may be used on ducts over 36" in
diameter.
c. Seams and joints in fittings shall be continuously welded. If coating is damaged
during welding, repair joints to prevent corrosion.
2. Branch fittings shall be conical tee or combination tee as detailed in SMACNA.
H. Double Wall Ductwork
1. Duct and fitting shall be United Sheet Metal Co.,Acousti K27, type P, Pro-Fab Sheet Metal,
HRANEC Sheet Metal or equal consisting of:
a. External pressure tight shell of zinc coated steel.
b. Uniformly packed, 1-1/2" layer of fire resistant fibrous glass acoustic insulation with
R-6 value with mylar or foil liner meeting 25/50 flame spread/smoke developed
rating.
c. Internal perforated protective metal liner of zinc coated steel, with holes sized and
spaced to give acoustic impedance of noise reduction characteristic of Acousti K27
duct.
2. Pressure shell of round duct shall be United or approved equal spiral pipe and pressure
shell of fittings shall be zinc coated steel, as follows:
Item
Size
Gauge of
Pressure Shell
Duct 3" to 6" 26
7" to 20" 24
21" to 34" 22
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 90 of 183
36" to 48" 20
Fitting 3" to 34" 20
36" to 48" 18
3. Fittings shall be continuous, corrosion resistant welds made by certified welders.
4. Joints between straight duct sections shall be made with pre-fabricated couplings with 4"
shoulder inserted into duct.
I. Flexible Rigid Duct
1. Flexible ductwork shall be Flexmaster Triple Lock Buck Duct Flexible Air Duct (insulated)
as manufactured by Buckley Associates or equal (617 878 5000). Flexible duct, non-
insulated, shall be Underwriters Laboratory Listed UL 181 Class 0 air duct and constructed
in accordance with NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. It shall have a smoke/flame spread
rating of 50/25.
2. Duct shall be made from a tape of dead soft aluminum sheet, spiral wound into a tube and
spiral corrugated to provide strength and stability. The joint shall consist of a triple lock
mechanically performed without the use of adhesives to make a durable airtight seam. A
double lock is not acceptable.
3. Flexible duct connected to insulated or lined duct shall also be insulated. Flexmaster
insulated flex shall have a gray Fire Retardant Polyethylene outer jacket with a ½ lb.
density, 1 1/2" thick fiberglass insulation blanket, factory wrapped. Flexible Duct, insulated,
shall be Underwriters Laboratory Listed and constructed in accordance with NFPA
standards 90A and 90B. It shall have a smoke/flame spread rating of 50/25.
4. The flexible duct shall be supported as required.
5. Flexible duct work shall be rated at 12" positive pressure. Duct from 3 to 16" shall have a
negative pressure of 12", 8" for duct work 18 and 20. 6. All flexible duct shall be individually cartoned and labeled for delivery to the job site for
maximum protection.
7. Submittals shall include data on minimum thickness of aluminum core, in addition to other
data listed above, required to ensure that submitted product meets the requirements of
these specifications.
8. Provide sealing compound for installation. See further paragraphs in this specification and details for other installation requirements.
J. Thermoplastic Ductwork (PVC)
1. PVC duct installation shall be as recommended by SMACNA Thermoplastic (PVC) Duct
Construction Manual.
2. Butt weld longitudinal and transverse joints with hot gas filter rod welding. Rods shall be
compatible with material specified for duct. Stagger longitudinal seams. Weld transverse seams on 8 foot centers.
3. Taper transition pieces 5" in length for each 1" change in diameter.
4. Provide welded 4" wide reinforcing sleeve straps where recommended by SMACNA.
5. Provide expansion joints where recommended and as specified by SMACNA.
6. Provide suitable hangers and supports on eight foot centers that coincide with transverse
joints as recommended by SMACNA.
K. Volume Dampers
1. Provide Young Regulator manual adjustable rectangular opposed blade dampers for duct
heights less than 12" with factory installed locking hand quadrants extended 2" for all
dampers installed in externally insulated duct:
a. On each supply, return and general exhaust duct take off.
b. At each take off to register, grille or diffuser (not all are shown on Drawing).
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 91 of 183
2. Dampers are manufactured approximately 5/16" smaller in width and 1/8" smaller in height
than size of duct in which they are installed; e.g., nominal damper size is 24" x 10"; actual
size is approximately 23 11/16" x 9 7/8".
3. Damper frame shall be constructed of #6063 extruded aluminum reinforced channel with
minimum thickness of .050". Opposed damper blades shall be #6063 extruded aluminum
with minimum thickness of .050" and shall include reinforcing ribs. Each blade shall be
supported in the damper frame by individual Teflon axle bearings, and shall be driven by
stainless steel connecting slide linkage controlled by 3/8" square steel control shaft.
4. Note: All required volume dampers may not be indicated on drawings but dampers shall
be provided as necessary for systems balancing.
5. Dampers 12" and larger in height shall be opposed multi blade equal to Greenheck, Nailor,
or Vent Products.
6. Where dampers are inaccessible, use Young Regulator locking type ceiling regulators and
miter gear or worm gear for all horizontal dampers. Bearing coupling for bottom duct
control may be used for shaft on vertical blade dampers. The 3/8" rod between ceiling
regulator and damper shall be provided by contractor.
7. Damper blades shall be two gauges heavier than adjoining ductwork, and shall be riveted
to supporting rods. Hem over edges parallel to rods.
8. Brackets shall be galvanized metal, secured to ductwork with sheet metal screw with
locking quadrant arms (see seal class section for additional requirements). Provide 2"
handle extension for all dampers on externally insulated ductwork.
9. Note: All required volume dampers may not be indicated on Drawings but dampers shall
be provided as necessary for system balancing.
L. Automatic Dampers: Install automatic dampers furnished under Automatic Temperature Control
Paragraph of this Section, as shown on Drawings, and as specified. Provide sealed wall
penetrations for Seal Class A ductwork.
M. Locker Room Exhaust or Return Ductwork
1. Ductwork shall be aluminum, of types as detailed in this specification above and
constructed in accordance with SMACNA except that Seal Class shall be "A" regardless of
duct pressure rating.
N. Branch Duct Take off Fittings
1. Contractor shall provide Buckley Bellmouth Take offs at all branch duct locations.
2. Bellmouth Fitting shall be Model BMD with damper. In areas where sufficient duct height
is not available, the contractor shall provide the Buckley Mini mouth fitting, Model M BMD
with damper or the flat oval Bellmouth, Model FOBMD with damper.
3. Bellmouths shall be constructed of heavy duty galvanized steel. Bellmouths shall include
an air tight Neoprene gasket to ensure a tight fitting with minimal leakage. Pre drilled holes
shall be provided for quick mounting. Bellmouth shall be as manufactured by Buckley
Associates or equal (617 878 5000).
4. Standard damper hardware to be constructed of minimum 26 gauge galvanized material
with a quadrant damper and tight fitting gasketing to ensure minimal leakage at damper
pivot points. Material gauge shall never be less than the connected ductwork.
5. Optional heavy duty hardware shall be provided at locations of higher static pressure where
shown on the drawings.
6. Ninety degree take offs are not permitted on this project.
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. Dampers:
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 92 of 183
1. Low Pressure Manual Dampers: Provide dampers of single blade type or multi-blade type,
constructed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct construction Standards".
2. Automatic Control Dampers: Refer to Division 23 section "Automatic Temperature Control"
for control dampers; not work of this section.
3. Backdraft Relief Dampers: Provide dampers with parallel blades, counterbalanced and
factory-set to relieve at .05 in. static pressure. Construct blades of 16-ga. aluminum;
provide ½ in. diameter ball bearings, 1/2 in. diameter steel axles spaced on 9 in. centers.
Construct from 2 in. x 1/2 in. x 1/8 in. steel channel for face areas 25 sq. ft. and under: 4
in. x 1-1/4 in. x 16 ga. channel for face areas over 25 sq. ft. Provide galvanized steel finish
on frame with aluminum touch-up. Provide felted or rubber trim to assure tight, leak-proof
seal when closed.
4. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dampers of one of the
following:
a. Air Balance, Inc.
b. Airguarde Corp.
c. American Warming & Ventilating, Inc.
d. Arrow Louver and Damper; Div. of Arrow United Industries, Inc.
e. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
f. Penn Ventilator Co.
g. Ruskin Mfg. Co.
h. Or Equal.
B. Fire Dampers:
1. Fire Dampers: Provide fire dampers, of types and sizes indicated. Construct casings of
11-ga. galvanized steel. Provide fusible link rated at 160 to 165 degrees F (71 to 74
degrees C) unless otherwise indicated. Provide out of air stream type damper in open
position and with positive lock in closed position with stainless steel heat treated type 301
closure spring, and with the following additional features:
a. Damper Blade Assembly: Curtain type.
b. Blade Material: Steel, match casing.
c. Blade Material: Stainless steel.
2. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers: Provide fire/smoke dampers, of types and sizes
indicated. Construct casing of 11-ga. galvanized steel with bonded red acrylic enamel
finish. Provide fusible link rated at 160 to 165 degrees F (71 to 74 degrees C) unless
otherwise indicated. Provide additional frangible link containing explosive charge,
connected in series with fusible link. Provide stainless steel spring loaded leakage seals
in sides of casing, and 36 in. long wire leads for connecting smoke link to smoke detector,
and the following additional features:
a. Damper Blade Assembly: Single-blade type.
b. Damper Blade Assembly: Multi-blade type.
c. Damper Blade Assembly: Curtain type.
d. Blade Material: Steel, matching casing.
e. Blade material: Stainless steel.
3. Motor-Driven Fire/Smoke Dampers: Provide motor-driven fire/smoke dampers in types
and sizes indicated, with casing constructed of 11-ga. galvanized steel with bonded red
acrylic enamel finish, fusible link 160 to 165 degrees F (71 to 74 degrees C), unless
otherwise indicated, and curtain type stainless steel interlocking blades, with electric motor
equipped with instant closure clutch, stainless steel cable damper blade linkage, motor
mounting bracket, and 32 in. long wire leads for connecting to smoke detector, and with
the following construction features:
a. Unit Assembly: Motor mounted outside air stream. 4. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire and smoke dampers
of one of the following:
a. Air Balance, Inc.
b. American Warming & Ventilating, Inc.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 93 of 183
c. Arrow Louver and Damper; Div. of Arrow United Industries, Inc.
d. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
e. Penn Ventilator Co.
f. Phillips-Aires
g. Ruskin Mfg. Co.
h. Or Equal.
C. Model: FSD-200 series combination fire smoke dampers.
1. Ratings:
a. HVAC SubContractor shall verify wall ratings utilizing the architectural code plan.
b. Fire Closure Temperature: Each combination fire smoke damper shall be equipped
with a factory installed heat responsive device rated to close the damper when the
temperature at the damper reaches 165°F
c. Leakage: Dampers shall have a UL555S leakage rating of Leakage Class I or II.
d. Differential Pressure: Dampers shall have a minimum UL 555S differential pressure
rating of 4 in. wg.
e. Velocity: Dampers shall have a minimum UL 555S velocity rating of 2000 fpm.
2. Construction:
a. Frame: Damper frame shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel formed into a 5” x 1” structural
hat channel. Top and bottom frame members on dampers less than 17” high shall
be low profile design to maximize the free area of these smaller dampers. Frame
shall be 4-piece construction with 1 ½” (minimum) integral overlapping gusset
reinforcements in each corner to assure square corners and provide maximum
resistance to racking.
b. Blades: Damper blades shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel strengthened by three
longitudinal 1” deep Vee grooves running the entire length of each blade. Each
blade shall be symmetrical relative to its axle pivot point, presenting identical
performance characteristics with air flowing in either direction through the damper.
Provide symmetrical blades of varying size as required to completely fill the damper
opening.
c. Blade Stops: Each blade stop (at top and bottom of damper frame) shall occupy no
more than ½” of the damper opening area to allow for maximum free area and to
minimize pressure loss across the damper.
d. Seals:
1) Blade Edge: Blade seals shall be extruded silicone rubber permanently
bonded to the appropriate blade edges.
2) Jamb: Flexible stainless steel compression type.
3. Linkage: Concealed in jamb.
a. Axles: Minimum ½ inch dia. plated steel. Frame: Galvanized steel (in gauges
required by manufacturer’s UL listing).
b. Sleeves: Damper shall be supplied as a single assembly with an integral factory
sleeve.
c. Retaining Angles: Damper shall be supplied with factory retaining angles sized to
provide installation overlap in accordance with the manufacturer’s UL listing.
d. Bearings: Axle bearings shall be sintered bronze sleeve type rotating in polished
extruded holes in the damper frame.
4. Actuators:
a. Type: Electric, 120V AC, 2-position
b. Mounting: External
5. Source quality control
a. Factory Tests: Factory cycle damper and actuator assemblies to assure proper
operation.
6. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire and smoke dampers
of one of the following:
a. Air Balance, Inc.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 94 of 183
b. American Warming & Ventilating, Inc.
c. Arrow Louver and Damper; Div. of Arrow United Industries, Inc.
d. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
e. Penn Ventilator Co.
f. Phillips-Aires
g. Greenheck
h. Or Equal.
D. Turning Vanes:
1. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Provide double thickness airfoil turning vanes constructed
of 1-1/2 in. wide curved blades set at ¾ in. o.c., supported with bars perpendicular to blades
set at 2 in. o.c, and set into side strips suitable for mounting in ductwork.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide turning banes of one of
the following:
a. Aero Dyne Co.
b. Airsan Corp.
c. Anemostat Products Div.; Dynamics Corp. of America.
d. Barber-Colman Co.
e. Duro Dyne Corp.
f. Environmental Elements Corp.; Subs, Koppers Co., Inc.
g. Hart & Cooley Mfg. Co.
h. Register & Grille Mfg. Co., Inc.
i. Southern, Inc.
j. Or Equal.
E. Duct Hardware:
1. General: Provide duct hardware, manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on
project, for the following:
a. Test Holes: Provide in ductwork at fan inlet and outlet, and elsewhere as indicated,
duct test holes, consisting of slot and cover, for instrument tests.
b. Quandrant Locks: Provide for each damper, quadrant lock device on one end of
shaft; and end bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12 in.. Provide
extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally insulated
ductwork.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements. Provide duct hardware of one of
the following:
a. Ventfabrics, Inc.
b. Young Regulator Co.
c. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
d. Or Equal.
F. Duct Access Doors:
1. General: Provide duct access doors of a size as required to service and maintain device
in duct. All access doors to be a minimum of 12 in.x12 in. and to be gasketed and installed
air tight. Provide one access door at each control damper, humidifier, coil, fire damper,
and any device that requires attention.
2. Construction: Construct of same or greater gage as ductwork served, provide insulted
doors for insulated ductwork. Provide flush frames for uninsulated ductwork, extended
frames for externally insulated duct. Provide one side hinged, other side with one handle-
type latch for doors 12 in. high and smaller, 2 handle-type latches for larger doors.
3. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide duct access doors of one
of the following:
a. Air Balance, Inc. b. Duro Dyne Corp.
c. Register & Grille Mfg. Co., Inc.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 95 of 183
d. Ruskin Mfg. Co.
e. Ventfabrics, Inc.
f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Air Systems Div.
g. Or Equal.
G. Flexible Connectors:
1. General: Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration
isolated equipment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene-coated flameproof fabric
crimped into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment. Make airtight joint.
Provide adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal, axial, transverse, and torsional
movement, and also capable of absorbing vibration of connected equipment.
2. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flexible connections of
one of the following:
a. American/Elgen Co.; Energy Div.
b. Duro Dyne Corp.
c. Flexaust (The) Co.
d. Ventfabrics, Inc.
e. Or Equal.
ACOUSTIC DUCT LINING
A. Lining for Rectangular Metal Ducts: All ducts, where shown or noted on the drawings, shall be
lined with 1 ½ in. thick (R-6 min. performance) liner similar to Johns Manville " Linacoustic RC"
fiberglass duct liner with factory-applied surface and edge coating. The liner shall meet the Life
Safety Standards as established by NFPA 90A and 90B, FHC 25/50 and Limited Combustibility
and the airstream surface coating should contain an immobilized, EPA-registered, anti-microbial
agent so it will not support microbial growth as tested in accordance with ASTM G21 and G22.
The duct liner shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1071 and C1104, with an NRC not
less than .75 as tested per ASTM C 423 using a Type "A" mounting, and a thermal conductivity
no higher than .24 at 75EF mean temperature.
B. Material Handling and Storage: Liner shall be kept clean and dry during transportation, storage
and installation. Care should be taken to protect the liner from exposure to the elements or
damage from mechanical abuse.
C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with the above, provide duct sound lining in accordance
with the above performance criteria description.
SOUND ATTENUATORS (SA)
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated and tested duct silencers as indicated, select with
performance characteristics which match, or exceed those indicated on schedule.
B. Casings: Construct of sheet metal, with gage and seam construction equal or greater than that
recommended by SMACNA-Duct Construction Standards for ductwork of same size and pressure
class; but not less than 16-gage for outer casing and 20-gage for inner casing, refer to schedule
for further info and requirements.
C. Acoustic Fill: Provide inorganic mineral or glass fiber filler material, inert, vermin and moisture
proof, of sufficient density to obtain specified acoustic performance. Pack under not less than 5
percent compression to eliminate voids due to vibration and settling. Acoustic fill shall be covered
and protected with hospital grade film type liner.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 96 of 183
D. Acoustic Performance: Provide silencer ratings that have been determined in such to
reverberative room test facility. Test silencer with air flow in both directions through silencer, in
accordance with ASTM E477, "Methods of Testing Duct Liner Materials and Prefabricated
Silencers for Acoustical and Airflow Performance."
1. For acoustic ratings, include Dynamic Insertion Loss and Self Noise Power Levels for both
forward flow (air and noise in same direction) and reverse flow (air and noise in opposite
directions) with airflow of at least 2,000 FPM face velocity.
E. Aerodynamic Performance: Provide silencers with static pressure loss equal to or less than that
scheduled.
F. Certification: Provide certified test data on Dynamic Insertion Loss, Self-Noise Power Levels, and
Aerodynamic Performance. Conduct all rating tests at same facility. Open testing facility for
inspection by Architect/Engineer if requested.
G. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide duct silencers of one of the
following:
1. Vibro-Acoustics
2. Aeroacoustic Corporation
3. Price
4. Or Equal.
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. Ceiling Air Diffusers:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard ceiling air
diffusers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of
materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation.
Stamped face diffusers will not be acceptable.
2. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity
traverses, throw, drop and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in
manufacturer's current data.
3. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with adjacent
ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with
accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and
specifications for types of ceiling systems which will contain each type of ceiling air diffuser.
4. Types: Provide ceiling diffusers of type, capacity, throw, blow and with accessories as
listed on diffuser schedule.
a. Ceiling Diffusers shall be of the restricted multi-orificed jet induction and air mixing
type consisting of louver sections with built-in diffusing vanes. The vanes shall be
arranged to discharge air from adjacent louvers at an angle of 45 degrees in opposite
directions to insure rapid mixing of primary and room air. Diffusing vanes shall be
welded and mechanically fastened to the adjacent louver sections to make a rigid
unit. The vanes shall extend to the discharge edges of the louvers. Where louver
sections join the core frame, the louver ends shall be welded to the core frame. The
leaving edge of each louver shall be hemmed and the louver ends shall be rounded
and hemmed before welding to the core frames.
b. Diffusers shall be fabricated of aluminum or steel-welded construction, and shall be
provided with a removable core permitting easy access to the neck connection. The
diffuser neck shall extend no less than 1 in. above the core to accommodate an
internal duct connection to prevent leakage into the ceiling space.
c. Finish shall be baked enamel. Color as selected by architect, provide sample
selection chart.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 97 of 183
d. Plaque diffuser shall be one piece seamless back cone with round inlet color and
inner removable plaque assembly.
5. Diffuser Dampers:
a. Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed blade damper assembly, key operated from
face of diffuser. Provide in each ceiling diffuser.
6. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the
following:
a. Tuttle & Bailey Agitair Series
b. Metalaire – “5000 IV”
c. Price
d. Krueger
e. Or Equal
B. Wall Registers and Grilles:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard registers and
grilles where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials
and components as indicted, and as required for complete installation.
2. Performance: Provide registers and grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and
velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed
in manufacturer's current data.
3. Compatibility: Provide registers and grilles with border styles that are compatible with
adjacent systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into wall and ceiling
construction with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction
drawings and specifications for types of construction which will contain each type of register
and grille.
4. Types: Provide registers and grilles of type, capacity, and with accessories and finishes
as listed on register and grille schedule:
5. Pattern: Register and grille patterns shall have style as identified on Drawings:
6. Dampers: Opposed Blade adjustable assembly, key operated from face of register.
7. Accessories:
a. Plaster Frame: Perimeter frame designed to act as plaster stop and register or grille
anchor. Provide where required.
b. Operating Keys: Tools designed to fit through register or grille face and operate
volume control device and/or pattern adjustment.
8. Finish: Register and Grille Finishes shall be baked enamel. Color as selected by architect,
provide sample selection chart.
9. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide registers and grilles of
one the following:
a. Agitair (Air Devices)
b. Metalaire
c. Price
d. Krueger
e. Or Equal.
C. Ceiling Registers and Grilles:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard "Egg-Crate" type
registers and grilles where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed
of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation.
2. Compatibility: Provide registers and ceiling grilles with border styles that are compatible
with adjacent ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling
construction with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction
drawings and specifications for types of ceiling construction. 3. Types: Provide registers and grilles of type, capacity, and with accessories and finishes
as listed on register and grille schedule.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 98 of 183
4. Register and Grille Materials:
a. Aluminum Construction: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum frame and
core.
5. Register and Grille Faces:
a. 1/2 in. x 1/2 in. "Egg-Crate" with one in. border frame.
6. Register and Grille Dampers:
a. Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed blade damper assembly, key operated from
face of register (provide for registers only).
7. Register and Grille Finishes shall be baked enamel. Color as selected by architect, provide
sample selection chart.
8. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide registers and grilles of
one of the following:
a. Agitair (Air Devices)
b. Metalaire
c. Price
d. Krueger
e. Or Equal.
D. In Wall Displacement Diffuser (DFW)
1. Description: Furnish and install in wall displacement diffusers with the sizes and capacities
indicated on the plans and air outlet schedule.
2. Performance: Air shall be delivered to the space at low noise levels and low velocities that
are even across the diffuser face, in all ducting configurations and without the use of
nozzles.
3. Diffuser Manufacturer shall provide sound and pressure drop data derived from tests in
accordance with ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. Performance data for Draft Rate (%DR) shall
be provided based on tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004. A
manufacturer software program that allows room comfort evaluation for specific operating
conditions and diffuser locations shall be available to aid in performance assessment If
such a computer program is not available from the manufacturer, the manufacturer shall
supply, free of charge, a CFD model of the representative spaces completed by a modeling
contractor who has demonstrable qualifications to model such spaces. These shall include
no less than 10 years of experience in the modeling of displacement ventilation systems,
thorough validation of the code through comparison to empirical data as well as a list of
references.
4. Construction: The 1 way flat faced in-wall displacement diffuser, shall be constructed with
an equalization baffle behind the operative diffuser face for uniform, low velocity,
distribution of supply air. Both the equalization baffle and face shall be securely retained in
the diffuser frames. Plastic nozzle arrays or any plastic components are unacceptable. The
diffuser frames shall be constructed of 20 gauge steel for rigidity and protection of the
operative face. The operative face shall be constructed of painted 18 gauge perforated
steel, and the frame shall be provided in painted 20 gauge steel. The plenum shall be 24
gauge steel. The internal baffling elements shall be constructed of aluminum. The diffuser
shall be available for duct connection at the top. The paint shall be powder coat polyester,
color as selected by architect, provide sample selection chart. Epoxies and their derivatives
are unacceptable. Visible non-metallic components are unacceptable.
5. Mounting/Fastening: The diffuser front panel shall be bolted to the plenum through the wall
with factory provided fasteners.
6. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flat faced displacement
diffusers of one of the following:
a. Price b. Metalaire
c. Trox
d. Krueger
e. Or Equal.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 99 of 183
E. Flat Face Displacement Diffusers with Plaster Frame (DFR)
1. Description: Furnish and install flat face displacement diffuser with the configurations and
mounting types indicated on the plans and air outlet schedule.
2. Performance: Air shall be delivered to the space at low noise levels and low velocities that
are even across the diffuser face, in all ducting configurations and without the use of
nozzles. Diffuser Manufacturer shall provide sound and pressure drop data derived from
tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.Performance data for Draft Rate
(%DR) shall be provided based on tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004.
A software program that allows room comfort evaluation for specific operating conditions
and diffuser locations shall be available to aid in performance assessment. If such a
computer program is not available from the manufacturer, the manufacturer shall supply,
free of charge, a CFD model of the representative spaces completed by a modeling
contractor who has demonstrable qualifications to model such spaces. These shall include
no less than 10 years of experience in the modeling of displacement ventilation systems,
thorough validation of the code through comparison to empirical data as well as a list of
references.
3. Construction: The 1 way flat faced recessed displacement diffuser shall be constructed
with an equalization baffle behind the operative diffuser face for uniform, low velocity,
distribution of supply air. Both the equalization baffle and face shall be securely retained in
the diffuser frames. Plastic nozzle arrays or any plastic components are unacceptable.
There shall be no visible fasteners on the front panel. The operative face shall be
constructed of painted 18 gauge perforated steel. The installation frame shall be
constructed of 24 gage steel. The internal baffling elements shall be constructed of
aluminum. The paint shall be powder coat polyester, color as selected by architect, provide
sample selection chart.. Epoxies and their derivatives are unacceptable. Visible non-
metallic components are unacceptable. The diffuser shall be supplied with an installation
frame for recessed installation that is not visible from the room. (The diffuser shall be
supplied with an installation frame for recessed installation which allows the diffuser to be
installed in areas where plaster is required).
4. Mounting/Fastening: The diffuser shall be installed within the manufacture provided
plenum, refer to details sheet M2.4 for further information. Plenum to be provided with
mounting clips, all by diffuser manufacture. The diffuser shall have no visible fasteners or
framing, and shall be held within the supplied plenum via secure mounting clips.
5. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flat faced displacement
diffusers of one of the following:
a. Price
b. Metalaire
c. Trox
d. Krueger
e. Or Equal.
F. Ceiling Mounted Displacement Diffusers (DFC)
1. Description: Furnish and install ceiling mounted displacement diffuser with the sizes and
capacities indicated on the plans and air outlet schedule.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 100 of 183
2. Performance: Air shall be delivered to the space at low noise levels and low velocities that
are even across the diffuser face in all ducting configurations and without the use of
nozzles. Diffuser Manufacturer shall provide sound and pressure drop data derived from
tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. Performance data for Draft Rate
(%DR) shall be provided based on tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004.
A manufacturer software program that allows room comfort evaluation for specific
operating conditions and diffuser locations shall be available to aid in performance
assessment. If such a computer program is not available from the manufacturer, the
manufacturer shall supply, free of charge, a CFD model of the representative spaces
completed by a modeling contractor who has demonstrable qualifications to model such
spaces. These shall include no less than 10 years of experience in the modeling of
displacement ventilation systems, thorough validation of the code through comparison to
empirical data as well as a list of references.
3. Construction: The 1 way flat faced ceiling mounted Displacement diffuser shall be
constructed with an equalization baffle behind the operative diffuser face for uniform, low
velocity, distribution of supply air. Both the equalization baffle and face shall be securely
retained in the diffuser frames. Plastic nozzle arrays or any plastic components are
unacceptable. The diffuser frames shall be constructed of high strength aluminum
extrusion for rigidity and protection of the operative face and side panels. There shall be
no visible fasteners on the front or side panels. The operative face shall be constructed of
painted 18 gauge perforated steel, and the frame shall be provided in painted 20 gauge
steel. The internal baffling elements shall be constructed of Aluminum. The diffuser shall
be available for duct connection at the top, bottom, side or rear of the diffuser with a factory
inlet. The paint shall be powder coat polyester, color as selected by architect, provide
sample selection chart. Epoxies and their derivatives are unacceptable. Visible non-
metallic components are unacceptable.
4. Mounting/Fastening: The diffuser shall integrate into standard T-Bar ceilings and shall have
no visible fasteners.
5. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flat faced displacement
diffusers of one of the following:
a. Price
b. Metalaire
c. Trox
d. Krueger
e. Or Equal.
G. Displacement Diffusers (DR180)
1. Description: Furnish and install floor mounted 180 degree displacement diffuser with the
sizes and capacities indicated on the plans and air outlet schedule.
2. Performance: Air shall be delivered to the space at low noise levels and low velocities that
are even across the diffuser face, in all ducting configurations and without the use of
nozzles. Diffuser Manufacturer shall provide sound and pressure drop data derived from
tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.Performance data for Draft Rate
(%DR) shall be provided based on tests in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004.
A software program that allows room comfort evaluation for specific operating conditions
and diffuser locations shall be available to aid in performance assessment. If such a
computer program is not available from the manufacturer, the manufacturer shall supply,
free of charge, a CFD model of the representative spaces completed by a modeling
contractor who has demonstrable qualifications to model such spaces. These shall include
no less than 10 years of experience in the modeling of displacement ventilation systems,
thorough validation of the code through comparison to empirical data as well as a list of references.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 101 of 183
3. Construction: The 180 Degree Displacement diffuser shall be constructed with an
equalization baffle behind the operative diffuser face for uniform, low velocity, distribution
of supply air. Both the equalization baffle and face shall be securely retained in the diffuser
frames. Plastic nozzle arrays or any plastic components are unacceptable. The diffuser
frames shall be constructed of high strength aluminum extrusion for rigidity and protection
of the operative face. There shall be no visible fasteners on the face of the diffuser. The
operative face shall be constructed of painted18 gauge perforated steel, and end panels
shall be provided in painted 20 gauge steel. The frame and internal baffling elements shall
be constructed of Aluminum. The diffuser shall be available for inlet or inlet and outlet
configurations. The paint shall be powder coat polyester. Epoxies and their derivatives are
unacceptable. Non-metallic components are unacceptable.
4. Mounting/Fastening: The diffuser shall be supplied with concealed mounting using safety-
bolts for seamless integration.
5. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flat faced displacement
diffusers of one of the following:
Price
Metalaire
Trox
Krueger
Or Equal.
H. Linear Diffusers
1. Linear slot diffusers shall be furnished and installed as indicated on the drawings.
2. Provide shop drawings accompanied by itemized list indicating units’ location and
appropriate product submittal drawings provided by the manufacturer.
3. Exact dimensions of walls and ceiling are as per the architectural drawings. Install diffusers
so they fit properly in the ceiling system with suspension wire (48 in. o/c MAX.) and/or
attachment plates — as required.
4. Coordinate installation with General Contractor and other sub-contractors.
5. The linear slot diffuser shall utilize heavy wall extruded aluminum air deflector frames.
These frames shall be designed to accommodate notched compressible space bars,
complete with integral hanger, spaced approximately 24 in. on center. The steel air pattern
controllers are fully adjustable and can be moved from side to side to create various air
pattern configurations. These dual pattern controllers shall be fully adjustable to allow shut-
off without adding any blank-off devices. The spacer bars and pattern controllers shall be
removable for on-site modification and trimming.
6. The Linear slot diffuser shall be complete with factory end conditions as shown or indicated.
7. Supply air engineered plenums shall be provided and manufactured of heavy gauge wipe
coat steel. These units shall be insulated with a side inlet collar.
8. When engineered plenum end caps cannot positioned directly over the linear spacer bar
due to field conditions, install MB Blank-Off from plenum end cap to next spacer bar.
9. MB Blank-Off shall be manufactured of heavy gauge steel painted black.
10. Linear Bar Grilles: Furnish and install extruded bar supply/return grilles of the sizes and
mounting types indicated on the plans and outlet schedule.
a. Construction: Grilles shall have fixed degree blades, spaced 7/16 in. on center. The
outlet core shall have extruded aluminum receiving bar. Blades shall run parallel to
the long dimension of the grille. The grille border shall be heavy duty extruded
aluminum construction with factory mitered corners and reinforcing support bars for
extra support for the core receiving bar. The support and receiving bars shall not
exceed 8 in. on center. The core shall be held into the border with removable core
clips allowing the removal of the core without special tools.
b. Finish: The grille shall be finished, color as selected by architect, provide sample
selection chart. Paint finish shall pass 500 hours of salt spray exposure with no
measurable creep in accordance with ASTM D1654 and 1000 hours with no rusting
or blistering as per ASTM D610 and ASTM D714.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 102 of 183
c. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide linear bar grilles of
one of the following:
1) Agitair
2) Metalaire
3) Price
4) Krueger
5) Or equal
DUCTLESS COOLING UNITS (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning
Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. Evaporator:
1. General: The unit shall be factory assembled, wired and tested. Contained within the unit
shall be all factory wiring and internal piping, control circuit board, and fan motor. The unit
in conjunction with the wired, wall mounted controller shall have a self-diagnostic function,
three-minute time delay mechanism, an auto restart function, and a test run switch. Indoor
unit and refrigerant pipes shall be purged with dry nitrogen before shipment from factory.
2. Cabinet: The casing shall be ABS plastic factory finish. Cabinet shall be designed for
suspension mounting and horizontal operation. The rear cabinet panel shall have
provisions for a field installed filtered outside air intake connection.
3. Fan: The evaporator fan shall have three high performance, double inlet, forward curve
sirocco fans driven by a single motor. The fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced
and run on a motor with permanently lubricated bearings. The indoor fan shall consist of
four speeds: Low, M1, M2 and Hi.
4. Vane: There shall be a motorized horizontal vane to automatically direct air flow in a
horizontal and downward direction for uniform air distribution. The horizontal vane shall
provide a choice of five vertical airflow patterns selected by remote control. There shall
also be a set of vertical vanes to provide horizontal swing airflow movement selected by
remote control.
5. Filter: Return air shall be filtered by means of an easily removable washable filter.
6. Coil: The evaporator coil shall be of nonferrous construction with pre-coated aluminum
strake fins on copper tubing. The multi-angled heat exchanger shall have a modified fin
shape that reduces air resistance for a smoother, quieter airflow. All tube joints shall be
brazed with PhosCopper or silver alloy. The coils shall be pressure tested at the factory.
A condensate pan and drain shall be provided under the coil.
7. Control: The control system shall consist of two microprocessors, one on each indoor and
outdoor unit, interconnected by a single non-polar two-wire cable. Field wiring shall run
directly from the indoor unit to the wall mounted controller with no splices. For A-Control,
a three conductor 14 ga. AWG wire with ground shall provide power feed and bi-directional
control transmission between the outdoor and indoor units. Where separate power is
supplied to the indoor and outdoor units, a two 20 ga. AWG wire shall be run between the
units to provide forbid-directional control communication. The system shall be capable of
automatic restart when power is restored after power interruption. The system shall have
self-diagnostics ability, including total hours of compressor run time. Diagnostics codes for
indoor and outdoor units shall be displayed on the wired controller panel. Units shall be
equipped with heating, cooling and dry mode of operation.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 103 of 183
B. Condensing:
1. General: The outdoor unit shall be equipped with a control board that interfaces with the
indoor unit to perform all necessary operation functions. The outdoor unit shall be capable
of operating at 0 degrees F, (-18 degrees C) ambient temperature without additional low
ambient controls. The outdoor unit shall be able to operate with a maximum height
difference of 100 ft. and have maximum refrigerant tubing length of 165 ft. between indoor
and outdoor units without the need for line size changes, traps or additional oil. The
outdoor unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, and wired. Each unit must be
test run at the factory.
2. Cabinet: The casing shall be constructed from galvanized steel plate, coated with a
finished with an electrostatically applied, thermally fused acrylic or polyester powder
coating for corrosion protection and have a factory finish. The fan grille shall be of ABS
plastic.
3. Fan: The fan motor shall be of aerodynamic design for quiet operation, and the fan motor
bearings shall be permanently lubricated. The outdoor unit shall have horizontal discharge
airflow. The fan shall be mounted in front of the coil, pulling air across if from the rear and
dispelling it through the front. The fan shall be provided with a raised guard to prevent
contact with moving parts.
4. Coil: The L shaped condenser coil shall be of copper tubing with flat aluminum fins to
reduce debris build up. The coil shall be protected with an integral metal guard. Refrigerant
flow from the condenser shall be controlled by means of linear expansion valve (LEV)
metering orifice. The LEV shall be control by a microprocessor controlled step motor.
5. Compressor: The compressor shall be a scroll compressor with variable speed inverter
technology. The compressor shall be driven by inverter circuit to control compressor
speed. The compressor speed shall dynamically vary to match the room load for
significantly increasing the efficiency of the system which results in vast energy savings.
To prevent liquid from accumulating in the compressor during the off cycle, a minimal
amount of current shall be intermittently applied to the compressor motor to maintain
enough heat. The outdoor unit shall have an accumulator and high pressure safety switch.
The compressor shall be mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration.
6. Electrical: The electrical power of the unit shall be as indicated on the drawings. The
outdoor unit shall be controlled by the microprocessor located in the indoor unit. The
control signal between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit shall be pulse signal 24 volts
DC. The unit shall have Pulse Amplitude Modulation circuit to utilize 98 percent of input
power supply.
7. Provide BACNet gateway for BMS interface to provide system status monitoring and
control.
8. Warranty: Provide a five year parts warranty for all components.
9. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements provide DCU Units of one of the
following:
a. LG
b. Mitsubishi
c. Daikin
d. Or Equal
CONDENSATE DISCHARGE PUMPS (Refer to various equipment schedules for locations and
SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems
Commissioning for additional contract requirements)
A. General: Provide where indicated, condensate pumps of capacity as scheduled, to be field
installed in various air handling equipment drain pans, consisting of ABS housing, pump, check
valve, safety switch, and thermal overload protection. Factory assembled unit must be UL/CSA
listed.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 104 of 183
B. High-Capacity Pumps (For AHU’s)
1. Reservoir: Construct of ABS plastic with one gallon capacity volume.
2. Pump: 110 GPH at 20 TDH vertical type pump with stainless steel motor shaft, rustproof,
ABS volute, with safety switch.
3. Housing and Cover: Each shall be ABS plastic.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-capacity
condensate pump of Little Giant, Sauermann, Hartell, or approved equal:
C. Low-Capacity Pumps
1. Pump: 8 GPH at 33TDH reciprocating piston pump direct discharge with no storage
reservoir.
2. Detection Unit: Low-maintenance filter free with a three level float (on/off/alarm).
3. Pump Housing and Detection Unit: Each shall be ABS plastic.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide low-capacity
condensate pump of Sauermann, Hartell (Nano), Little Giant, or approved equal.
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX (VAV)
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated and tested air terminals as shown on drawings, selected with
performance characteristics which match or exceed those indicated on schedule.
B. Casings: Construct of die-cast aluminum or sheet metal of the following minimum thicknesses:
Steel Aluminum
1. Upstream Pressure Side: 22-ga. 0.032 in.
2. Downstream Pressure Side; 22-ga. 0.025 in.
3. Provide hanger brackets for attachment of supports.
4. Linings: Line inside surfaces of casings with hospital grade lining material meeting ASTM
Standard C1071 to provide acoustic performance, thermal insulation, and to prevent
condensation on outside surfaces of casing. Provide minimum thickness of 1 in. Secure
lining to prevent delamination, sagging or settling. Seal edges of lining to prevent fraying.
a. Cover liner surfaces and edges with mylar, foil or perforated metal.
5. Leakage: Construct casings such that when subjected to 0.5-in w.g. pressure for low
pressure units, and 3.0-in w.g. pressure for high pressure units, total leakage does not
exceed 4 percent of specified air flow capacity with outlets sealed and inlets wide open.
Construct air dampers such that when subjected to 6.0-in w.g. inlet pressure with damper
closed, total leakage does not exceed 10 percent of specified air flow capacity.
C. Air Dampers: Construct of materials that cannot corrode, do not require lubrication, nor require
periodic servicing. Provide maximum volume dampers, pressure independent that are calibrated
in cfm, factory-adjusted, and marked for specified air capacities. Provide mechanism to vary air
volume thru damper from minimum to maximum, in response to signal from thermostat.
D. Controls: Provide controls accurate to 1.5 deg. F(0.8 deg. C) and adjustable from 65 deg. F (22
deg. C) to 85 deg. F (29 deg. C).
1. ATC SubContractor to provide and field install DDC controls, compatible with automatic
temperature control system specified in other Division-23 sections. All testing and
commissioning shall be completed in field.
E. Identification: Provide label on each unit indicating Unit Number, cfm range, cfm factory-setting,
and calibration curve (if required).
F. Silencer:
1. Silencer section shall consist of a three foot 22ga solid metal casing, 22ga perforated liners,
and absorptive acoustic fiberglass liner.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 105 of 183
2. Acceptable methods of silencer construction shall be button lock, Pittsburgh lock, and
welds. In situations where these methods are not feasible, rivets can be used. Screws or
other mechanical fasteners on the silencer will not be acceptable.
3. The silencer noses and perforated liners shall be rigidly fastened to the casing of the
silencer on both the top and bottom.
4. The silencer section acoustic media shall be shot free inorganic glass fiber with long,
resilient fibers, bonded with thermosetting resin, and contain 50 percent recycled media.
Glass fiber shall be packed with a minimum 10 percent compression to eliminate voids and
settling; density shall consistent with that used to generate catalog test data. Combustion
ratings for acoustical media shall be equal to or less than the combustion ratings noted
below when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, UL713, and NFPA 255:
a. Flame Spread Classification: 25
b. Smoke Development Rating: 50
5. Silencer shall be Price model SUDQ or equal.
G. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide variable air volume boxes of
one of the following:
1. Price
2. Carnes Co.
3. Titus Products Div.
4. Or equal
FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
A. General: Provide firestopping at all new and existing construction where penetrated by the Work
of this Section. Also provide smoke sealing at all smoke barrier and smoke partition construction
where penetrated by the work of this section.
B. Refer to Section 07 8413 - Penetration Firestopping, for all product requirements for maintaining
integrity of fire-rated and smoke-rated construction at penetrations.
WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOORS
A. General: Furnish and install access panels, at all new construction where required for access to
the Work of this Section. Furnish access doors for access to all concealed control valves, motor
operated dampers, fire doors, and all other concealed parts of the HVAC system that require
accessibility for the proper operation and maintenance of the system.
B. Refer to Section 08 3113 - Access Doors and Panels, for all product requirements for furnishing
access panels.
C. Coordinate locations and schedule with the work of trades involved with construction in which
access panels will be installed.
D. Access doors shall be heavy gage steel with 1 in. frame. Door shall be fastened to frame with
continuous piano hinge. Entire door and frame assembly shall be prime painted and be completed
with cylinder lock and two keys. Door and frame shall match fire rating of wall or ceiling installed
into.
E. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide access doors of one of the
following:
1. Inland Steel Products Company, "Milcor"
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 106 of 183
2. Walsh-Hannon-Gladwin Inc., "Way Loctor"
3. Or Equal.
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (Refer to SECTION 01 9113 - General
Commissioning Requirements and 23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning for additional
contract requirements)
A. Basic Components and Systems:
1. General: Provide control products in sizes and capacities indicated, consisting of dampers,
thermostats, clocks, sensors, controllers, and other components as required for completed
installation. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer’s standard materials and
components as published in their product information, designed and constructed as
recommended by manufacturer and as required for application indicated. All equipment
and systems shall be installed by factory trained contractors with the following functional
and construction features.
2. The building management system shall be proprietary Schneider Electric Building
Management Systems and shall utilize an open BACNet IP and MS/TP protocol and shall
be designed to incorporate all equipment into one unified building management system for
whole building HVAC control. Each floor/area will be provided with a MS/TP loop and a
BACNet router with MS/TP to IP which will allow information from the MS/TP loop to
communicate to the control system via the campus wide network (dedicated IP address).
Network switches will be provided as necessary to allow all BANet IP devices and BACNet
router information to connect to the building wide network (Coordinate IP address with
owner’s IT Department). Within building, location to be determined by the owner, will be
the main network manager(s) (JACE(s)) which will incorporate all equipment on the MS/TP
and IP networks utilizing the latest version of Niagara Framework Platform. Networks not
utilizing the Niagara Framework Platform will not be accepted. The Niagara platform shall
be an open protocol BACnet IP MS/TP system infrastructure that integrates diverse
systems and devices (regardless of manufacturer, communication standard ie BACnet,
Lon, Modbus or software) into a unified platform that can be read and written to and easily
managed in real time using a standard Web browser. The building management system
shall not require licensing fees and shall be licensed indefinitely to the Owner for use at
the project site. Control systems other than Schneider Electric will not be acceptable.
3. ATC manufacturer shall provide written confirmation that installing ATC SubContractor is
an authorized dealer and service provider.
4. Provide all required control wiring including CAT6 Ethernet wiring for any controllers
requiring Ethernet connectivity. Terminate Ethernet cable in MDF and IDF closets on patch
panels proceed under Technology Section 27 0000.
5. Install an open-protocol (BACnet) energy management system (EMS) to monitor and trend
the energy consumed by the following systems throughout the school:
a. HVAC systems
b. Hot and cold domestic water systems
c. Electric service meters & sub meters
d. Gas submeters
e. Irrigation sub meters
6. The ATC control and building EMS system shall have the following attributes with
characteristics and performance as specified within this Specification section, related
Electrical and Plumbing section specifications and the Control Diagram drawings:
a. Sensors as follows:
1) Sensors to trend outdoor air temperature
2) Indication and trending of damper and valve commanded positions.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 107 of 183
3) Sensors to monitor building electrical and natural gas consumption. Electrical
meters and sub meters shall be provided by the Electrical SubContractor and
control wiring from the meters to the EMS/BMS system shall be provided by
the ATC Subcontractor. Gas sub meters shall be installed by the Plumbing
Subcontractor and the ATC Subcontractor shall furnish the meter and provide
control wiring from the meters to the EMS/BMS. Flow meters for building cold
water consumption will be installed by the Plumbing SubContractor and
furnished and wired to the EMS/BMS by the ATC Sub-Contractor. Domestic
hot water shall be relays on each domestic water heater burner and through
BMS programming utilizing burner on/off operation domestic hot water
consumption will be determined, all provided by the ATC SubContractor.
Irrigation meters shall be furnished and wired to the EMS/BMS by the ATC
SubContractor and installed by the Plumbing SubContractor.
4) Sensors to monitor and trend (create trend logs) controlled variables at the
operator interface. Control variables may include air and/or water flow,
temperature, pressure, CO2, and pump or fan speed. Relevant multiplexed
data from microprocessors located in chillers, boilers, variable speed drives
and other equipment with multiplexing capabilities may be used in lieu of
specifying separate sensors.
5) All densely occupied spaces, with occupant density of 25 people or more per
1000 s.f. must be provided with CO2 sensors per LEED IEQC1 requirements.
Provide multi functioning sensors with temperature, humidity and CO2 for all
spaces except for storage rooms and toilet rooms.
b. Points matrix – including all hardwired input and output devices connected to the
automation system, all set points, upper and lower control limits.
c. Trend capabilities – including a trend point list and preprogrammed sample of point
(performed by controls Subcontractor), sample rate, storage interval, upload
interval, custom trend abilities, alarms, and automated trend data review and
notification (automated diagnostics).
d. System architecture – capable of allowing sampling of these points to facilitate
building commissioning and diagnostics without significantly affecting system
performance.
e. Data storage system – with adequate capacity to record trend data for use by
building operators. Data export requirements must facilitate user-friendly data
access and manipulation.
f. Operator interface – designed for remote/web access, monitoring requirements,
trend-log reporting and diagnosing building problems through a user-friendly
interface. This includes providing a visual (non text based) operations and reporting
interface to facilitate rapid system assessment that utilizes color-coding, diagrams
of floor plans and graphing capabilities.
g. The remote access shall use a web browser only and not require a VPN with remote
desktop application.
7. Electric Wiring: All electric wiring and wiring connections, either line voltage or low voltage,
from the emergency electric panels to the ATC panels, and from the ATC related panels to the individual control devices i.e. rooftop units, exhaust fans, boilers, chillers, valves, and
dampers required for the installation of the control system, as herein specified shall be
provided by the control Subcontractor unless specifically shown on the electrical drawings
or called for in the electrical specifications.
a. The wiring installation shall be in accordance with National and Local Codes and
with the Electrical portion of these specifications. All wiring shall be run concealed wherever possible. Exposed wiring in occupied areas shall be run in raceways.
Raceways shall be Wiremold 200 series with all elbows, raceways, covers, mounting
stops, box extensions and wiring for a complete and neat installation. All wiring
located in mechanical spaces, boiler rooms, and fan rooms shall be installed in
metal conduit
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 108 of 183
b. All wiring above ceilings, in boiler rooms, and all mechanical spaces shall follow
routing of piping and where not possible shall be in conduit. All exposed wire shall
be bundled and wire tied and shall be supported to adjacent piping. Draped and
free floating wire will not be allowed.
c. All terminations of wire at control devices shall be looped and supported adequately.
d. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of the electrical section of the
specification.
B. Controls Systems Wiring
1. All conduit raceways, wiring, accessories and wiring connections required for the
installation of the Controls Systems shall be provided by the Controls SubContractor except
as shown on the Electrical Drawings. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of
applicable portions of the Electrical Section 26 0000 and all local and national electric
codes and the requirements of the AHJ.
2. All Controls Systems wiring materials and installation methods shall comply with the
original equipment manufacturer recommendations and standards.
3. The sizing type and provision of cable, conduit, cable trays and raceways shall be the
design responsibility of the Controls SubContractor.
4. Class 2 Wiring
a. All Class 2 (24VAC or less) wiring shall be installed in conduit unless otherwise
specified.
b. Conduit is not required for Class 2 wiring in concealed accessible locations. Class
2 wiring not installed in conduit shall be supported every 5ft. from the building
structure utilizing metal hangers designed for this application. Wiring shall be
installed parallel to the building structural lines.
5. Class 2 signal wiring and 24VAC power may be run in the same conduit. Power wiring
120VAC and greater shall not share the same conduit with Class 2 signal wiring.
6. Perform circuit tests using qualified personnel only. Provide necessary instruments and
equipment to demonstrate that:
a. All circuits are continuous and free from short circuits and grounds.
b. All circuits are free from unspecified grounds; that resistance to ground of all circuits
is no less than 50 megaohms.
c. All circuits are free from induced voltages.
7. Provide complete testing for all cables and wiring. Provide all equipment, tools, and
personnel as necessary to conduct these tests.
8. Provide for complete grounding of all signal and communication cables, panels and
equipment so as to ensure integrity of Controls Systems operation. Ground cabling and
conduit at panel terminations. Do not create ground loops.
C. Line Voltage Power Sources
1. 120-volt AC circuits for the Controls Systems shall be taken by the Controls SubContractor
from electrical emergency panelboards and circuit breakers as designated on the electrical
drawings.
2. Circuits used for the Controls Systems shall be dedicated to these Controls Systems and
shall not be used for any other services.
3. Controls DDC terminal unit controllers may use 120-volt AC power from motor power
circuits.
D. Controls Systems Raceways
1. All wiring shall be installed in conduit or raceway except as noted elsewhere in the
Specification. Minimum conduit size 3/4 in.
2. Where it is not possible to conceal raceways in finished locations, surface raceway
(Wiremold) may be used as approved by the Architect. 3. All conduits and raceways shall be installed level, plumb, at right angles to the building
lines and shall follow the contours of the supporting surface.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 109 of 183
4. UL/ULC Listed Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for vibration isolation and shall be
limited to 3 ft. in length when terminating to vibrating equipment. Flexible Metal Conduit
may be used within partition walls and for final connection to equipment.
E. Penetrations
1. Firestopping for all penetrations used by dedicated Controls Systems conduits and
raceways shall be by other trades.
2. All openings in fire proofed or fire stopped components shall be closed by other trades
using approved fire resistive sealant.
3. All wiring passing through penetrations, including walls, shall be in sleeves, conduit or
enclosed raceway.
4. No penetrations through building structural elements, slabs, ceilings and walls shall be
made before receipt of written approval from the Architect.
F. Controls Systems Identification Standards
1. Node Identification: All nodes shall be identified by a permanent label fastened to the
outside of the enclosure. Labels shall be suitable for the node environmental location.
2. Cable shall be labeled at every termination with cross-referencing to record documentation.
3. Raceway Identification: Exposed covers to junction and pull boxes of the FMS raceways
shall be identified at primary points.
4. Wire Identification: All low and line voltage wiring shall be identified by a number, as
referenced to the associated shop and record drawing, at each termination.
5. Wires and cabling shall not be spliced between terminations. Cable shields shall be single
end grounded – typically at the panel end outside the panel.
6. Suggested color coding, for use at the Contractors option, are:
a. Analog Input Cable Yellow
b. Analog Output Cable Tan
c. Binary Input Cable Orange
d. Binary Output Cable Violet
e. 24 VAC Cable Gray
f. General Purpose Cable Natural
g. Tier 1 Comm Cable Purple
h. Other Tier Comm Cable Blue
i. Ethernet cable Blue
7. Provide permanent identification labels at all valve and damper actuators to indicate open
and closed positions.
G. Field Panel And Device Installations And Locations
1. The Controls Systems panels, enclosures and cabinets shall be located as coordinated
with the Architect at an elevation of not less than 2 ft. from the bottom edge of the panel to
the finished floor. Each cabinet shall be anchored per the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
2. All field devices shall be installed per the manufacturer recommendation and in accessible
locations as coordinated with the Architect.
3. Panels to be located in damp areas or areas subject to condensation shall be mounted
with wall standoffs.
4. Conduit configurations entering or leaving panels and devices shall be such as to preclude
condensation traps.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 110 of 183
H. Networking Communications
1. The design of the BAS shall network operator workstations and stand-alone DDC
Controllers. The network architecture shall consist of multiple levels for communication
efficiency, a campus-wide (Management Level Network) Ethernet network based on
TCP/IP protocol, high performance peer-to-peer building level network(s) and DDC
Controller floor level local area networks with access being totally transparent to the user
when accessing data or developing control programs.
2. System shall communicate with a BACnet network over Ethernet or BACnet/IP (according
to Annex J). The intent is to use the system provided under this contract to communicate
with control systems and/or devices provided by other vendors. A PICS must be provided
describing the BACnet, ANSI/ASHRAE 135-95, implementation. The product shall be
Network Application Engine level 1 controllers with field equipment controller for level 2
controllers no substitutions. Minimum system functionality must include monitoring,
commanding, and alarming for daily operator functions from a common workstation.
a. System shall have the capability to be an OPC Client and Server for dynamic
communication with OPC Clients or Servers over an Ethernet network. At a
minimum, the following must be supported:
1) Data Access 1.0 (96), 1.0A (97) and 2.0 (11/98)
2) Alarms & Events 1.0 (1/99)
3. Network Switches
a. Provide HP ProCurve 2910 al series 2910-48G al 48 ports network switch Brocade,
Cisco or equal in MDF/IDF rooms as required.
4. Ethernet Wiring
a. Ethernet wiring shall be CAT6 UTP cable plenum rated. CAT6 UTP cables shall
conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B1, B2, B3 Commercial Building Telecommunications
Cabling Standard (latest amendment and including all applicable addenda) and
ISO/IEC 11801 (International) Generic Cabling for Customer Premises standard
(latest amendment and including all applicable addenda).
5. Building Data Network:
a. All operator devices either network resident shall have the ability to access all point
status and application report data or execute control functions for any and all other
devices via the network. No hardware or software limits shall be imposed on the
number of devices with global access to the network data at any time.
b. The network shall support a minimum of 100 DDC controllers and PC workstations
c. The system shall support integration of third party systems (fire alarm, security,
lighting, PLC, chiller, boiler) via panel mounted open protocol processor. This
processor shall exchange data between the two systems for interprocess control. All
exchange points shall have full system functionality as specified herein for hardwired
points.
d. Field panels must be capable of integration with open standards including Modbus,
BACnet, and Lonworks as well as with third party devices via existing vendor
protocols.
e. The Building Network shall use the TCP/IP over Ethernet. All devices must:
1) Auto-sense 10/100/1000 Mbps networks. 2) IP Address will be assigned by Owner’s IT staff.
3) DNS and Gateway IP address will be provided by Owner’s IT staff. A VLAN
will be setup by Owner’s IT staff.
4) Allow access using Telnet.
6. Internet access
a. Web Based Operator Interface 1) The BAS shall provide a web based graphical interface that allows users to
access the BAS data via the Internet. The interface shall use HTML based
ASP pages to send and receive data from the BAS to a web browser.
2) All information exchanged over Internet shall be encrypted and secure via
SSL.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 111 of 183
3) Access to the web interface will be password protected. A users rights and
privileges to points and graphics will be the same as those assigned at the
BAS workstation. An option will exist to only allow users “read” access via
the web browser, while maintaining “command” privileges via the BAS
workstation.
4) Commissioning of the Web interface shall not require modification or creation
of HTML or ASP pages. All graphics available at the BAS graphical
workstation shall be available to users via a web browser.
5) The web-based interface shall provide the following functionality to users,
based on their access and privilege rights:
a) Logon Screen – allows the user to enter their user name, password
and Domain name for logging into the web server.
b) Alarm Display – a display of current BAS alarms to which the user has
access will be displayed. Users will be able to acknowledge and erase
active alarms, and link to additional alarm information including alarm
messages, and informational and memo text. Any alarm
acknowledgements initiated through the web interface will be written to
the BAS central workstation activity log.
c) Graphic Display – Display of system graphics, including animated
motion, available in the BAS workstation will be available for viewing
over the web browser. Software that requires creation of dedicated
“web” graphics in order to display them via the browser interface will
not be acceptable. A graphic selector list will allow users to select any
graphics to which they have access. Graphic displays will
automatically refresh with the latest change of values. Users will have
the ability to command and override points from the graphic display as
determined by their user accounts rights.
d) Point details – users will have access to point detail information
including operational status, operational priority, physical address, and
alarm limits, for point objects to which they have access rights.
e) Point Commanding – users will be able to override and command
points they have access to via the web browser interface. Any
commands or overrides initiated via the web browser interface will be
written to the BAS central workstation activity log.
7. The web server licensing options will allow concurrent access by 10 browser connections.
8. Internet connections, ISP services, as well as necessary firewalls or proxy servers shall be
provided by the Owner as required to support the web access feature.
I. DDC Controller Floor Level 2 Network
1. This level communication shall support a family of application specific controllers and shall
communicate with the network through DDC Controllers for transmission of global data.
J. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers
1. The DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall reside on the Building Level
Network.
2. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall use the same programming
language and tools. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers which require
different programming language or tools on a network are not acceptable.
3. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers which do not meet the functions
specified are not acceptable.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 112 of 183
K. DDC Controller
1. DDC Controllers shall be a 16-bit stand-alone, multi-tasking, multi-user, real-time digital
control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors,
communication controllers, power supplies and input/output point modules. Controller size
shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point
I/O schedule. Each controller shall support a minimum of three Floor Level Application
Specific Controller Device Networks.
2. Each DDC Controller shall have 72 Megabytes of memory to support its own operating
system and databases, including:
a. Control processes
b. Energy management applications
c. Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages for each level
alarm for each point in the system.
d. Historical/trend data for points specified
e. Maintenance support applications
f. Custom processes
g. Operator I/O
h. Dial-up communications
i. Manual override monitoring
3. Each DDC Controller shall support firmware upgrades without the need to replace
hardware.
4. Provide all processors, power supplies and communication controllers so that the
implementation of a point only requires the addition of the appropriate point input/output
termination module and wiring.
5. DDC Controllers shall provide a RS-232C serial data communication ports for operation of
operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and
portable laptop operator's terminals. DDC Controllers shall allow temporary use of portable
devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems,
printers or terminals.
6. As indicated in the point I/O schedule, the operator shall have the ability to manually
override automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC Controller via local, point
discrete, on-board hand/off/auto operator override switches for digital control type points
and gradual switches for analog control type points.
a. Switches shall be mounted either within the DDC Controllers key-accessed
enclosure, or externally mounted with each switch keyed to prevent unauthorized
overrides.
b. DDC Controllers shall monitor the status of all overrides and inform the operator that
automatic control has been inhibited. DDC Controllers shall also collect override
activity information for reports.
7. DDC Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and output
for constant, up-to-date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator
I/O device. Graduated intensity LEDs or analog indication of value shall also be provided
for each analog output. Status indication shall be visible without opening the panel door.
8. Each DDC Controller shall continuously perform self-diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all panel components. The DDC Controller shall provide both
local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions
or repeated failure to establish communication.
9. Isolation shall be provided at all peer-to-peer network terminations, as well as all field point
terminations to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with:
a. RF-Conducted Immunity (RFCI) per ENV 50141 (IEC 1000-4-6) at 3 V b. Electro Static Discharge (ESD) Immunity per EN 61000-4-2 (IEC 1000-4-2) at 8 kV
air discharge, 4 kV contact
c. Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) per EN 61000-4-4 (IEC 1000-4-4) at 500 V signal, 1
kV power
d. Output Circuit Transients per UL 864 (2,400V, 10A, 1.2 Joule max)
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 113 of 183
e. Isolation shall be provided at all peer-to-peer panel's AC input terminals to suppress
induced voltage transients consistent with:
1) IEEE Standard 587-1980
2) UL 864 Supply Line Transients
3) Voltage Sags, Surge, and Dropout per EN 61000-4-11 (EN 1000-4-11)
10. In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all DDC
Controllers to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non-volatile
memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data and battery backup
shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of
60 days.
a. Upon restoration of normal power, the DDC Controller shall automatically resume
full operation without manual intervention.
b. Should DDC Controller memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the
capability of reloading the DDC Controller via the local RS-232C port, via telephone
line dial-in or from a network workstation PC.
11. Provide a separate DDC Controller for each AHU or other HVAC system as indicated in
Section 3.02. It is intended that each unique system be provided with its own point resident
DDC Controller.
L. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers
1. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be a 12-bit stand-alone, multi-tasking,
multi-user, real-time digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug-in
enclosed processors.
2. Each HVAC Mechanical Controller shall have 72 Megabytes of memory to support its own
operating system and databases, including:
a. Control processes
b. Energy management applications
c. Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages for each level
alarm for each point in the system.
d. Historical/trend data for points specified
e. Maintenance support applications
f. Custom processes
g. Operator I/O
h. Remote communications
3. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide a RS-232C serial data
communication port for operation of operator I/O devices such as industry standard
printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals.
4. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each
digital input and output for constant, up-to-date verification of all point conditions without
the need for an operator I/O device.
5. Each HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall continuously perform self-diagnostics,
communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all components. The HVAC Mechanical
Equipment Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected
component failures, low battery conditions or repeated failure to establish communication.
6. In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all HVAC
Mechanical Equipment Controllers to prevent the loss of database or operating system
software. Non-volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration
data and battery backup shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile
memory for a minimum of 72 hours.
a. Upon restoration of normal power, the HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall
automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. b. Should HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller memory be lost for any reason, the
user shall have the capability of reloading the HVAC Mechanical Equipment
Controller via the local RS-232C port, via telephone line dial-in or from a network
workstation PC.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 114 of 183
M. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller Resident Software Features
1. General:
a. The software programs specified in this Section shall be provided as an integral part
of DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers and shall not be dependent
upon any higher level computer for execution.
b. All points shall be identified by up to 30 character point name and 16 character point
descriptor. The same names shall be used at the PC workstation.
c. All digital points shall have user defined two-state status indication (descriptors with
minimum of eight characters allowed per state (i.e. summer/winter).
2. Control Software Description:
a. The DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall have the ability to
perform the following pre-tested control algorithms:
1) Two-position control
2) Proportional control
3) Proportional plus integral control
4) Proportional, integral, plus derivative control
5) Automatic tuning of control loops
3. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide the following energy
management routines for the purpose of optimizing energy consumption while maintaining
occupant comfort.
a. Start-Stop Time Optimization (SSTO) shall automatically be coordinated with event
scheduling. The SSTO program shall start HVAC equipment at the latest possible
time that will allow the equipment to achieve the desired zone condition by time of
occupancy. The SSTO program shall also shut down HVAC equipment at the
earliest possible time before the end of the occupancy period, and still maintain
desired comfort conditions.
1) The SSTO program shall operate in both the heating and cooling seasons.
a) It shall be possible to apply the SSTO program to individual fan
systems.
b) The SSTO program shall operate on both outside weather conditions
as well as inside zone conditions and empirical factors.
2) The SSTO program shall meet the local code requirements for minimum
outside air while the building is occupied.
b. Event Scheduling: Provide a comprehensive menu driven program to automatically
start and stop designated points or groups of points according to a stored time.
1) It shall be possible to individually command a point or group of points.
2) For points assigned to one common load group, it shall be possible to assign
variable time delays between each successive start or stop within that group.
3) The operator shall be able to define the following information:
a) Time, day
b) Commands such as on, off, auto, and so forth.
c) Time delays between successive commands.
d) There shall be provisions for manual overriding of each schedule by
an appropriate operator. 4) It shall be possible to schedule events up to one year in advance.
a) Scheduling shall be calendar based.
b) Holidays shall allow for different schedules.
c) Enthalpy switchover (economizer) The Energy Management Control
Software (EMCS) will control the position of the air handler relief,
return, and outside air dampers. If the outside air dry bulb temperature falls below changeover set point the EMCS will modulate the dampers
to provide 100 percent outside air. The user will be able to quickly
changeover to an economizer system based on dry bulb temperature
and will be able to override the economizer cycle and return to
minimum outside air operation at any time.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 115 of 183
d) Temperature-compensated duty cycling.
• The DCCP (Duty Cycle Control Program) shall periodically stop
and start loads according to various patterns.
• The loads shall be cycled such that there is a net reduction in both
the electrical demands and the energy consumed.
e) Automatic Daylight Savings Time Switchover: The system shall provide
automatic time adjustment for switching to/from Daylight Savings Time.
f) Night setback control: The system shall provide the ability to
automatically adjust setpoints for night control.
g) The Peak Demand Limiting (PDL) program shall limit the consumption
of electricity to prevent electrical peak demand charges.
• PDL shall continuously track the amount of electricity being
consumed, by monitoring one or more electrical kilowatt-
hour/demand meters. These meters may measure the electrical
consumption (kWh), electrical demand (kW), or both.
• PDL shall sample the meter data to continuously forecast the
demand likely to be used during successive time intervals.
• If the PDL forecasted demand indicates that electricity usage is
likely to exceed a user preset maximum allowable level, then PDL
shall automatically shed electrical loads.
• Once the demand peak has passed, loads that have been shed
shall be restored and returned to normal control.
4. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be able to execute custom,
job-specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform calculations and
special control routines.
a. A single process shall be able to incorporate measured or calculated data from any
and all other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers on the network. In
addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all
other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers on the network. Database
shall support 30 character, English language point names, structured for searching
and logs.
b. Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to operator
I/O devices. A process shall be able to directly send a message to a specified device
or cause the execution of a dial-up connection to a remote device such as a printer
or pager.
c. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall provide a HELP function
key, providing enhanced context sensitive on-line help with task orientated
information from the user manual.
d. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall be capable of comment
lines for sequence of operation explanation.
5. Alarm management shall be provided to monitor and direct alarm information to operator
devices. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall perform distributed,
independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to
non-critical alarms, minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time
shall the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers ability to report alarms be
affected by either operator or activity at a PC workstation, local I/O device or
communications with other panels on the network.
a. All alarm or point change reports shall include the point's English language
description and the time and date of occurrence.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 116 of 183
b. The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point. Alarms
shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response
to critical alarms. A minimum of six priority levels shall be provided for each point.
Point priority levels shall be combined with user definable destination categories
(PC, printer, DDC Controller) to provide full flexibility in defining the handling of
system alarms. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall
automatically inhibit the reporting of selected alarms during system shutdown and
start-up. Users shall have the ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each
point.
c. Alarm reports and messages will be directed to a user-defined list of operator
devices or PCs based on time (after hours destinations) or based on priority.
d. In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the user shall be able to
print, display or store a 200 character alarm message to more fully describe the
alarm condition or direct operator response.
e. In dial-up applications, operator-selected alarms shall initiate a call to a remote
operator device.
6. A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to manually or automatically
sample, store and display system data for points as specified in the I/O summary.
a. Any point, physical or calculated may be designated for trending. Any point,
regardless of physical location in the network, may be collected and stored in each
DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers point group. Two methods of
collection shall be allowed: either by a pre-defined time interval or upon a
pre-defined change of value. Sample intervals of l minute to seven days shall be
provided. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall have a
dedicated RAM-based buffer for trend data and shall be capable of storing a
sufficient number of data samples. All trend data shall be available for transfer to a
Workstation without manual intervention.
b. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall also provide high
resolution sampling capability for verification of control loop performance.
Operator-initiated automatic and manual loop tuning algorithms shall be provided for
operator-selected PID control loops as identified in the point I/O summary.
1) Loop tuning shall be capable of being initiated either locally at the DDC and
HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller, from a network workstation or
remotely using dial-in modems. For all loop tuning functions, access shall be
limited to authorized personnel through password protection.
7. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be capable of automatically
accumulating and storing run-time hours for digital input and output points and
automatically sample, calculate and store consumption totals for analog and digital pulse
input type points, as specified in the point I/O schedule.
8. The peer to peer network shall allow the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment
Controllers to access any data from or send control commands and alarm reports directly
to any other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller or combination of
controllers on the network without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing
device. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall send alarm reports to multiple workstations without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing
device. The peer to peer network shall also allow any DDC and HVAC Mechanical
Equipment Controller to access, edit, modify, add, delete, back up, and restore all system
point database and all programs.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 117 of 183
9. The network shall allow the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to assign
a minimum of 50 passwords access and control priorities to each point individually. The
logon password (at any PC workstation or portable operator terminal) shall enable the
operator to monitor, adjust and control the points that the operator is authorized for. All
other points shall not be displayed on the PC workstation or portable terminal (e.g. all base
building and all tenant points shall be accessible to any base building operators, but only
tenant points shall be accessible to tenant building operators). Passwords and priorities for
every point shall be fully programmable and adjustable.
N. Floor Level Network Application Specific Controllers (FEC)
1. Each DDC Controller shall be able to extend its performance and capacity through the use
of remote application specific controllers (FECs) through Floor Level LAN Device
Networks.
2. Each FEC shall operate as a stand-alone controller capable of performing its specified
control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each FEC shall
be a microprocessor-based, multi-tasking, real-time digital control processor. Each FEC
shall be capable of control of the terminal device independent of the manufacturer of the
terminal device.
3. Terminal Equipment Controllers:
a. Provide for control of each piece of equipment, including, but not limited to, the
following:
1) Exhaust Fans
2) Fin Tube Radiation
3) Convectors
4) Radiant Heating Panels
5) Unit Heaters, Cabinet Unit Heaters
b. Controllers shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the
specified control sequences. Analog outputs shall be industry standard signals such
as 24V floating control, 3-15 psi pneumatic, 0-10v, allowing for interface to a variety
of modulating actuators.
c. All controller sequences and operation shall provide closed loop control of the
intended application. Closing control loops over the FLN, BLN or MLN is not
acceptable.
O. Local User Display
1. Where specified in the sequence of operation or points list, the controllers on the peer to
peer building level network shall have a display and keypad for local interface. A keypad
shall be provided for interrogating and commanding points in the controller.
2. The display shall use the same security password and access rights for points in the display
as is used in the associated controller.
3. The LCD display shall be a minimum of a 2 line 40 character display.
4. The LCD display shall include the full point name, value (numeric, digital or state text),
5. point priority and alarm status on one screen.
6. The LCD shall dynamically update the value, priority, and alarm status for the point being
displayed.
7. The display shall be mounted either on the door of the enclosure or remote from the
controller.
P. Personal Computer Operator Workstation Hardware
1. Personal computer operator workstations shall be provided for command entry, information
management, system monitor, alarm management and database management functions.
All real-time control functions shall be resident in the DDC Controllers to facilitate greater
distribution, fault tolerance and reliability of the building automation control. a. Provide workstation(s): Manufactured by Dell, HP, Lenovo or equal.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 118 of 183
b. Workstation shall consist of a personal computer with minimum 10.0GB RAM, hard
drive with 2 TB available space, video card capable of supporting 1024 × 768
resolution with a minimum of 32 Bit color (Windows 10), DVD-ROM Drive, mouse
and 101-key enhanced keyboard. Personal computer shall be a Windows 10
Compatible PC and shall include a minimum latest generation Intel Core i7 3.40 GHz
processor.
c. The PC monitor shall support a minimum display resolution of no less than 1900 X
1280 pixels and shall be minimum 19 in. LCD display. Separate controls shall be
provided for color, contrasts and brightness. The screen shall be non-reflective.
d. Also provide separate file server with available storage capacity to accommodate
trending 15 min. interval of each control point for a period of one year for data
archives, minimum 1 TB capacity.
2. Provide an HP LaserJet Pro 400 Color M451dn, Cannon, Brother or equal printer at each
workstation location or on the network (Ethernet) for recording alarms, operator
transactions and systems reports.
3. Alarm Display shall list the alarms with highest priority at the top of the display. The alarm
display shall provide selector buttons for display of the associated point graphic and
message. The alarm display shall provide a mechanism for the operator to sort alarms.
4. Intranet/Internet access
a. Web Based Operator Interface
1) The BAS shall provide a web based graphical interface that allows users to
access the BAS data via the Internet, extranet, or Intranet. The interface shall
use HTML based ASP pages to send and receive data from the BAS to a web
browser.
2) A web server computer will be supplied. The web server shall support
browser access via Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.0 (or higher), or Navigator
Netscape 6.0 (or higher).
3) All information exchanged over Internet shall be optionally encrypted and
secure via SSL (provided by Owner).
4) Access to the web interface may be password protected. A users rights and
privileges to points and graphics will be the same as those assigned at the
BAS workstation. An option will exist to only allow users “read” access via
the web browser, while maintaining “command” privileges via the BAS
workstation.
5) Commissioning of the Web interface shall not require modification or creation
of HTML or ASP pages. All graphics available at the BAS graphical
workstation shall be available to users via a web browser.
6) The web-based interface shall provide the following functionality to users,
based on their access and privilege rights:
a) Logon Screen – allows the user to enter their user name, password
and Domain name for logging into the web server.
b) Alarm Display – a display of current BAS alarms to which the user has
access will be displayed. Users will be able to acknowledge and erase
active alarms, and link to additional alarm information including alarm messages, and informational and memo text. Any alarm
acknowledgements initiated through the web interface will be written to
the BAS central workstation activity log.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 119 of 183
c) Graphic Display – Display of system graphics, including animated
motion, available in the BAS workstation will be available for viewing
over the web browser. Software that requires creation of dedicated
“web” graphics in order to display them via the browser interface will
not be acceptable. A graphic selector list will allow users to select any
graphics to which they have access. Graphic displays will
automatically refresh with the latest change of values. Users will have
the ability to command and override points from the graphic display as
determined by their user accounts rights.
d) Point details – users will have access to point detail information
including operational status, operational priority, physical address, and
alarm limits, for point objects to which they have access rights.
e) Point Commanding – users will be able to override and command
points they have access to via the web browser interface. Any
commands or overrides initiated via the web browser interface will be
written to the BAS central workstation activity log.
7) The web server licensing options will allow concurrent access by a minimum
of 10 browser connections.
8) Internet connections, ISP services, as well as necessary firewalls or proxy
servers shall be provided by the Owner as required to support the web access
feature.
Q. Operators Laptop
1. A Lap Top Operators Terminal shall be provided for operator readout of system variables,
override control and adjustment of control parameters and display graphics as called for in
paragraphs following. Computer specification shall be similar to fixed station computer in
Paragraph P.
2. Functionality to include ability to automatically display a sequential all point summary and
a sequential alarm summary. The Lap Top shall also allow display and/or changing of
digital point state, analog point value, time and date, application and DDC parameters,
analog limits, time schedules, runtime counts and limits, daylight savings time
changeover, time/event initiation, and programmable offset values. The Lap Top shall
allow access into DCP initialization routines and diagnostics and enable/disable of points,
initiators and programs, all similar to the fixed computer. Laptop shall have a minimum 15
in. color screen, 4GB ram, 500GB hard drive and Windows 10 Professional operating
system.
R. Workstation Operator Interface
1. Basic Interface Description
a. Operator workstation interface software shall minimize operator training through the
use of user-friendly and interactive graphical applications, 30-character English
language point identification, on-line help, and industry standard Windows
application software. Interface software shall simultaneously communicate with
existing system and share data between the dedicated, modem autodial, and
Ethernet-connected building level networks. The software shall provide, as a
minimum, the following functionality:
1) Real-time graphical viewing and control of the BAS environment
2) Reporting
3) Scheduling and override of building operations
4) Collection and analysis of historical data
5) Point database editing, storage and downloading of controller databases.
6) Utility for combining points into logical Point Groups. The Point Groups shall then be manipulated in Graphics, trend graphs and reports in order to
streamline the navigation and usability of the system.
7) Alarm reporting, routing, messaging, and acknowledgment
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 120 of 183
8) “Collapsible tree,” dynamic system architecture diagram application:
a) Showing the real-time status and definition details of all workstations
and devices on a management level network
b) Showing the real-time status and definition details of all DDC and
HVAC Mechanical Controllers at the building level
c) Showing the status and definition details of all field-level application
controllers
9) Definition and construction of dynamic color graphic displays.
10) Online, context-sensitive help, including an index, glossary of terms, and the
capability to search help via keyword or phrase.
11) On-screen access to User Documentation, via online help or PDF-format
electronic file.
12) Automatic database backup at the workstation for database changes initiated
at DDC Controller operator interface terminals.
b. Provide a graphical user interface that shall minimize the use of keyboard through
the use of a mouse or similar pointing device, with a "point and click" approach to
menu selection and a “drag and drop” approach to inter-application navigation.
Selection of applications within the workstation software shall be via a graphical
toolbar menu – the application toolbar menu shall have the option to be located in a
docked position on any of the four sides of the visible desktop space on the
workstation display monitor, and the option to automatically hide itself from the
visible monitor workspace when not being actively manipulated by the user.
c. The software shall provide a multi-tasking type environment that allows the user to
run several applications simultaneously. BAS software shall run on a Windows 10
Professional bit operating system. System database parameters shall be stored
within an object-oriented database, which is compliant with the Open Database
Connectivity (ODBC) or Structured Query Language (SQL) standards. Standard
Windows applications shall run simultaneously with the BAS software. The mouse
or Alt-Tab keys shall be used to quickly select and switch between multiple
applications. The operator shall be able to work in Microsoft Word, Excel, and other
Windows based software packages, while concurrently annunciating on-line BAS
alarms and monitoring information
1) Provide functionality such that any of the following may be performed
simultaneously on-line, and in any combination, via adjustable user-sized
windows. Operator shall be able to drag and drop information between the
following applications, reducing the number of steps to perform a desired
function (e.g., Click on a point on the alarm screen and drag it to the dynamic
trend graph application to initiate a dynamic trend on the desired point):
a) Dynamic color graphics application
b) Alarm management application
c) Scheduling application
d) Dynamic trend graph data plotter application
e) Dynamic system architecture diagram application
f) Control Program and Point database editing applications g) Reporting applications
2) Report and alarm printing shall be accomplished via Windows Print Manager,
allowing use of network printers.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 121 of 183
d. Operator-specific password access protection shall be provided to allow the
administrator/manager to limit users’ workstation control, display and data base
manipulation capabilities as deemed appropriate for each user, based upon an
assigned password. Operator privileges shall "follow" the operator to any
workstation logged onto (up to 999 user accounts shall be supported). The
administrator/manager shall be able to grant discrete levels of access and privileges,
per user, for each point, graphic, report, schedule, and BAS workstation application.
And each BAS workstation user account shall use a Windows 10 user account as a
foundation.
e. Dynamic Color Graphics application shall include the following:
1) Must include graphic editing and modifying capabilities
2) A library of standard control application graphics and symbols must be
included
3) Must be able to command points directly off graphics application
4) Graphic display shall include the ability to depict real-time point values
dynamically with animation, picture/frame control, symbol association, or
dynamic informational text-blocks.
5) Navigation through various graphic screens shall be optionally achieved
through a hierarchical “tree” structure
6) Graphics viewing shall include zoom capabilities
7) Graphics shall automatically display the HAND status of points that have been
overridden by a field HAND switch, for points that have been designed to
provide a field HAND override capability.
8) Advanced linking within the Graphics application shall provide the ability to
navigate to outside documents (e.g., .doc, .pdf, .xls), internet web addresses,
e-mail, external programs, and other workstation applications, directly from
the Graphics application window with a mouse-click on a customizable link
symbol.
f. Reports shall be generated on demand or via pre-defined schedule, and directed to
CRT displays, printers or file. As a minimum, the system shall allow the user to
easily obtain the following types of reports:
1) A general listing of all or selected points in the network
2) List of all points currently in alarm
3) List of all points currently in override status
4) List of all disabled points
5) List of all points currently locked out
6) List of user accounts and access levels
7) List all weekly schedules and events
8) List of holiday programming
9) List of control limits and deadbands
10) Custom reports from 3rd party software
11) System diagnostic reports including, list of DDC panels on line and
communicating, status of all DDC terminal unit device points
12) List of programs 13) List of point definitions
14) List of logical point groups
15) List of alarm strategy definitions
16) List of DDC Control panels
17) Point totalization report
18) Point Trend data listings 19) Initial Values report
20) User activity report
g. Scheduling and override
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 122 of 183
h. Provide a calendar type format for simplification of time and date scheduling and
overrides of building operations. Schedule definitions reside in the PC workstation,
DDC Controller, and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller to ensure time
equipment scheduling when PC is off-line -- PC is not required to execute time
scheduling. Provide override access through menu selection, graphical mouse
action or function key. Provide the following capabilities as a minimum:
1) Weekly schedules
2) Zone schedules
3) Event schedules – an event consists of logical combinations of equipment
and/or zones
4) Report schedules
5) Ability to schedule for a minimum of up to 365 days in advance
6) Additionally, the scheduling application shall:
a) Provide filtering capabilities of schedules, based on name, time,
frequency, and schedule type (event, zone, report)
b) Provide sorting capabilities of schedules, based on name, time and
type of schedule (zone, event, report)
c) Provide searching capabilities of schedules based on name – with
wildcarding options
i. Collection and Analysis of Historical Data
1) Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to easily monitor and preserve
records of system activity over an extended period of time. Any system point
may be trended automatically at time-based intervals (up to four time-based
definitions per point) or change of value, both of which shall be user-definable.
Trend data shall be collected stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and
reporting. Automatic Trend collection may be scheduled at regular intervals
through the same scheduling interface as used for scheduling of zones,
events, and reports. Additionally, trend data may be archived to network
drives or removable disk media for future retrieval.
2) Trend data reports shall be provided to allow the user to view all trended point
data. Reports may be customized to include individual points or predefined
groups of selected points. Provide additional functionality to allow predefined
groups of up to 250 trended points to be easily transferred on-line to Microsoft
Excel. ATC Subcontractor shall provide custom designed spreadsheet
reports for use by the owner to track energy usage and cost, equipment run
times, equipment efficiency, and/or building environmental conditions. ATC
Subcontractor shall provide setup of custom reports including creation of data
format templates for monthly or weekly reports.
j. The ATC Subcontractor shall provide an additional 40 hours of ATC/BMS system
programming time to assist the owner/engineer with customized programming of the
ATC/BMS system due to any changes and/or modifications.
2. Dynamic Color Graphic Displays
a. Create color graphic floor plan displays and system schematics for each piece of
mechanical equipment, including air handling units and hot water boiler systems, and room level terminal units, shall be provided by the ATC Subcontractor as
indicated in the point I/O schedule of this specification to optimize system
performance, analysis and speed alarm recognition.
b. The operator interface shall allow users to access the various system schematics
and floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection, point alarm
association, or text-based commands. Graphics software shall permit the importing of Autocad or scanned pictures for use in the system.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 123 of 183
c. Dynamic temperature values, humidity values, flow values and status indication shall
be shown in their actual respective locations within the system schematics or graphic
floor plan displays, and shall automatically update to represent current conditions
without operator intervention and without pre-defined screen refresh rates.
1) Provide the user the ability to display real-time point values by animated
motion or custom picture control visual representation. Animation shall depict
movement of mechanical equipment, or air or fluid flow. Picture Control shall
depict various positions in relation to assigned point values or ranges. A
library (set) of animation and picture control symbols shall be included within
the workstation software’s graphics application. Animation shall reflect, ON
or OFF conditions, and shall also be optionally configurable for up to five rates
of animation speed.
2) Sizable analog bars shall be available for monitor and control of analog
values; high and low alarm limit settings shall be displayed on the analog
scale. The user shall be able to "click and drag" the pointer to change the
setpoint.
3) Provide the user the ability to display blocks of point data by defined point
groups; alarm conditions shall be displayed by flashing point blocks.
4) Equipment state or values can be changed by clicking on the associated point
block or graphic symbol and selecting the new state (on/off) or setpoint.
5) State text for digital points can be user-defined up to eight characters.
d. Colors shall be used to indicate status and change as the status of the equipment
changes. The state colors shall be user definable.
e. Advanced linking within the Graphics application shall provide the ability to navigate
to outside documents (e.g., .doc, .pdf, .xls), internet web addresses, e-mail, external
programs, and other workstation applications, directly from the Graphics application
window with a mouse-click on a customizable link symbol.
f. The windowing environment of the PC operator workstation shall allow the user to
simultaneously view several applications at a time to analyze total building operation
or to allow the display of a graphic associated with an alarm to be viewed without
interrupting work in progress.
g. Off the shelf graphic software, html web-based graphic software shall be provided
to allow the user to add, modify or delete system graphic background displays.
h. A clipart library of HVAC application and automation symbols shall be provided
including fans, valves, motors, chillers, AHU systems, standard ductwork diagrams.
The user shall have the ability to add custom symbols to the clipart library. The
clipart library shall include a minimum of 400 application symbols. In addition, a
library consisting of a minimum of 700 graphic background templates shall be
provided.
i. The Graphics application shall include a set of standard Terminal Equipment
controller application-specific background graphic templates. Templates shall
provide the automatic display of a selected Terminal Equipment controller’s control
values and parameters, without the need to create separate and individual graphic
files for each controller. 3. System Configuration & Definition
a. A “Collapsible tree,” dynamic system architecture diagram/display application of the
site-specific BAS architecture showing status of controllers, PC workstations and
networks shall be provided. This application shall include the ability to add and
configure workstations, DDC Controllers or HVAC Mechanical Equipment
controllers, as well as 3rd-party integrated components. Symbols/Icons representing the system architecture components shall be user-configurable and
customizable, and a library of customized icons representing 3rd-party integration
solutions shall be included. This application shall also include the functionality for
real-time display, configuration and diagnostics of dial-up modems to DDC
Controllers.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 124 of 183
b. Network wide control strategies shall not be restricted to a single DDC Controller or
HVAC Mechanical Equipment controller, but shall be able to include data from any
and all other network panels to allow the development of Global control strategies.
c. Provide automatic backup and restore of all DDC controller and HVAC Mechanical
Equipment controller databases on the workstation hard disk. In addition, all
database changes shall be performed while the workstation is on-line without
disrupting other system operations. Changes shall be automatically recorded and
downloaded to the appropriate DDC Controller or HVAC Mechanical Equipment
Controller. Changes made at the user-interface of DDC Controllers or HVAC
Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be automatically uploaded to the
workstation, ensuring system continuity.
d. System configuration, programming, editing, graphics generation shall be performed
on-line. If programming and system back-up must be done with the PC workstation
off-line, the ATC Subcontractor shall provide at least 2 operator workstations.
e. Point database configuration shall be available to the user within a dedicated point
database editor application included in the workstation software. The editor shall
allow the user to create, view existing, modify, copy, and delete points from the
database. The point editor shall also allow the user to configure the alarm
management strategy for each point. The editor shall provide the option for editing
the point database in an online or offline mode with the DDC Controllers.
1) The workstation software shall also provide the capability to perform bulk
modification of point definition attributes to a single or multiple user-selected
points. This function shall allow the user to choose the properties to copy
from a selected point to another point or set of points. The selectable
attributes shall include, but are not limited to, Alarm management definitions
and Trend definitions.
4. Alarm Management
a. Alarm Routing shall allow the user to send alarm notification to selected printers or
workstation location(s) based on time of day, alarm severity, or point type.
b. Alarm Notification shall be presented to each workstation in a tabular format
application, and shall include the following information for each alarm point: name,
value, alarm time and date, alarm status, priority, acknowledgement information, and
alarm count. Each alarm point or priority shall have the ability to sound a discrete
audible notification.
c. Alarm Display shall have the ability to list and sort the alarms based on alarm status,
point name, ascending or descending alarm time.
d. Directly from the Alarm Display, the user shall have the ability to acknowledge,
silence the alarm sound, print, or erase each alarm. The interface shall also have
the option to inhibit the erasing of active acknowledged alarms, until they have
returned to normal status. The user shall also have the ability to command, launch
an associated graphic or trended graphical plot, or run a report on a selected alarm
point directly on the Alarm Display.
e. Each alarm point shall have a direct link from the Alarm Display to further user-
defined point informational data. The user shall have the ability to also associate real-time electronic annotations or notes to each alarm.
f. Alarm messages shall be customizable for each point, or each alarm priority level,
to display detailed instructions to the user regarding actions to take in the event of
an alarm. Alarm messages shall also have the optional ability to individually
enunciate on the workstation display via a separate pop-up window, automatically
being generated as the associated alarm condition occurs. g. Alarm Display application shall allow workstation operators to send and receive real-
time messages to each other, for purposes of coordinating Alarm and BAS system
management.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 125 of 183
h. Remote notification of messages
1) Workstation shall be configured to send out messages to numeric pagers,
alphanumeric pagers, phones (via text to speech technology), SMS (Simple
Messaging Service, text messaging) Devices, and email accounts based on
a point’s alarm condition.
2) There shall be no limit to the number of points that can be configured for
remote notification of alarm conditions and no limit on the number of remote
devices which can receive messages from the system.
3) On a per point basis, system shall be configurable to send messages to an
individual or group and shall be configurable to send different messages to
different remote devices based on alarm message priority level.
4) Remote devices may be scheduled as to when they receive messages from
the system to account for operators’ work schedules.
5) System must be configurable to send messages to an escalation list so that
if the first device does not respond, the message is sent on to the next device
after a configurable time has elapsed.
6) Message detail shall be configurable on a per user basis.
7) During a “flood” of alarms, remote notification messages shall have the ability
to optimize several alarms into an individual remote notification message.
8) Workstation shall have the ability to send manual messages allowing an
operator to type in a message to be sent immediately.
9) Workstation shall have a feature to send a heartbeat message to periodically
notify users that they have communication with the system.
S. Field Devices
1. Provide instrumentation as required for monitoring, control or optimization functions.
2. Room Temperature Sensors
a. All temperature sensors shall be BACnet compatible network type. Office spaces
shall be provided with digital combination room sensors for temperature, humidity
and CO2 (two sensors may be provided in lieu of one) and shall have LCD display,
day / night override button, and setpoint slide adjustment. The setpoint slide
adjustment can be software limited by the automation system to limit the amount of
room adjustment. All other areas/spaces including but not limited to classrooms and
teaching room areas shall have combination room sensors for temperature, humidity
and CO2 (two sensors may be provided in lieu of one) and shall have day / night
override button, and setpoint slide adjustment options. The setpoint slide
adjustment can be software limited by the automation system to limit the amount of
room adjustment. Public areas such as corridors, entry areas, vestibules, restrooms
shall have chrome cover plate without adjustment or override occupied/unoccupied
capability. Sensors located in Gymnasiums, Shops, Kitchen and Locker rooms shall
be provided with tamper proof guard.
Temperature monitoring range +20/120 deg. F -13 deg. to 49 deg. C)
Output signal Changing resistance
Accuracy at Calibration point +0.5 deg. F (+/- 0.3 deg. C)
Set Point and Display Range 55 deg. to 95 deg. F (13 deg. to 35 deg. C)
3. Liquid immersion temperature:
Temperature monitoring range +30/250 deg. F (-1 deg. /121 deg. C)
Output signal Changing resistance
Accuracy at Calibration point +0.5 deg. F (+/-0.3 deg. C)
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 126 of 183
4. Duct (single point) temperature:
Temperature monitoring range +20/120 deg. F (-7 deg. /49 deg. C)
Output signal Changing resistance
Accuracy at Calibration point +0.5 deg. F (+/-0.3 deg. C)
5. Duct Average temperature:
Temperature monitoring range +20 deg.+120 deg.F(-7 deg./+49 deg. C)
Output signal 4 – 20 mA DC
Accuracy at Calibration point +0.5 deg. F (+03 deg. C)
Sensor Probe Length 25 ft. L (7.3m)
6. Outside air temperature:
Temperature monitoring range -58deg.+122deg.F(-50deg.Cto 50deg.C)
Output signal 4 – 20 mA DC
Accuracy at Calibration point +0.5 deg. F (+/-0.3 deg. C)
7. Liquid Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges 0-5/30 in. H20
0-25/150 in. H20
0-125/750 in. H20
Output 4 – 20 mA DC
Calibration Adjustments Zero and span
Accuracy +-0.2 percent of span
Linearity +-0.1 percent of span
Hysteresis +-0.05 percent of span
8. Differential pressure:
a. Unit for fluid flow proof shall be Penn P74.
Range 8 to 70 psi
Differential 3 psi
Maximum differential pressure 200 psi
Maximum pressure 325 psi
b. Unit for air flow settings.
c. Set point ranges: 0.5 in. WG to 1.0 in. WG (124.4 to 248.8 Pa)
1.0 in. WG to 12.0 in. WG (248.8 to 497.6 Pa)
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 127 of 183
9. Static pressure sensor:
Range 0 to .5 in.WG (0 to 124.4 Pa)
0 to 1 in.WG (0 to 248.8 Pa)
0 to 2 in. WG (0 to 497.7 Pa)
0 to 5” in.WG (0 to 1.2 kPa
0 to 10” WG (0 to 2.5 kPa)
Output Signal 4 – 20 mA VDC
Combined static error 0.5 percent full range
Operating Temperature -40 deg. to 175 deg. F (-40 deg. C to 79.5 deg. C)
10. Air Pressure Sensor:
Range: 0 to 0.1 in. water (0 to 24.9 Pa)
0 to 0.25 in. water (0 to 63.2 Pa)
0 to 0.5 in. water (0 to 124.5 Pa)
0 to 1.0 in. water (o to 249 Pa)
0 to 2.0 in water 90 to 498 Pa)
0 to 5.0 in. water (0 to 1.25 kPa)
0 to 10.0 in. water (0 to 2.49 kPa)
Output signal 4 to 20 mA
Accuracy +1.0 percent of full scale
11. Humidity Sensors: All room/zone humidity sensors shall be BACnet compatible network
type.
Range 0 to 100 percent RH
Sensing Element Bulk Polymer
Output Signal 4 – 20 mA DC
Accuracy At 77 deg. F (25 deg. C) + 2 percent RH
Humidistat:
Range 0 to 100 percent RH
Sensing Element Bulk Polymer
Output Signal 4 – 20 mA DC
Accuracy At 77 deg. F(25 deg. C) + 2 percent RH
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 128 of 183
12. Insertion Flow Meters (Equal to Onicon F-5300)
Sensing Method Impedance Sensing
Accuracy + 2 percent of Actual Reading
Maximum Operating Pressure 400 PSI
Output Signal Bacnet/IP
Bi-directional where required.
13. Pressure to Current Transducer
Range 3 to 15 psig (21 to 103 kPa) or
3 to 30 psig (21 to 207 kPa)
Output signal 4 – 20 mA
Accuracy + 1 percent of full scale (+ 0.3 psig)
14. Carbon Dioxide Sensor : All room/zone CO2 & duct mounted sensors shall be BACnet
compatible network type and shall have a minimum 5 year calibration period.
Range 0 to 1500 ppm
Accuracy 20+ ppm
CO2 sensors located in gymnasiums and locker rooms shall be provided with
tamper proof guard.
15. Control Valves (all control valves shall have electric actuators with position feedback to
provide confirmation of valve position).
a. Electric Control
Rangeability 40:1
Flow Characteristics Modified. Equal percentage
Control Action Normal open for hot water and normal closed
for cooling
Medium Steam, water, glycol
Body Type Screwed ends 2 in. and smaller, flanged
Valves 2½ in. and larger
Body Material Bronze
Body Trim Bronze
Stem Stainless Steel
Actuator 0-10 VDC, 4-20 MA or 2 position
24 VAC/120VAC – Modulating for all hot
water and chilled water valves with a GPM
value of 1 or above, 2 position valves for all
GPM’s under 1.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 129 of 183
b. All automatic temperature control valves in water lines shall be provided with
Characterized throttling plugs and shall be sized for minimum 25 percent of the
system pressure drop or three psi, whichever is less.
1) Positive positioning relays shall be provided on pneumatic control when
required to provide sufficient power for sequencing.
2) Two position valves shall be line size.
16. Damper Actuators
a. Electric control shall be direct coupled actuators with position feedback to BMS.
b. Damper actuators shall be Brushless DC Motor Technology with stall protection, bi-
directional, fail safe spring return, all metal housing, manual override, independently
adjustable dual auxiliary switch.
1) The actuator assembly shall include the necessary hardware and proper
mounting and connection to a standard ½ in. diameter shaft or damper blade.
c. Actuators shall be designed for mounting directly to the damper shaft without the
need for connecting linkages.
d. All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque output shall have a self-centering
damper shaft clamp that guarantees concentric alignment of the actuator’s output
coupling with the damper shaft. The self-centering clamp shall have a pair of
opposed “v” shaped toothed cradles; each having two rows of teeth to maximize
holding strength. A single clamping bolt shall simultaneously drive both cradles into
contact with the damper shaft.
e. All actuators having more than a 100 lb-in torque output shall accept a 1 in. diameter
shaft directly, without the need for auxiliary adapters.
f. All actuators shall be designed and manufactured by Belimo or approved equal
using ISO900 registered procedures, and shall be Listed under Standards UL873
and CSA22.2 No. 24-93 l.
T. Ultra-Low Leakage HVAC Control Dampers
1. Model: CD60 as manufactured by Ruskin Company or equal.
2. Ratings:
a. Leakage: Damper shall have a maximum leakage of 3 cfm/sq. ft. @1 inch wg. and
shall be AMCA licensed as Class 1A.
b. Size: Damper widths from 12 inches (305 mm) to 60 inches (1524 mm) meeting
Class 1A as scheduled or required.
c. Differential Pressure: Damper shall have a maximum differential pressure rating of
13 in. w.g. (3.2 kPa) for a 12 inches (305 mm) blade.
d. Velocity: Damper shall have a maximum velocity rating of 6,000 fpm (1,829 m/min).
e. Temperature: Damper shall be rated for -72 to 275 degrees F (-58 to 135 degrees
C) or as required for its intended application (ie. smoke rated, high temperature
rated, fire rated, etc.)
3. Construction:
a. Frame: 5 inches x minimum 16 gage (127 x minimum 1.6 mm) roll formed,
galvanized steel hat-shaped channel, reinforced at corners. Structurally equivalent
to 13 gage (2.3 mm) U-channel.
b. Blades:
1) Style: Airfoil-shaped, single-piece.
2) Action: Parallel.
3) Action: Opposed.
4) Orientation: Horizontal.
5) Orientation: Vertical with thrust washers.
6) Material: Minimum 14 gage (2.0 mm) equivalent thickness, galvanized steel. 7) Width: Nominal 6 inches (152 mm).
c. Bearings: Self-lubricating stainless steel sleeve, turning in extruded hole in frame.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 130 of 183
d. Seals:
1) Blade: Extruded Ruskiprene TPV type for ultra-low leakage from -76 to 350
degrees F (-60 to 177 degrees C). Mechanically attached to blade edge.
2) Jamb: Flexible metal compression type.
e. Linkage: Concealed in frame.
f. Axles: Minimum 1/2 inches (13 mm) diameter plated steel, hex-shaped,
mechanically attached to blade.
g. Mounting: Vertical.
h. Mounting: Horizontal.
i. Finish: Mill galvanized.
j. Finish: Stainless steel.
U. Meters: Meters shall be provided to monitor and trend the energy consumed by the HVAC
(heating, cooling, ventilation, fans) and Hot water (Heating and Domestic) serving the building.
Electric meters shall be provided by Division 260000, connection to BMS by ATC contractor.
Provide the following meters (or connection to meters) and network these devices into the
Building Management System.
1. Provide hydronic BTU Energy Meters (Ultrasonic, strap on type flow meters and
temperature sensors) for the following systems. Hydronic system energy data obtained
from meters and sensors shall be input to the building automation system for calculating,
trending and storing energy consumption information of the following systems:
a. All Heating Hot Water Systems
b. All Chilled Water Systems
c. All Cold Water Make-Up Systems (Building Water Use)
2. Provide all necessary components, wiring, programming and accessories required for
connection from BMS to main electrical KYZ pulse consumption meters (kWh) located at
each building. Meters shall be provided by Division 260000. Refer to Electrical Drawings
for meter locations.
3. Provide all necessary components, wiring, programming and accessories required for
connection from BMS to Photovoltaic System located at CSE building. System shall be
provided by Division 260000. Refer to Electrical Drawings for location.
4. Domestic hot water consumption shall be determined and calculated by the ATC
SubContractor. Relays shall be installed on the domestic water heater burner to calculate
usage. ATC SubContractor shall provide relays and programming required to achieve
consumption. The ATC SubContractor shall provide the necessary wiring from the relays
to the BMS and provide the necessary graphics on the BMS and interactive kiosk.
5. Sensors to monitor building natural gas consumption. Gas meters shall be furnished by
ATC contractor and installed by the Plumbing SubContractor. The ATC SubContractor
shall provide the necessary wiring from the meter to the BMS and provide the necessary
graphics on the BMS and interactive kiosk. Flow meters for cold water consumption will
be installed by the Plumbing SubContractor and furnished and wired to the BMS by the
ATC SubContractor. The ATC SubContractor shall provide the necessary wiring from the
meter to the BMS and provide the necessary graphics on the BMS and interactive kiosk.
6. The energy consumption data obtained from all these meters and systems shall be stored
by the building automation system which shall export this data in real-time fashion to a
software program for the energy dashboard/interactive kiosk. Software, programming,
wiring, screens and necessary components for the building energy dashboard/interactive
kiosk shall be provided by the ATC Subcontractor. Refer to Building Energy Dashboard
section within this specification for further information and requirements.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 131 of 183
7. DOMESTIC WATER SUB-METER
a. For meters located on piping 3-inch and larger, furnish ONICON or equal, model F-
3500, Siemens, EKM, or equal, water flow meter at the main water service entrance
downstream of the water meter. Furnish 24VDC power supply with plug
connection. Coordinate power wiring with Section 260000. Include Onicon N-100
network interface module.
b. For meters located on piping 2-1/2-inch and smaller, furnish and install ONICON or
equal, model F-4600, inline ultrasonic water flow meter with backlit display and user
interface. Furnish 24VDC power supply with plug connection. Coordinate power
wiring with Section 260000.
c. Unit shall provide BACnet/IP output. Provide all required routers for IP outputs. All
BACnet control wiring shall be by ATC Sub-Contractor.
d. ATC Contractor to provide a MA Plumbing Board approved product.
e. Section 22 0001 shall install sub-meter.
8. NATURAL GAS SUB-METER
a. Furnish where shown on the Drawings, ONICON or equal, model F-5500 thermal
mass flow meter. Furnish 24VDC power supply with plug connection. Coordinate
power wiring with Section 260000.
b. Unit shall provide BACnet/IP output. All BACnet control wiring shall be by the ATC
Subcontractor.
c. ATC Contractor to provide a MA Plumbing Board approved product.
d. Section 22 0001 shall install sub-meter.
9. IRRIGATION SUB-METER
a. For meters located on piping 3-inch and larger, furnish ONICON or equal, model F-
3500, Siemens, EKM, or equal, water flow meter at the main water service entrance
downstream of the water meter. Furnish 24VDC power supply with plug connection.
Coordinate power wiring with Section 260000. Include Onicon N-100 network
interface module.
b. For meters located on piping 2-1/2-inch and smaller, furnish and install ONICON or
equal, model F-4600, inline ultrasonic water flow meter with backlit display and user
interface. Furnish 24VDC power supply with plug connection. Coordinate power
wiring with Section 260000.
c. Unit shall provide BACnet/IP output. Provide all required routers for IP outputs. All
BACnet control wiring shall be by ATC Sub-Contractor.
d. ATC Contractor to provide a MA Plumbing Board approved product.
e. Section 22 0001 shall install sub-meter.
V. Miscellaneous Devices
1. Thermostats (Stand-alone electric type - only where specified or indicated on drawings)
a. Room thermostats shall be of the gradual acting type with adjustable sensitivity.
b. They shall have a bi-metal sensing element capable of responding to a temperature
change of one-tenth of one degree. (Provide all thermostats with limit stops to limit
adjustments as required.)
c. Thermostats shall be arranged for either horizontal or vertical mounting.
d. In the vertical position thermostat shall fit on a mullion of movable partitions without
overlap.
e. Mount the thermostat covers with tamper-proof socket head screws.
2. Freezestats:
a. Install freezestats on each coil that mixes outside and return air (air handling units,
fan coils, unit ventilators) and provide protection for every square foot of coil surface
area with one linear foot of element per square foot of coil. 1) Upon detection of low temperature, the freezestats shall stop the associated
supply fans and return the automatic dampers to their normal position close
outside air dampers and open coil valve for full flow. Provide manual reset.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 132 of 183
3. Firestats:
a. Provide manual reset, fixed temperature line voltage type with a bi-metal actuated
switch.
1) Switch shall have adequate rating for required load.
4. FLOW INSTRUMENTS
a. SECTION INCLUDES
1) Duct and plenum airflow measurement device (AMD) with temperature
measurement and remote transmitter.
2) Duct and plenum AMD with temperature and humidity measurement and
remote transmitter
3) Small duct and terminal box AMD with temperature measurement and remote
transmitter.
4) Small duct and terminal box AMD with temperature measurement and integral
transmitter.
5) Fan airflow AMD with temperature measurement and remote transmitter.
6) Probe AMD/damper assembly for outdoor air intakes, return air intakes and
exhaust air intakes.
7) Fan inlet AMD/backdraft damper assembly.
8) Small duct AMD/airflow regulator valve assembly.
b. RELATED SECTIONS
1) Refer to control drawings for requirements and information. [Note to
engineer: Insert appropriate section number where you will place the intake
configuration specification] Air handling units
2) [Note to engineer: Insert the appropriate section number if you allow the AMD
temperature measurement to be used in lieu of the specified temperature
measurement] Temperature Sensors
3) [Note to engineer: Insert the appropriate section number(s) if you allow the
AMD humidity, dewpoint and/or enthalpy measurement to be used in lieu of
the specified humidity, dewpoint and/or enthalpy measurement] Humidity,
Dewpoint and Enthalpy Sensors
c. REFERENCES
1) UL-873, Temperature Reading and Indicating Equipment
2) UL 60730-1, 60730-2-9, Automated Electrical Controls
3) FCC Part 15
d. SUBMITTALS
1) Submit under the provisions of Part 1 “Submittals” of this Section 23 0000
013000
2) Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets on each product being used,
including:
a) Equipment schedule.
b) Product overview and technical specifications.
c) Operations and maintenance manual.
d) Wiring diagrams.
e) Product placement guide.
f) Sensor density table.
3) Independent Test Reports: Provide a copy of each of the following test
reports:
a) NIST Report of Airflow Calibration
b) CHEMIR Test Report on Sensor Exposure to Salts and Acids.
c) UL Certificate Report
d) CE Certification form (European shipments)
e) FCC Part 15 compliance report.
f) BTL Certification Report.
4) Quality Assurance
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 133 of 183
a) Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing
thermal dispersion airflow measurement devices with minimum ten
years documented experience.
e. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1) Store products in manufacturer’s unopened packaging until ready for
installation.
2) Store products in an environment that is protected from rain, snow and/or
condensing moisture.
3) Handle with care during installation.
4) Protect sensors from construction debris and remove all debris that may enter
the air distribution system prior to system startup.
f. SYSTEM STARTUP AND VERIFICATION
1) Startup and verify products in accordance with manufacturers procedures in
the operations and maintenance manual.
g. MANUFACTURERS
1) Approved Manufacturer: EBTRON, Inc., Monitor and Paragon Controls, or
equal.
2) Listed Manufacturers, subject to compliance with specification
requirements.
3) Requests for substitutions that meet the specification requirements will be
considered in accordance with the provisions of Section 01 2500.
h. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND EXCLUSIONS
1) Provide one thermal airflow measuring device (AMD) for each location
indicated on plans, schedules and/or control diagrams. Fan inlet
measurement devices shall not be substituted for duct or plenum
measurement devices indicated on the plans.
2) Each AMD shall use the principal of thermal dispersion to determine the
actual or mass airflow rate of the airstream. Differential pressure-based
devices, including pitot tubes, pitot arrays, piezo-rings and devices measuring
the pressure drop across a louver, damper or obstruction are not acceptable.
3) Each AMD shall be provided with one or more sensor probes having one or
more sensor nodes per probe.
4) Each sensor node shall consist of two hermetically sealed bead-in-glass
thermistors. The airflow of each sensor node shall be determined using one
self-heated and ambient temperature sensing thermistor. Devices using
indirectly heated thermistors to determine the airflow rate are not acceptable.
Devices using chip thermistors of any type or packaging are not acceptable.
Devices using platinum wire RTDs or similar “hot wire” devices are not
acceptable.
5) Thermistors shall be potted in an engineering thermoplastic assembly using
water-proof, marine epoxy and shall not be damaged by moisture, direct
contact with water or exposure to atmospheric acids. Provide a copy of an
independent laboratory report to verify compliance with this requirement.
6) All internal wiring in the probe tube shall be chemical and abrasion resistant Kynar® coated copper.
7) All connections to internal wires in the probe tube shall be solder joints or
welds. Connectors of any type in the probe tube are not acceptable.
8) Each thermistor shall be independently calibrated to NIST traceable
temperature standards to establish the resistance-temperature
characteristics for the determination of airflow and temperature. Devices using interchangeable, curve-matched, thermistors are not acceptable.
9) The airflow sensing thermistor of each sensor node shall be self-heated.
Devices using Indirectly heated thermistors are not acceptable.
10) Each sensor node shall be independently processed by the transmitter prior
to averaging and output.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 134 of 183
11) The specified sensor accuracy shall include the combined uncertainty of the
sensor nodes and transmitter. Devices whose overall accuracy is based on
individual accuracy specifications of the sensor probes and transmitter shall
demonstrate compliance with the specified sensor accuracy over the entire
operating range.
12) Installed accuracy shall include the uncertainty of the AMD and the additional
uncertainty that results from the placement of the AMD in the airstream. The
specified installed accuracy is based on the AMD being installed in
accordance with manufacturers published placement and installation
guidelines.
13) Transmitters shall be microprocessor-based and operate automatically after
brownouts and/or transient power interruptions.
14) All printed circuit boards shall have gold plated interconnects, edge fingers,
and test points.
15) Remote transmitters shall have an LCD and four-button user interface.
16) Remote transmitters shall be mounted in a location protected from moisture,
rain and snow with an ambient temperature between -20 and 120 deg.F [-
28.9 to 48.9 deg.C] and a humidity range between 5 and 95% RH (non-
condensing). Provide a weatherproof enclosure and mount away from direct
sunlight when outdoor mounting is required.
17) Probes with remote transmitters shall be “plug and play”, not require matching
to the transmitter, and be provided with a UL listed, FEP jacketed, plenum
rated cable and connector plug. Devices using PVC jacketed cables to
connect sensor probes to the transmitter are not acceptable.
18) All components of each AMD shall be RoHS2 compliant.
19) Each AMD shall be UL/cUL listed as a final assembly.
20) Each AMD shall be FCC-Part 15 compliant. Compliance shall be
demonstrated by an independent test laboratory.
21) European shipments shall be CE marked. Compliance shall be demonstrated
by an independent test laboratory.
22) Devices with a BACnet network connection shall be BTL tested and listed.
i. DUCT AND PLENUM AMD WITH TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT AND
REMOTE TRANSMITTER
1) Basis of Design: EBTRON models GTx116-P+ and GTx116e-PC.
2) Each AMD shall be suitable for installation in ducts and plenums; including air
handling equipment cabinets and outdoor air intakes to determine the airflow
rate and velocity weighted temperature of the airstream.
3) Provide one to four gold anodized 6063 aluminum [optional: polished 316
stainless steel] probes and one remote transmitter.
4) Probes shall have integral 304 stainless steel mounting brackets for insertion,
internal or standoff mounting.
5) Probe connector plug and receptacle pins shall be gold plated.
6) Each sensor node shall be individually wind-tunnel calibrated at 16 points to
NIST traceable airflow standards and have an accuracy of ±2% of reading over the entire operating range. Provide a copy of the NIST calibration report
for the reference standard used to calibrate the production tunnels used to
calibrate individual sensor nodes. Reference standards calibrated to third-
party NIST traceable labs are not acceptable. Devices claiming AMCA
certification are not acceptable.
7) Provide up to 16 sensing nodes per measurement location as required for the opening size and published sensor density tables to achieve an installed
airflow accuracy of ±3% (±5% of reading on close coupled outdoor air intakes)
between 0 and 5,000 fpm [0 to 25.4 m/s] over a temperature range of -20 to
160 deg.F [-28.9 to 71.1 ⁰C] and a humidity range between 0 and 100% RH
(non-condensing).
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 135 of 183
8) Provide the velocity weighted temperature of the airstream with an accuracy
of ±0.15 deg.F [0.08 deg.C].
9) [optional: This product may be used for temperature measurement when the
required measurement location for temperature is satisfied by the
measurement location of the AMD.]
10) Provide low and high airflow alarms with a user defined setpoint and
tolerance.
11) The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall be
visible on the transmitters display.
12) Provide one of the following output configurations:
a) GTA116e-P+: Three isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10 VDC)
analog output signals.
b) GTC116-P+: Two isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10 VDC)
analog output signals and one isolated RS-485, field selectable
(BACnet MS/TP or Modbus RTU) network connection.
c) GTM116-P+: Two isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10 VDC)
analog output signals and one isolated Ethernet, field selectable
(BACnet Ethernet, BACnet IP, Modbus TCP or TCP/IP) network
connection.
d) GTB116-P+: One isolated RS-485, field selectable (BACnet MS/TP or
Modbus RTU) network connection and one isolated Ethernet, field
selectable (BACnet Ethernet, BACnet IP, Modbus TCP or TCP/IP)
network connection.
e) GTL116-P+: One isolated Lonworks Free Topology network
connection.
13) Transmitters with analog output signals shall provide:
a) One linear output signal for airflow.
b) One linear output signal for velocity weighted temperature or one
binary signal for the airflow alarm or system status alarm.
14) Transmitters with network capability shall provide the airflow, velocity
weighted temperature, airflow alarm status, individual sensor node airflow and
temperature data and device fault status.
15) Provide a Bluetooth, low-energy interface and free Android® or iOS®
software that allows real-time airflow and temperature monitoring and airflow
and temperature traverses. Software shall capture, save and/or e-mail
airflow/temperature data, transmitter settings and diagnostics information.
16) Each AMD shall be powered by 24 VAC (22.8 to 26.4 VAC under load) and
have a maximum power requirement of 22 V-A.
j. DUCT AND PLENUM AMD WITH TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
MEASUREMENT AND REMOTE TRANSMITTER
1) Basis of Design: EBTRON model GTx116e-PC/H.
2) Each AMD shall be suitable for installation in ducts and plenums; including air
handling equipment cabinets and outdoor air intakes to determine the airflow
rate, velocity weighted temperature and humidity of the airstream. Enthalpy and dewpoint shall be calculated using the velocity weighted temperature,
humidity and on-board pressure sensor.
3) Provide one to four gold anodized 6063 aluminum [optional: polished 316
stainless steel] probes and one remote transmitter.
4) Probes shall have integral 304 stainless steel mounting brackets for insertion,
internal or standoff mounting. 5) Probe connector plug and receptacle pins shall be gold plated.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 136 of 183
6) Each sensor node shall be individually wind-tunnel calibrated at 16 points to
NIST traceable airflow standards and have an accuracy of ±2% of reading
over the entire operating range. Provide a copy of the NIST calibration report
for the reference standard used to calibrate the production tunnels used to
calibrate individual sensor nodes. Reference standards calibrated to third-
party NIST traceable labs are not acceptable. Devices claiming AMCA
certification are not acceptable.
7) Provide up to 16 sensing nodes per measurement location as required for the
opening size and published sensor density tables to achieve an installed
airflow accuracy of ±3% of reading (±5% of reading on close coupled outdoor
air intakes) between 0 and 5,000 fpm [0 to 25.4 m/s] over a temperature range
of -20 to 160 deg.F [-28.9 to 71.1 ⁰C] and a humidity range between 0 and
100% RH (non-condensing).
8) Provide the velocity weighted temperature of the airstream with an accuracy
of ±0.15 deg.F [0.08 deg.C].
9) [optional: This product may be used to for temperature measurement when
the required measurement location for temperature is satisfied by the
measurement location of the AMD.]
10) Provide humidity measurement of the airstream with the following accuracy
at 77 deg.F [25.0 ⁰C]:
a) ±2% of reading between 20 and 80% RH.
b) Better than ±4% of reading at all other % RH at 77 deg.F [25.0 ⁰C].
11) The humidity sensor shall have a temperature coefficient of 0.07% RH/ deg.F [0.13% RH/ ⁰C].
12) Annual drift shall not exceed 0.5% RH/year.
13) [optional: This product may be used for humidity, enthalpy or dewpoint when
the required measurement location for humidity, enthalpy or dewpoint can be
satisfied by the measurement location of the AMD.]
14) Provide low and high airflow alarms with a user defined setpoint and
tolerance.
15) The airflow rate, temperature, humidity, enthalpy or dewpoint, airflow alarm
and system status alarm shall be visible on the transmitters display.
16) Provide one of the following output configurations:
a) GTA116e-P+/H: Three isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10
VDC) analog output signals.
b) GTC116e-P+/H: Three isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10
VDC) analog output signals and one isolated RS-485, field selectable
(BACnet MS/TP or Modbus RTU) network connection.
c) GTM116e-P+/H: Three isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10
VDC) analog output signals and one isolated Ethernet, field selectable
(BACnet Ethernet, BACnet IP, Modbus TCP or TCP/IP) network
connection.
d) GTL116e-P+/H: Three isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10
VDC) analog output signals and one isolated Lonworks Free Topology network connection.
17) Transmitters with analog output signals shall provide:
a) One linear output signal for airflow.
b) One linear output signal for velocity weighted temperature or one
binary signal for the airflow alarm or system status alarm.
18) Transmitters with network capability shall provide the airflow, velocity weighted temperature, humidity, enthalpy, dewpoint, airflow alarm status,
individual sensor node airflow and temperature data and device fault status.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 137 of 183
19) Provide a Bluetooth, low-energy interface and free Android® or iOS®
software that allows real-time airflow, temperature and humidity monitoring
and airflow and temperature traverses. Software shall capture, save and/or e-
mail airflow/temperature/humidity data, transmitter settings and diagnostics
information.
20) Each AMD shall be powered by 24 VAC (22.8 to 26.4 VAC under load) and
have a maximum power requirement of 22 V-A.
k. SMALL DUCT AND AIR TERMINAL AMD WITH TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
AND REMOTE TRANSMITTER
1) Basis of Design: EBTRON model EF-x2000-T.
2) Each AMD shall be suitable for installation in round duct, 4 to 16 inches in
diameter, to determine the airflow rate and velocity weighted temperature of
the airstream.
3) Provide one mill finish 6063 aluminum [optional: polished 316 stainless steel]
probes and one remote transmitter.
4) Probes shall have integral 304 stainless steel mounting brackets for insertion
mounting.
5) Each probe shall be individually wind-tunnel calibrated at 7 points to NIST
traceable volumetric airflow standards. Devices claiming AMCA certification
are not acceptable.
6) Provide up to 2 sensing nodes per measurement location as required for the
opening size and published sensor density tables to achieve an installed
airflow accuracy of ±3% of reading between 0 and 2,000 fpm [10.16 m/s] over
a temperature range of -20 to 160 deg.F [-28.9 to 71.1 ⁰C] or between 0 and
3,000 fpm [15.24 m/s ] over a temperature range of 0 to 160 deg.F [-17.8 to 71.1 ⁰C] and a humidity range between 0 and 100% RH (non-condensing).
7) Provide the velocity weighted temperature of the airstream with an accuracy
of ±0.15 deg.F [0.08 deg.C].
8) [optional: This product may be used for temperature measurement when the
required measurement location for temperature is satisfied by the
measurement location of the AMD.]
9) Provide low and high airflow alarms with a user defined setpoint and
tolerance.
10) The airflow rate and temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall
be visible on the transmitters display.
11) Provide one of the following output configurations:
a) EF-A2000-T: Two non-isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10
VDC) analog output signals.
b) EF-N2000-T: One non-isolated RS-485, field selectable (BACnet
MS/TP or Modbus RTU) network connection.
12) Provide a contact closure relay that can be assigned to the airflow alarm or
system status alarm. The relay shall be capable of passing 3 Amps at 24
VAC or 30 VDC or be configured to drive an LED.
13) Transmitters with analog output signals shall provide: a) One linear output signal for airflow.
b) One linear output signal for velocity weighted temperature or one
binary signal for the airflow alarm or system status alarm.
14) Transmitters with network capability shall provide the airflow, velocity
weighted temperature, airflow alarm status, individual sensor node airflow and
temperature data and device fault status. 15) Each AMD shall be powered by 24 VAC (22.8 to 26.4 VAC under load) and
have a maximum power requirement of 8 V-A.
l. SMALL DUCT AND AIR TERMINAL AMD WITH TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
AND INTEGRAL TRANSMITTER
1) Basis of Design: EBTRON model EF-x1000-T.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 138 of 183
2) Each AMD shall be suitable for installation in round duct, 4 to 16 inches in
diameter, to determine the airflow rate [optional: and velocity weighted
temperature of the airstream].
3) Provide one mill finish 6063 aluminum [optional: polished 316 stainless steel]
probes and one remote transmitter.
4) Probes shall have integral 304 stainless steel mounting brackets for insertion
mounting with an integral transmitter attached to the end of the probe.
5) Each probe shall be individually wind-tunnel calibrated at 7 points to NIST
traceable volumetric airflow standards. Devices claiming AMCA certification
are not acceptable.
6) Provide up to 2 sensing nodes per measurement location as required for the
opening size and published sensor density tables to achieve an installed
airflow accuracy of ±3% of reading between 0 and 2,000 fpm [10.16 m/s] over
a temperature range of -20 to 120 deg.F [-28.9 to 48.9 ⁰C] or between 0 and
3,000 fpm [15.24 m/s ] over a temperature range of 0 to 120 deg.F [-17.8 to 48.9 ⁰C] and a humidity range between 0 and 100% RH (non-condensing).
7) EF-A1001-T and EF-N1000-T: Provide the velocity weighted temperature of
the airstream with an accuracy of ±0.15 deg.F [0.08 deg.C].
8) [optional EF-A1001-T and EF-N1000T: This product may be used to for
temperature measurement when the required measurement location for
temperature is satisfied by the measurement location of the AMD.]
9) Provide one of the following output configurations:
a) EF-A1000-T: One non-isolated, DIP switch selectable (1-5/0-5 VDC or
2-10/0-10 VDC) analog output signal.
b) EF-A1001-T: Two non-isolated, DIP switch selectable (1-5/0-5 VDC or
2-10/0-10 VDC) analog output signal.
c) EF-N1000-T: One non-isolated RS-485, DIP switch selectable
(BACnet MS/TP or Modbus RTU) network connection.
10) Transmitters with analog output signals shall provide:
a) One linear output signal for airflow.
b) EF-A1001-T: One linear output signal for velocity weighted
temperature.
11) Transmitters with network capability shall provide the airflow, velocity
weighted temperature, individual sensor node airflow and temperature data
and device fault status.
12) Each AMD shall be powered by 24 VAC (22.8 to 26.4 VAC under load) and
have a maximum power requirement of 5 V-A.
m. FAN AIRFLOW AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WITH REMOTE
TRANSMITTER
1) Basis of Design: EBTRON models GTx108-F
2) Each AMD shall be suitable for installation in fan inlets to determine the airflow
rate and velocity weighted temperature of the airstream.
3) Provide throat, face, forward or flare mount adjustable brackets for each
sensor node. 4) Each mounting bracket shall have integral 304 stainless steel mounting feet
for mounting in or on the fan inlet.
5) Face, forward and flare mount styles shall not affect the airflow or sound
performance of plenum fans.
6) Provide the following number of sensor nodes based on fan type. All sensors
shall be connected to a single, remote transmitter. Fan array models shall calculate the airflow of each fan individually prior to outputting the total airflow
rate and have a built-in alarm capable of removing a failed fan from the total
airflow calculation.
a) GTx108-F/SI: SWSI Fans: 2
b) GTx108-F/DI: DWDI Fans: 2 per inlet
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 139 of 183
c) GTx108-F/A: Fan Arrays:
d) One to four fans: 2 per inlet
e) Five to eight fans: 1 per inlet
7) Each sensor node shall be individually wind-tunnel calibrated at 16 points to
NIST traceable airflow standards and have an accuracy of ±2% of reading
over the entire operating range of 0 and 10,000 fpm [50.8 m/s] over a
temperature range of -20 to 160 deg.F [-28.9 to 71.1 ⁰C] and a humidity range
between 0 and 100% RH (non-condensing).
8) Provide the velocity weighted temperature of the airstream with an accuracy
of ±0.15 deg.F [0.08 deg.C].
9) [optional: This product may be used to for temperature measurement when
the required measurement location for temperature is satisfied by the
measurement location of the AMD.]
10) Provide low and high airflow alarms with a user defined setpoint and
tolerance.
11) Provide a fan fault alarm when installed on fan arrays.
12) The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm, fan fault alarm and system status
alarm shall be visible on the transmitters display.
13) Provide one of the following output configurations:
a) GTC108-F: Two isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10 VDC)
analog output signals and one isolated RS-485, field selectable
(BACnet MS/TP or Modbus RTU) network connection.
b) GTM108-F: Two isolated, field selectable (4-20mA, 0-5/0-10 VDC)
analog output signals and one isolated Ethernet, field selectable
(BACnet Ethernet, BACnet IP, Modbus TCP or TCP/IP) network
connection.
c) GTB108-F: One isolated RS-485, field selectable (BACnet MS/TP or
Modbus RTU) network connection and one isolated Ethernet, field
selectable (BACnet Ethernet, BACnet IP, Modbus TCP or TCP/IP)
network connection.
d) GTL108-F: One isolated Lonworks Free Topology network connection.
14) Transmitters with analog output signals shall provide:
a) One linear output signal for airflow.
b) One linear output signal for velocity weighted temperature or one
binary signal for the airflow alarm or system status alarm, or one multi-
state signal for the fan array fault alarm (/An models only).
15) Transmitters with network capability shall provide the airflow, velocity
weighted temperature, airflow alarm status, fan array fault alarm (/An models),
individual sensor node airflow and temperature data and device fault status.
16) Provide a Bluetooth, low-energy interface and free Android® or iOS®
software that allows real-time airflow and temperature monitoring, individual
fan airflow, and airflow and temperature traverses. Software shall capture,
save and/or e-mail airflow/temperature data, transmitter settings and
diagnostics information. 17) Each AMD shall be powered by 24 VAC (22.8 to 26.4 VAC under load) and
have a maximum power requirement of 16 V-A.
n. Probe AMD/Damper Assembly for Outdoor Air Intakes, Return Air Intakes, and
Exhaust Air Intakes
1) Basis of Design:
a) Outdoor Air Intakes: EBTRON Model AIR-IQ2 b) Non-ducted Return Air and Exhaust Air Intakes: EBTRON Model AIR-
IQ
2) Provide one GTx116-P+ or GTx116e-PC AMD in a factory assembled control
damper assembly.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 140 of 183
3) Provide a Control Damper Assembly:
a) Provide an extruded aluminum (6063T5) sleeve, not less than .080”
[2.03 mm] thick, for factory mounting of the specified duct and plenum
AMD.
b) Provide an aluminum radiused entry flare not less than .060” [1.52 mm]
thick.
c) AIR-IQ2: Provide a 1-inch [25.4 mm] radius flare.
d) AIR-IQ: Provide a 3-inch [76.2 mm] radius flare.
e) Provide extruded aluminum (6063T5) damper frames, not less than
.080” [2.03 mm] thick and 4” [102 mm] deep. Frame to be assembled
using mounting fasteners. Welded frames are not acceptable.
f) Provide extruded aluminum (6063T5) damper blade profiles.
g) Blade and frame seals shall be extruded silicone. Seals shall be
mechanically fastened to prevent shrinkage and movement over the
life of the damper. Adhesive or clip-on type blade seals are not
acceptable.
h) Provide a dual bearing system composed of Celcon inner bearings,
fixed around a 7/16” [11.1 mm] aluminum hexagon blade pivot pins,
rotating within a polycarbonate outer bearing inserted in the frame.
Single axle bearing, rotating in an extruded or punched hole shall are
not acceptable.
i) Provide a hexagonal, adjustable length, 7/16” [11.1 mm] control shaft
that is an integral part of the blade axle. A field-applied control shaft is
not acceptable.
j) Linkage hardware shall be installed in the frame side, complete with
stainless steel trunnions and cup-point trunnion screws for a slip-proof
grip. Dampers that do not provide stainless steel trunnions are not
acceptable.
k) Control Dampers shall be AMCA rated for Leakage Class 1A at 1 in
w.g. [0.25 kPa] static pressure differential. Standard air leakage data
to be certified under the AMCA Certified Ratings Program.
l) Provide either opposed blade action or parallel blade action.
m) Control dampers shall be custom made to required size, with blade
stops not exceeding 1¼” [31.7 mm] in height.
n) Dampers shall be designed for operation in temperatures ranging
between -72 deg.F (-57.8 deg.C) and 212 deg.F [100 deg.C].
o. FAN INLET AMD/BACKDRAFT DAMPER ASSEMBLY
1) Basis of Design: EBTRON Model FAN-IQ
2) Provide one GTx108-F AMD mounted in a factory assembled backdraft
sensor assembly.
3) Provide Backdraft Damper Assembly:
a) Provide a 1-inch aluminum radiused entry flare, not less than .060”
[1.52 mm] thick, for factory mounting of the specified fan inlet AMD.
b) Provide extruded aluminum (6063T5) damper frames, not less than .080” [2.03 mm] thick and 8” [203 mm] deep. Frame to be assembled
using mounting fasteners. Welded frames are not acceptable.
c) Provide extruded aluminum (6063T5) damper blade profiles, not less
than 0.09” [2.28 mm] thick. Blades shall be designed with a rounded
head to reduce pressure loss.
d) Blade and frame seals shall be extruded silicone. Seals shall be mechanically fastened to prevent shrinkage and movement over the
life of the damper. Adhesive or clip-on type blade seals are not
acceptable.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 141 of 183
e) Provide a dual bearing system composed of Celcon inner bearings,
fixed around a 7/16” [11.1 mm] aluminum hexagon blade pivot pins,
rotating within a polycarbonate outer bearing inserted in the frame.
Single axle bearing, rotating in an extruded or punched hole shall are
not acceptable.
f) Provide a hexagonal, adjustable length, 7/16” [11.1 mm] control shaft
that is an integral part of the blade axle. A field-applied control shaft is
not acceptable.
g) Linkage hardware shall be installed in the frame side and constructed
of aluminum and corrosion resistant, zinc-plated steel, complete with
cup-point trunnion screws for a slip-proof grip.
h) Backdraft dampers shall be custom made to required size, with blade
stops not exceeding 1¼” [31.7 mm] in height.
i) Dampers shall be designed for operation in temperatures ranging
between -72 deg.F [-57.8 deg.C] and 212 deg.F [100 deg.C].
5. Current Sensing Relay:
a. Provide solid-state, adjustable, current operated relay. Provide a relay which
changes switch contact state in response to an adjustable set point value of current
in the monitored A/C circuit.
b. Adjust the relay switch point so that the relay responds to motor operation under
load as an “on” state and so that the relay responds to an unloaded running motor
as an “off” state. A motor with a broken belt is considered an unloaded motor.
c. Provide for status device for all fans and pumps.
W. Building Energy Dashboard
1. The building energy dashboard will showcase the schools commitment to energy
conservation, raise the profile of the facility by highlighting energy savings, and educate
the students on energy efficient systems and building energy consumption. ATC
Subcontractor to provide the necessary software, hardware and engineering to develop the
building energy dashboard.
2. 3D application programming interface
a. Furnish, setup, configure and install one API device.
b. The device shall be installed directly to the schools Controls automation system
network. It shall be an embedded appliance and use a robust BACnet protocol. The
device will automatically scan the Controls network finding all devices and trend
logs. the device shall have enough memory to store 1000 trend-logs for a period of
five years.
3. Scope of work
a. Custom theme – custom theme for building energy dashboard.
b. Custom sensors – custom dashboard screens for requirements of this project.
c. Screen reader support – implement support for screen reading applications
d. Green fact copywriting – generate content for Green Fact screens.
e. Deployment – install and confiture software for project specific components.
4. Deliverables
a. Custom theme
1) Create a custom building dashboard theme for use at the site, based on
project specific requirements and feedback from owner/architect. Provide
sample graphic screens.
b. Custom Screens
1) Resource Homepage:
a) For a selected resource, list all meter groups of this type. E.g. when water is selected, show HW, CHW, DCW, DHW, and Field Irrigation.
For each meter group:
• Show a gauge with the current day’s min demand, max
demand, and live demand value.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 142 of 183
• Show a spark chart of the current day’s consumption values.
• Allow users to drill down to the Resource Breakdown page for
a single meter group
b) Green Fact – Homepage
• List all green facts as tiles
• Show a thumbnail of the green facts image, green fact title and
link to open the green fact
c) Green Fact - System Homepage
• Show standard green fact information (title, description, and
image) about this system (hot water, chilled water, etc)
• When applicable, show a breakdown of the last 7 days of
consumption by the sub-meters for the selected
resource/system as a pie chart (e.g. for Mechanical Electricity
, show pumps chillers, AHUs and RTUs)
d) Green Fact – Resource Harvesting/Production
• Show standard green fact information (title, description, and
image) about this green initiative.
• Allow the administrator to specify one or more consumption
meter groups, and one or more production meter groups.
• Allow the administrator to specify the resource type.
• Compare resource consumption and harvesting/production for
the last 7 days – for example, gallons of water consumed
versus gallons of water harvested using the green roof.
• Show a comparison of the harvested/produced value in other
units based on the resource type – for example, bottles of
water, swimming pools, etc.
e) Green Fact – Occupant Activity
• Educate the building occupants - how to save resources based
on their actions in the building.
• Allow the administrator to specify content for the screen.
• Show a prediction of daily energy usage for a month, based on
the values set in the BMS.
• Show the additional consumption or potential savings in the
chart, as well as in a summary at the bottom of the screen.
• The data model used for prediction will not be editable within
Dashboard.
c. Screen Reader Support
1) Add support to building energy dashboard for screen reading.
2) For each building energy dashboard screen, add the necessary HTML tags
and adjust the content order so that screen reading works properly.
d. Green Fact Copywriting
1) Using data provided by the Contract Documents with specific details about
the equipment and installation at the site, generate green fact content for the
following systems:
a) Hot water plant
b) Chilled water
c) Domestic hot water
d) Domestic cold water
e) Natural gas
f) Field Irrigation
g) Building Electricity
h) Hot Water Pumps
i) Chilled Water Pumps
j) Chilled Water Plant
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 143 of 183
k) Energy recovery Units
l) Air Handling Units
m) Chilled Beams (induction units)
n) Lighting Control System
e. Deployment
1) Install building energy dashboard on the site with DDC server.
2) Create and configure all energy meters, including virtual meters, as described
in Meter Summary.
3) Create and configure all Building Energy Dashboard screens.
4) Create and configure dashboard instances for the slideshows and for the
touch screen kiosk
5. Meter Summary
a. To provide a simple to use interface, the meters on site will be grouped as described
in the following table. As per Design Mockups, the main navigation will list each
resource type, selecting a resource type will list the grouped meters for that
resource, and green facts will further breakdown the individual meters for a grouped
meter.
1) Electricity
a) Building – physical meter, less mechanical load
b) Mechanical – summation of pumps, chillers, ERUs and RTUs
2) Gas
a) Building – physical meter, less mechanical load
b) Mechanical – summation of all gas meters relating to the HVAC System
3) Water
a) Domestic cold water
b) Field irrigation
4) Thermal
a) Hot water system
b) Chilled water system
c) Domestic (cold) water
d) Domestic hot water
b. Meter
System Meter Type Meter Furnished Notes
Hot Water Plant Physical Yes BTU Meter
Chilled Water Plant Physical Yes BTU Meter
Domestic Hot Water Virtual No Relays
Domestic Cold Water Physical Yes Flow Meters
Natural Gas Physical Yes Flow Meters
Field Irrigation Physical Yes Flow Meters
Building Electricity &
Sub meters
Physical Yes BACNet IP
Hot Water Pumps Virtual Yes
Chilled Water Pumps Virtual Yes
Energy Recovery
Units
Virtual Yes
Air Handling Units Virtual Yes
Chilled Beams
(induction units)
Virtual Yes
Lighting Control
System
BACnet
integration
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 144 of 183
X. Manufacturers: The Automatic Temperature Control System shall be proprietary, manufactured
by:
1. Schneider Electric Building Management Systems
2. Or equal
CONSTANT VOLUME DAMPERS
A. Provide Adjustable Constant Airflow Regulators by American ALDES Ventilation Corporation, or
equal. The constant volume dampers shall operate solely on duct pressure and require no
external power supply. Each regulator shall be capable of being field adjusted to the required
airflow setpoint, as indicated on the schedule, by manual adjustment of the control device using
an Allen/Hex key. The device shall be rated for use in air temperatures ranging from -22 deg. to
212 deg.F (-30 deg. to 100 deg.C).
B. Constant volume dampers shall be capable of maintaining constant airflow within ± 10% for
nominal airflow > 60 CFM (100 m3/h) and ± 5 CFM (10 m3/h) for nominal airflow < 60 CFM (100
m3/h) throughout the target operating pressure range of 0.2 to 4.0 in. w.g. (50 to 1000 Pa).
differential pressure. Sound power levels shall not exceed those for each size and CFM rating as
scheduled.
C. The device is constructed of a laser-welded, galvanized steel body, a translucent plastic control
device, and a double-lip airtightness seal around the circumference to ensure a tight, no-leak fit.
The integral control device shall be comprised of an aluminum damper and a stainless steel spring
and shaft fitted to PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) bearings. A pneumatic piston damper prevents
overshoot and oscillation of the control damper and ensures an accurate response and control
behavior.
D. All Adjustable Constant Airflow Regulators will require no maintenance and must be warranted
for a period of no less than five (5) years. The Adjustable Constant Airflow Regulators shall be
installed in tight ducting systems in accordance with all applicable codes and manufacturer’s
instructions
FREESTANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT SYSTEM
A. Manufacturers:
1. Acceptable Manufacturer: PHP Systems/Design, Bigfoot Systems, Erico Caddy
Pyramid Systems, Eberl Iron Works, or equal.
2. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of
Section 01 6000.
B. Applications: Base size and spacing shall be designed by the weight of the supported
item, the anticipated live load and the bearing capacity of roof insulation. HVAC contactor
to coordinate approved equipment with support manufacturer.
1. Equipment Platform Access:
a. Support Spacing: Per manufacturer’s recommendation.
b. Bases High Density Polypropylene plastics with additives for UV protection.
c. Substructure: 12 gauge back-to-back channel G-1012A, or approved equal
supported directly from the bases.
d. Grating: Mill-galvanized carbon steel in accordance with ASTM A525:
1) Gauge 14-ga. Steel
2) Section Width: 12 in. (305 mm) (standard)
3) Channel Height: 2 in. (51 mm) (standard)
4) Flange Options: FM
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 145 of 183
5) Flange Options: MM
6) Surface Condition: MG-traction grip
7) Surface Condition: MS-smooth
8) All substructures shall be galvanized steel. Spring nuts, and bolts for
spring nuts will be electro-plated.
2. Portable Support System: Engineered, portable system specifically designed for
installation without the need for roof penetrations, or flashings, and without causing
damage to the roofing membrane.
a. Design system using high density, high impact polypropylene bases with
carbon black, anti-oxidants for UV protection, and steel framing of 1-5/8 in. (41
mm) B22TH or 1-7/8 in. (48 mm) BTS22TH for support.
b. Custom design system to fit piping, conduits, equipment, or walkways to be
installed and actual conditions of service and loading.
c. Piping Supports: Provide suitable hangers and supports.
d. Duct and Equipment Supports: Factory fabricated to support exact duct sizes
and equipment to be installed.
e. Walkways and Platforms: Provide galvanized slotted metal grating, in
configurations as indicated, and tubular handrails where indicated.
3. Bases: Injection molded high density, high impact polypropylene with UV-inhibitors
and anti-oxidants, conforming to the following:
a. Moisture Content: Negligible.
b. Shrinkage/Swelling Due to Moisture: Negligible.
c. Density: 55.8 lb/cu ft (894 kg/cu m).
d. Insect Resistance: No known insect damage potential.
e. Chemical Resistance (oil, brake fluid, gasoline, diesel, antifreeze, battery acid,
and sulfuric acid) No visual or physical change apparent.
f. Flammability: No ignition after 10 minutes, 25 kW/m, when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 1929.
g. Sized as required by loading conditions and as indicated on the drawings.
h. Shop fabricated with inserts for square tubing or threaded rods as required.
i. Color: Integral black color as molded.
j. Bases for Mechanical Attachment: Sealant chamber around penetration point,
with injection port for sealing after fastening; beveled lip for sealant bead
around entire diameter.
k. Do not use bases containing carbonated plastics, press molded recycled
rubber and plastics, steel, stainless steel, or any injection molded threaded
receivers.
4. Steel Framing:
a. Channel Types: 1-5/8 inch (41.3 mm) B22TH or 1-7/8 inch (47.6 mm) BTS22H,
as required for loading conditions.
b. Thickness: 12 gauge (2.7 mm).
c. Form: Roll-formed 3-sided or tubular channel, perforated with 9/16 inch (14.3
mm) holes at 1-7/8 inch (47.6 mm) centers on three sides.
d. Finish: Hot dip galvanize in accordance with ASTM A 123 after fabrication,
free of roughness, whiskers, unsightly spangles, icicles, runs, barbs, sags,
droplets, and other surface blemishes.
e. Do not use tubing or tube steel.
5. Pipe Supports and Hangers: Conform to MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69 and as follows:
a. Fabricated of carbon steel where framing is carbon steel; fabricated of
stainless steel where framing is stainless steel; finished same as framing. b. Sizes 2-1/2 in. (63 mm) and smaller: Single roller supports for piping subject
to expansion and contraction; 3-sided channels and pipe clamps.
c. Sizes 3 in. (76 mm) and larger: Rollers, clevis hangers, or band hangers, to
allow for expansion and contraction without movement of the bases or
framing.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 146 of 183
6. Accessories: Clamps, bolts, nuts, washers, and other devices as required for a
complete system.
a. Carbon Steel: Hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
b. Stainless Steel: Mill finish.
c. For Mechanical Fastening to Deck: On wood and steel decks, use bolts with
steel plate to attach to deck; on concrete decks use threaded rods and
adhesive anchors, with rod embedded at least 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) into concrete.
AIR COOLED CHILLER
A. SUMMARY
1. Section Includes:
a. Design
b. Performance Criteria
c. Refrigerants
d. Controls
e. Installation Requirements
B. REFERENCES
1. ARI 550/590-2003
2. ANSI/ASHRAE 15
3. ASME Section VIII
4. NEC
5. UL
6. CSA
7. OSHA as adopted by each individual State
C. SUBMITTALS
1. Chiller dimensional drawings with elevation overview. Drawings to include required
service clearances, location of all field installed piping and electrical connections.
2. A summary of all auxiliary utility requirements for normal system operation required.
Auxiliary utility requirements include: electrical, water, and air. Summary of auxiliary
equipment shall include quantity and quality of each specific auxiliary utility
required.
3. Chiller Control documentation to include: Chiller control hardware layout, wiring
diagrams depicting factory installed wiring, field installed wiring with points of
connection, and points of connection for BAS control/interface points.
4. Sequence of operation depicting overview of control logic used.
5. Installation and Operating Manuals.
6. Manufacturer certified performance data at full load in addition to either IPLV or
NPLV.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the codes and standards as defined in
REFERENCES paragraph.
2. Chiller is required to be run tested at manufacturer’s facility prior to shipment.
Report available upon request.
E. WARRANTY
1. The manufacturer’s equipment warranty shall be for a period of One year from date
of equipment start up or 18 months from the date of shipment, whichever occurs
first. This shall include parts and labor.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 147 of 183
2. Extended warranty on parts and labor available by request. The warranty shall
include parts and labor costs for the repair and or replacement of defects in
components or workmanship.
F. MAINTENANCE
1. The HVAC contractor shall provide one seasonal system shut down/reactivation.
Provide winterization of the chiller for the winter and re-energizing it for the summer.
This shall include draining down the fluid within the chilled water piping from the
drain down valves up to the chiller, including the chiller barrel. Once the fluid is
drained, pressurize the lines with compressed air to remove any residual water left
within the system. Upon re-energizing the system the HVAC contractor shall
coordinate with the water treatment company and provide the necessary
inhibitors/chemicals for re-filling to ensure flash rusting does not occur and
corrosion protection is provided. Fill with buildings cold water feed until piping
system and barrel are full and at the right chemical balance. Once complete open
isolation valves and run system pumps with all valves open and release any air
within the system by utilizing high point air vents and main air separator in
mechanical room. Instruct owner on this process and provide documentation of
chemicals and amounts used.
G. Operating Conditions
1. Provide outdoor packaged air-cooled liquid chiller with the capacity as scheduled
on drawings.
2. Chiller shall be designed to operate using R-410A Refrigerant.
3. Chiller shall be designed for parallel evaporator water flow.
4. The liquid to be chilled will be water containing corrosion inhibitors and antifreeze
solution as required.
5. Chiller shall be designed to operate using 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 (50) Hz electrical
power supply.
H. Outdoor Packaged Air-Cooled Chiller
1. Approved manufacturer is AIRSTACK, TSI, TRANE, or Equal.
2. System Description: Chiller shall incorporate Scroll type compressors and can
consist of one 20 – ton module. Each refrigerant circuit shall consist of an individual
compressor set, common dual circuit evaporator, dual circuited condenser,
electronic expansion valves, liquid line solenoid valves, filter driers, fin and tube
condenser, and control system. Each circuit shall be constructed to be independent
of other circuits from a refrigeration and electrical stand-point. The multi-circuit
chiller must be able to produce chilled water even in the event of a failure of one or
more refrigerant circuits. Circuits shall not contain more than 30 lb. of R-410a
refrigerant.
3. General
a. Chiller Modules shall be ETL listed in accordance with UL Standard 1995, CSA
certified per Standard C22.2#236.
b. Chiller modules shall be AHRI certified.
c. Modules shall ship wired and charged with refrigerant. All modules shall be
factory run tested prior to shipment on an AHRI certified or 3rd party verified
test stand.
d. Compressors, heat exchangers, condenser fans, piping and controls shall be
mounted on a heavy gauge, powder coated steel frame. Electrical controls,
contactors, and relays for each module shall be mounted within that module.
Module shall be provided within a steel enclosure suitable for outdoor use.
Exposed steel surfaces shall be provided with a powder coat paint finish. e. 10, 15, 20 and 30 ton modules shall be IBC Certified per AC154. Proof of
certification shall be furnished upon request.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 148 of 183
4. Chilled Water Mains: Each module shall include supply and return mains for chilled
water. Cut grooved end connections are provided for interconnection to four (six,
eight) inch standard (4.5 in. (6.625 in., 8.625 in.) outside diameter) piping with
grooved type couplings. Rolled grooved shall be unacceptable.
5. Evaporators: Each evaporator shall be a brazed plate heat exchanger constructed
of 316 stainless steel; designed, tested, and stamped in accordance with UL 1995
code for 650 psig working pressure. The evaporator heat exchanger shall not be
mounted above the compressor, to eliminate the effect of migration of refrigerant to
the cold evaporator with consequent liquid slugging on start-up.
6. Compressor: Each module shall contain two hermetic scroll compressors in a
tandem piping arrangement mounted to the module with rubber-in-shear isolators.
The first circuit compressor must contain a digital scroll compressor, 2nd circuit
shall be on/off compressor type. Each system also includes high discharge pressure
and low suction pressure safety cut-outs.
7. Condenser Fans: Each module shall contain dual ECM condenser fans for each
refrigerant circuit. These fans shall be multi-blade vane-axial type made of plastic
composite material for quiet operation. Fans shall be direct drive at a maximum
RPM of 1,150. Fan motors shall all be pressure controlled and suitable for outdoor
use. Blades are aluminum construction owlet design 7-blade axial fan with integral
EC motor (direct drives with external VFD driven motors are not acceptable).
Efficiency exceeds criteria set out in the ErP 2015 directive. Individual fans are
factory tested. Encapsulation required. Encapsulation is a process of filling a
complete electronic assembly with a solid compound for resistance to shock and
vibration, and for exclusion of moisture and corrosive agents. Sound pressure
reductions at 30 feet, as compared to standard fan option, ranges from 3-6 dBA.
8. Central Control System.
a. Scheduling of the various compressors shall be performed by a
microprocessor based control system (Master Controller). A new lead
compressor is selected every 24 hours to assure even distribution of
compressor run time.
b. The Master Controller shall monitor and report the following on each
refrigeration system:
1) Discharge Pressure Fault
2) Suction Pressure Fault
3) Compressor Winding Temperature
4) Suction Temperature
5) Evaporator Leaving Chilled Water Temp.
c. The Master Controller shall be powered by the chillers single point power
connection and shall monitor and report the following system parameters:
1) Chilled Water Entering and Leaving Temperature
2) Discharge Refrigerant Temperature
3) Chilled Water Flow
d. An out of tolerance indication from these controls or sensors shall cause a
“fault” indication at the Master Controller and shutdown of that compressor
with the transfer of load requirements to the next available compressor. In the
case of a System Fault the entire chiller will be shut down. When a fault
occurs, the Master Controller shall record conditions at the time of the fault
and store the data for recall. This information shall be capable of being
recalled through the keypad of the Master Controller and displayed on the
Master Controller’s 2 line by 40 character back-lit LCD. A history of faults shall
be maintained including date and time of day of each fault (up to the last 20
occurrences).
e. Individual monitoring of leaving chilled water temperatures from each
refrigeration system shall be programmed to protect against freeze-up.
f. The control system shall monitor entering and leaving
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 149 of 183
g. chilled water temperatures to determine system load and select the number of
compressor circuits required to operate. Response times and set points shall
be adjustable. The system shall provide for variable time between compressor
sequencing and temperature sensing, so as to optimize the chiller
performance to different existing building loads.
h. INTEROPERABILITY: The Chiller shall be capable of interfacing to a building
automation system. Interface shall be accomplished using an Interoperability
Web Portal and shall be capable of communication over BACNet,
9. Chiller shall have external inputs and outputs to be compatible with the building
management system to include Remote Start/Stop capability and Cooling Alarm
output.
10. Each refrigerant circuit shall include all refrigerant specialties including a properly
sized refrigerant receiver to provide reliable operation down to 40°F Ambient.
11. LOW AMBIENT TO -20°F
a. Chiller shall incorporate appropriate refrigerant specialties including a
properly sized refrigerant receiver and flooded head pressure control valves
for operation to -20°F. This option includes VFD driven condenser fan motors.
12. SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION
a. Chiller shall be provided with a single point power connection at a 5,000 amp
SCCR. This will include pre-engineered wiring for field installation and
connection to a factory mounted chiller junction box. Junction box shall
include branch circuit protection for each module and provide a single point
of connection to building power.
13. VARIABLE FLOW OPERATION - CHILLED WATER
a. Butterfly type isolation valves shall incorporate appropriate accessories and
controls to allow the chiller to operate efficiently in a variable primary flow
system. Motorized valve per module shall operate for variable flow.
14. SEACOAST PROTECTIONS; THE FOLLOWING SEACOAST PROTECTIONS MUST
BE PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND APPLIED AT THE FACTORY.
a. Electrofin condenser coil coating. Coil will have a flexible epoxy polymer e-
coat uniformly applied to all coil surface areas with no material bridging
between fins. The coating process will ensure complete coil encapsulation
and a uniform dry film thickness from 0.6 – 1.2 mils on all surface areas
including fin edges and meet 5B rating cross-hatch adhesion per ASTM
B3359-93. Corrosion durability will be confirmed through testing to no less
than 5,000 hours salt spray resistance per ASTM B117-90 using scribed
aluminum test coupons. Coils subjected to ultraviolet (UV) exposure will
receive a spray-applied, UV-resistant urethane mastic topcoat to prevent UV
degradation of epoxy e-coat film.
b. Spray on bronzeglow on cabinet and lower components. For use in
environments containing corrosive elements such as: salt air/spray, acid rain,
hydrogen sulfide, phosphoric acid, chlorine, muriatic acid, ammonia, sulfuric
acid, uric acid and most other common corrosive substances. Synthetic renin
base, at .8 to 1.5 mils dry thickness. pH range shall be 1.0 to 14.0 and will not
chip, crack, powder or flake. This must cover the chiller cabinet in addition to
any exposed lower components.
c. 316 SS Fasteners
15. Options to Include: The following options must be provided by the chiller
manufacturer.
a. 1st year labor warranty
b. Evaporator differential type flow switch
c. Variable flow bypass flow switch – Belimo 60 seconds stroke time or less.
d. Digital scroll compressor on 1st circuit
e. Low noise ECM condenser fans
f. Power phase monitor
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 150 of 183
g. BACnet
h. 5 year compressor warranty
i. Acoustic compressor blanket
I. SAFETIES, CONTROLS AND OPERATION
1. The chiller safety controls shall be provided (minimum) as follows:
a. Low evaporator refrigerant pressure
b. Loss of water flow through the evaporator
c. High condenser refrigerant pressure
d. High compressor motor temperature
e. Low suction gas temperature
f. Low leaving evaporator water temperature
2. Failure of chiller to start or chiller shutdown due to any of the above safety cutouts
shall be annunciated by display of the appropriate diagnostic description at the unit
control panel. This annunciation will be in plain English. Alphanumeric codes shall
be unacceptable.
3. The chiller shall be furnished with a Master Controller as an integral portion of the
chiller control circuitry to provide the following functions:
a. Provide automatic chiller shutdown during periods when the load level
decreases below the normal operating requirements of the chiller. Upon an
increase in load, the chiller shall automatically restart.
b. Provisions for connection to automatically enable the chiller from the building
management system.
c. The control panel shall provide alphanumeric display showing all system
parameters in the English language with numeric data in English units.
4. Normal Chiller Operation
a. When chiller is enabled, the factory supplied Master
Controller modulates the chiller capacity from minimum to maximum as
required by building load.
b. The Chiller control system shall respond to Entering Water
Temperature and will have an integral reset based on entering water
temperature to provide for efficient operation at part-load conditions.
c.
EXECUTION
ATTIC STOCK
A. Rooftop Units, Air Handling Units, Heating & Ventilating Units, & Energy Recovery Ventilators
1. Four additional complete extra sets of pre and final filters for each RTU/ ERV/ HV/ AHU for
attic stock. All these filters indicated above including the four sets of attic stock are
additional to those provided for flush out and indoor air quality requirements per LEED
requirements.
2. Provide one spare set of belts for each belt-driven air handling unit.
3. Obtain receipt from Owner that attic stock provided.
B. Power and Gravity Ventilators
1. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt driven power ventilator
C. Ductwork Accessories
1. Furnish extra fusible links to owner, one link for every 10 installed of each temperature
range; obtain receipt.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 151 of 183
D. Unit Heaters
1. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, (2) spare sets of filters per each unit.
E. Ductless Cooling Units
1. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, (2) spare sets of filters per each indoor unit.
F. Condensate Discharge Pumps
1. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, (10) new condensate pumps to attic stock.
G. Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) System
1. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, (2) spare sets of filters per each indoor unit.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Penetrations through new and existing construction as required for the Work of this Section:
1. Coring: Perform all coring for required work.
2. Notify Masonry Sub-Contractor of exact locations and sizes for openings required in
masonry, to be executed under Section 04 20 00 – Unit Masonry, utilizing lintels furnished
per Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications.
3. Cut openings in new and existing non-masonry construction where required for
penetrations. All cutting shall conform to the requirements of Section 01 70 00 – Execution
and Closeout Requirements and 02 41 00 – Demolition.
4. Refer to Section 02 41 10 – Demolition for restrictions on all alterations to structural
elements.
B. Patching around penetrations through construction as required for the Work of this Section:
1. Notify Masonry Sub-Contractor when work is complete at penetrations through masonry
construction, and ready for patching under Section 04 20 00 – UNIT MASONRY.
2. Notify appropriate Sub-Contractors when work is complete at penetrations through non-
masonry construction, and ready for patching under Sections in Division 09 - FINISHES.
3. Patching of surfaces shall be performed by the trade responsible for the surface
penetrated, associated costs for patching shall be borne by this HVAC sub-contractor.
INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. Examine valve interior through the end ports, for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter and
corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks used which prevents disc
movement during shipping and handling.
B. Actuate valve through an open-close and close-open cycle. Examine functionally significant
features, such as guides and seats made accessible by such actuation. Following examination,
return the valve closure member to the position in which it was shipped.
C. Examine threads on both the valve and the mating pipe for form (out-of-round or local indentation)
and cleanliness.
D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions which might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper
size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size and material, and for freedom
from defects and damage.
E. Prior to valve installation, examine the piping for cleanliness, freedom from foreign materials, and
proper alignment.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 152 of 183
F. Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select valves with
the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections:
1. Copper Tube 2 in. and smaller (Heating Hot Water): Solder ends.
2. Steel Pipe Sizes 2 in. and smaller: Threaded or grooved-end.
3. Steel Pipes Sizes 2-1/2 in. and larger: Grooved-end or welded.
G. Valve Installation
1. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
2. Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment in a manner to allow
equipment removal without system shut-down. Unions are not required on flanged
devices.
3. Install valves in horizontal piping with the stem at or above the center of the pipe.
4. Install isolation valves at all branch supply and return piping lines which serve more than
two pieces of terminal heating equipment.
5. Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows:
a. Swing Check Valves: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin level.
b. Wafer Check Valves: Install between 2 flanges in horizontal or vertical position.
c. Lift Check Valves: Install in piping line with stem upright and plumb.
H. Threaded Connections
1. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends, and proximity of valve internal seat or
wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve.
2. Align threads at point of assembly.
3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except where dry
seal threading is specified).
4. Assemble joint wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the
pipe is being threaded.
I. Flanged Connections
1. Align flanges surfaces parallel.
2. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets
as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts
gradually and uniformly using a torque wrench.
J. Grooved Connections
1. Installation shall be in accordance with the latest published instructions from the
manufacturer.
K. Field Quality Control
1. Testing: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final
adjusting and balancing, inspect each valve for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop
leaks; replace valve if leak persists.
L. Adjusting and Cleaning
1. Cleaning: Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of valves and
prepare to receive painting or insulation.
INSTALLATION OF METERS AND GAGES
A. Installation of Temperature Gages
1. General: Install temperature gages in vertical upright position, and tilted so as to be easily
read by observer standing on floor.
2. Temperature Gage Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on pipe
at most readable position. Secure Cap.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 153 of 183
B. Installation of Pressure Gages
1. General: Install pressure gages in piping tee with pressure gage located on pipe at most
readable position.
2. Pressure Gage Cocks: Install in piping tee with snubber. Install siphon for steam pressure
gages.
3. Pressure Gage Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on pipe at
most readable position. Secure cap.
C. Installation of Flow Measuring Fittings
1. General: Install flow measure fittings in piping systems located in accessible locations.
D. Adjusting and Cleaning
1. Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
2. Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gages and factory-finished surfaces. Replace
cracked or broken windows; repair any scratched or marred surfaces with manufacturer's
touch-up paint.
INSTALLATION OF HANGERS & ATTACHMENTS
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and drawing VS1.1.
B. Examine areas and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to
Installer.
C. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building structural
work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies
including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors, and other building structural
attachments.
D. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors, and associated work, Installer shall meet at
project site with General Contractor, installer of each component of associated work, inspection
and testing agency representatives (if any), installers of other work requiring coordination with
work of this section and Architect/Engineer for purposes of reviewing material selections and
procedures to be followed in performing the work in compliance with requirements specified.
E. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper
piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69.
Install additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion
joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed;
fasten insert securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 psi is
indicated, install reinforcing bars through the openings at the tops of inserts.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 154 of 183
F. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments to support piping properly from building
structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to
be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum
spacing complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together
by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for
smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support
piping from other piping.
1. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers,
and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs,
install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.
2. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by the use of hangers and supports which
are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods.
3. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit
freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints,
expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
4. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
5. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded.
6. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements:
a. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting
through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31.
b. Shields: For pipe sizes up to and including 4 in. provide heavy gage shield at each
hanger point.
c. Saddles: For all pipe sizes over 4 in. provide saddle at each hanger point.
Completely fill void in saddle with loose insulation.
G. Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI
B31, and to prevent transfer for loading and stresses to connected equipment.
H. Fabricate and install anchor by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars to piping and to structure.
Comply with ANSI B31 and with AWS standards.
I. Where expansion compensators are indicated, install anchors in accordance with expansion unit
manufacturer's written instructions, to limit movement of piping and forces to maximums
recommended by manufacturer for each unit.
J. Anchor Spacing: Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at ends of principal pipe-runs, at
intermediate points in pipe-runs between expansion loops and bends. Make provisions for preset
of anchors as required to accommodate both expansion and contraction of piping.
K. Concrete housekeeping bases shall be provided by the General Contractor for all floor-mounted
equipment. Size bases to extend minimum of 4 in. beyond equipment base in any direction; and
4 in. above finished floor elevation. Construct of reinforced concrete, roughen floor slab beneath
base for bond, and provide steel rod anchors between floor and base. Locate anchor bolts using
equipment manufacturer's templates. Chamfer top and edge corners.
L. Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from structure.
Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide factory-fabricated tank
saddles for tanks mounted on steel stands.
M. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments.
2. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to
proper level and elevations.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 155 of 183
3. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting
or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces; install identification
after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical
ceilings and similar removable concealment.
B. General: Install pipe markers of the following type on each system indicated to receive
identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow:
1. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated. Install on pipe insulation
segment where required for hot non-insulated pipes.
C. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is in or above occupied spaces
or corridors, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and
exterior non-concealed locations.
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe
at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.
3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible
enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed
piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50 ft. along each piping run, except reduce
spacing to 25 ft. in congested areas of piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
D. Valve Identification:
1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock, and control device in each piping system;
exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, HVAC terminal
devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged
valve in valve schedule for each piping system.
2. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in machine rooms where indicated or, if not
otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect/Engineer.
E. Mechanical Equipment Identification:
1. General: Install engraved plastic laminate sign or plastic equipment marker on or near
each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device, as specified herein
if not otherwise specified for each item or device.
2. Lettering Size: Minimum 1/4 in. high lettering for name of unit where viewing distance is
less than 2 ft. – 0 in., 1/2 in. high for distances up to 6 ft. – 0 in. and proportionately larger
lettering for greater distances. Provide secondary lettering of 2/3 to 3/4 of size of the
principal lettering.
F. Ductwork Identification:
1. Install or apply labels per manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Install in locations where it can be viewable by personnel.
G. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually
blocked by work of this division or other divisions.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 156 of 183
2. Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts.
INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL INSULATION
A. Installation of Piping Insulation:
1. Insulation
2. Composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut
or job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specific form or type is indicated.
Do not cover calibrated balance valves until testing adjusting and balancing has been
completed. mitted: Omit insulation on hot piping within radiation enclosures which serve
the zone: hot water passing through the zone must be insulated or unit cabinets; on cold
piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan. (Couplings in
mechanical grooved systems will be insulated.)
3. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,
and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its
intended purpose.
4. Install insulation on pipe systems subsequent to installation of heat tracing, painting,
testing, and acceptance tests.
5. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run
of piping with full-length units of insulation, with a single cut piece to complete run. Do not
use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other.
6. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt installation joints firmly together to
ensure a complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
7. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on pipe insulation, and protect to prevent
puncture or other damage.
8. Cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and
c
9. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping
penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
10. Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. For hot pipes, apply 3 in. wide
vapor barrier tape or band over the butt joints. For cold piping apply wet coat of vapor
barrier lap cement on butt joints and seal joints with 3 in. wide vapor barrier tape or band.
B. Installation of Ductwork Insulation:
1. General: Do not insulate ductwork until ductwork has been sealed successfully, pressure
tested, and approved for application of insulation by engineer or commissioning agent.
Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in
accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its indented
purpose.
2. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces.
3. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure
complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
4. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation, and protect it to prevent puncture
and other damage.
5. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar ductwork
penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
6. Lined Ductwork: Except as otherwise indicated, omit insulation on ductwork where internal
insulation or sound absorbing linings have been installed.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 157 of 183
C. Installation of Equipment Insulation:
1. General: Install equipment thermal insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions, and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
insulation serves intended purpose.
2. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces and on clean and dry surfaces.
Redo poorly fitted joints. Do not use mastic or joint sealer as filler for gaping joints and
excessive voids resulting from poor workmanship.
3. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on equipment insulation and protect it to prevent
puncture and other damage.
4. Do not apply insulation to equipment, breechings, or stacks while hot.
5. Apply insulation using the staggered joint method for both single and double layer
construction, where feasible. Apply each layer of insulation separately.
6. Coat insulated surfaces with layers of insulating cement, troweled in workmanlike manner,
leaving a smooth continuous surface. Fill in scored block, seams, chipped edges and
depressions, and cover over wire netting and joints with cement of sufficient thickness to
remove surface irregularities.
7. Cover insulated surfaces with all-service jacketing neatly fitted and firmly secured. Lap
seams at least 2 in. Apply over vapor barrier where applicable.
8. Do not insulate boiler manholes, handholes, cleanouts, ASME stamp, and manufacturer's
nameplate. Provide neatly beveled edge at interruption of insulation.
9. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened
periodically for maintenance; include metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, frames and
accessories.
D. Protection and Replacement:
1. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with
vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units.
2. Protection; Insulation Installer shall advise General Contractor of required protection for
insulation work during remainder of construction period, to avoid damage and deterioration.
INSTALLATION OF GREASE DUCT INSULATION
A. EXAMINATION
1. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.
2. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of
unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
3. Coordinate installation of the Thermal Ceramics FastDoor XL access door between sheet
metal and insulation trades.
B. PREPARATION
1. Remove dirt and dust from surfaces of openings and items penetrating rated floors and
rated walls.
C. INSTALLATION
1. Install FireMaster FastWrap XL or Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL in direct contact with the
ductwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applicable laboratory listings and
building code reports, and referenced standards. For additional complex duct design
installation recommendations, see the Thermal Ceramics' complete installation guide.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 158 of 183
2. Install two layers of FireMaster FastWrap XL or Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL for zero clearance
and a 1 and 2 hour commercial kitchen grease duct applications per ASTM E 2336.
a. General Installation Instructions for Double Layer Installations: The inside and
outside layers of FireMaster or Pyroscat blankets are cut to a length that will fit
around the duct and meet with a tight butt joint. Adjacent blankets on the inside and
outside layers are tightly butted against each other. Joints between blankets on the
outside layer shall be offset from joints on the inside layer by a minimum 6 in. (152
mm). Cut edges of the blanket shall be taped with aluminum foil tape. During
installation the blankets are temporarily held in place with filament tape until the wrap
is mechanically attached with steel bands or steel insulation pins.
3. Install 1 layer of FireMaster FastWrap XL or Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL for 1 and 2 hour air
ventilation duct enclosures per ISO 6944-1985.
a. General Installation Instructions for Single Layer Installations: FireMaster or
Pyroscat blankets are cut to a length that will fit around the duct and overlap itself
no less than 3 in. (152 mm). Adjacent blankets overlap each other a minimum of 3
in. (152 mm), or they can be fitted together with a tight butt joint and covered with a
6 in. (305 mm) wide collar centered over the butt joint. Cut edges of the blanket are
taped with aluminum foil tape. During installation the blankets are temporarily held
in place with filament tape until the wrap is mechanically attached with steel bands
or steel insulation pins.
4. Install one layer of Thermal Ceramics PlenumWrap+ on plastic pipe or plastic jacketed
electrical cables per Intertek listing reports and testing to NFPA 262 and UL1887.
a. Cut plenum blanket to a length that will fit around the pipe or cable and overlap itself
no less than 1 in. (25 mm). Adjacent blankets overlap each other a minimum of 1 in.
(25 mm). Plenum blanket is secured using either 1/2 in. (12 mm) steel banding or
16 gauge carbon or stainless steel tie wire on maximum 11-1/2 in. (292 mm) spacing.
5. Mechanical Fastening of Enclosure Material to Ductwork:
a. Banding - Carbon steel or stainless steel banding is used to hold the outer layer of
the blanket enclosure in place. Banding is minimum 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) wide, and is
placed around the entire perimeter of the duct on maximum 10-1/2 in. (267 mm)
centers and 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) from each blanket or collar edge.
b. Pinning - To prevent blanket sag on duct spans wider than 24 in. (610 mm), minimum
12-gauge steel insulation pins are welded to the duct along bottom horizontal and
outside vertical runs in columns spaced 12 in. (305 mm) apart, 6 to 12 in. (152 to
305 mm) from each edge, and on 10-1/2 in. (267 mm) centers. Pins are locked in
place with 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) diameter or 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) square galvanized steel
speed clips or cup head pins. Pins are turned down or the excess cut off to eliminate
sharp edges.
6. Grease Duct Access Door Installation:
a. Install Thermal Ceramics FastDoor XL per manufacturers' instructions, and
applicable building code reports and laboratory design listings.
7. Through-Penetration Firestop System:
a. When the duct penetrates a concrete or dry wall fire rated floor, ceiling, or wall an
approved firestop system shall be employed. FireMaster or Pyroscat insulation shall be installed directly to the duct through the penetration, or terminated on both sides
of the penetration depending on the annular space allowance between the duct and
the duct opening. When the FireMaster or Pyroscat enclosure system is terminated
on both sides of the through penetration, the duct wrap material is mechanically
attached to the duct at the termination points using either steel banding or steel pins.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 159 of 183
b. To fire stop the through penetration void area, fill the annular space between the
wrapped duct or bare duct and the periphery of the opening with scrap FireMaster
or Pyroscat insulation firmly packed into the opening. Compress scrap blanket to
percentage stated in the firestop listing for a minimum depth as specified in the
firestop listing. Recess packing material below surface on both sides of walls or top
side only for floors to the depth stated in the firestop listing. Seal over the packing
material using an approved firestop sealant to a depth as stated in the firestop listing,
flush with top side of a floor assembly and both sides of a wall assembly.
D. REPAIR PROCEDURES
1. Repair damaged FireMaster FastWrap XL or Pyroscat Duct Wrap XL in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Remove damaged section by cutting the bands and removing the anchor clips holding it in
place. Apply a new section of the same dimension ensuring the same overlap and
installation method that existed previously. Cut edges and tears in the foil must be taped
with aluminum tape to prevent the insulation from wicking moisture or grease.
E. PROTECTION
1. Protect installed products until completion of project.
2. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
INSTALLATION OF HYDRONIC PIPING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. Piping Installations:
1. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate the general location and arrangement of
piping systems. Locations and arrangements of piping take into consideration pipe sizing
and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design consideration. So far as
practical, install piping as indicated.
2. Install piping at a uniform grade of 1 in. in 40 ft. upward in the direction of flow.
3. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with the level side
up.
4. Install branch connections to mains using Tee fittings in main with take-off out the bottom,
except for up-freed risers which shall have take-off out the top of the main line.
5. Install unions in pipes 2 in. and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connections of each
piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged
devices.
6. Install flanges on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 in. and larger
connections.
7. Install strainers on the supply side of each control valve, pressure reducing valve, pressure
regulating valve, solenoid valve, inline pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install nipple
and ball valve in blow down connection of strainers 2 in. and larger.
8. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. Expansion loops
and joints are indicated on the Drawings.
9. Install pipe sleeves at all wall and floor penetrations.
10. Install escutcheons at all exposed pipe wall penetrations.
11. Provide Dielectric couplings at all dissimilar piping/valve connections.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 160 of 183
C. Pipe Applications:
1. Copper Tubing: Use Type L, drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and solder
joints for 2 in. and smaller, above ground, within building. Use Type K, annealed temper
copper tubing for 2 in. and smaller without joints, below ground or within slabs. Mechanical
fittings (crimp or flair) are not permitted.
2. Steel Pipe: Use steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 in. and smaller, and with
welded joints for 2-1/2 in. and larger.
3. Steel Pipe: Use mechanical grooved end steel pipe and mechanical couplings and fittings.
D. Grooved Pipe Ends and Fittings:
1. Roll Groove pipe ends in accordance with the latest published instructions from
manufacturer of grooved couplings.
2. Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Cut or roll grooves in ends
of pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written instructions for pipe wall
thickness. All grooved system components shall be of same manufacturer. Use grooved-
end fittings and rigid or flexible, where required, grooved-end-pipe couplings. The gasket
style and elastomeric material (grade) shall be verified as suitable for the intended service
as specified. Gaskets shall be molded and produced by the grooved coupling
manufacturer. Grooved end shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll
marks in the area from pipe end to groove.
3. Training
a. The grooved coupling manufacturer’s (the “manufacturer”) factory trained
representative shall provide on-site training for contractor’s field personnel in the use
of grooving tools, application of groove, and installation of groove joints products.
b. IACET/Training: A factory trained manufacturer’s representative (direct employee)
shall provide on-site training of contractor’s field personnel in the use of grooving
tools, application of groove, and product installation in compliance with the following:
1) Manufacture must be accredited by the International Association for
Continuing Education and Training (IACET).
2) IACET Accredited Provider status demonstrates that the manufacture
complies with the ANSI/IACET standard, which is recognized internationally
as a standard of excellence in instructional practices.
4. Inspection
a. A manufacture’s factory trained representative shall periodically visit the job site and
review the installation for best practices. The installing Contractor shall correct any
identified deficiencies.
b. The grooved fittings manufacturer’s product that has been examined and has not
met the visual inspection criteria for proper installation must be corrected and re-
examined by Inspection Services prior to the completion of the project. Any Victaulic
product that has not been corrected or was not examined will not be considered as
part of the successful completion of Inspection Services.
5. Application
a. Upon completion of the manufacturer’s inspection of the installation and any
identified corrections, the manufacturer may provide the Owner or purchaser with a
limited warranty on manufacturer’s products
E. Valve Applications:
1. General Duty Valve Applications: The Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where
specific valve types are not indicated the following requirements apply:
a. Shut-Off Duty: Use gate, and ball, valves.
b. Throttling Duty: Use globe, ball, and plug valves.
2. Install drain valves at low points in mains, risers, branch lines, and elsewhere as required for system drainage.
3. Install pump discharge valves with stem in upward position; allow clearance above stem
for check mechanism removal.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 161 of 183
4. Install safety relief valve on hot water generators, and elsewhere as required by ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe discharge to floor without valves. Comply with
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII, Division 1 for installation
requirements.
5. Install pressure reducing valves on hot water generators, and elsewhere as required to
regulate system pressure.
6. Install isolation valves in all branch supply take-offs from piping mains which serve more
than two terminal heating or cooling units. Provide balancing valve with positive shut off in
all return branch take-offs which serve more than two terminal heating or cooling units.
Provide isolation valves in floor supply main piping lines and balancing valves with positive
shut-off in all floor return main piping take-offs.
F. Hydronic Specialties Installation:
1. Install automatic air vents at high points in the system, heat transfer coils, and elsewhere
as required for system air venting. Install air vents with cocks such that vents can be
removed without draining system.
2. Install combination separator/strainer in pump suction lines. Run piping to compression
tank with 1/4 in. per foot (two percent) upward slope towards tank. Install blowdown piping
with gate valve; extend to nearest drain.
3. Install pump suction diffusers on pump suction inlet, adjust foot support to carry weight of
suction piping. Install nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection.
4. Install shot-type chemical feeders in each hydronic system; in upright position with top of
funnel not more than 48 in. above floor. Install feeder in bypass line, off main using globe
valves on each side of feeder and in the main between bypass connections. Pipe drain,
with ball valve, to nearest equipment drain.
5. Install diaphragm-type compression tanks as indicated. Vent and purge air from hydronic
system, charge tank with proper air charge to suit system design requirements.
a. In the absence of details provide support from the floor or structure above sufficient
for the weight of water assuming a full tank of water. Do not overload building
components and structural members.
G. Field Quality Control:
1. Preparation for Testing: Prepare hydronic piping in accordance with ASME B 31.9 and as
follows:
a. Leave joints including welds uninsulated and exposed for examination during the
test.
b. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints which cannot sustain the reactions
due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are not practical, isolate expansion
joints from testing.
c. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers.
d. Isolate equipment that is not to be subjected to the test pressure from the piping. If
a valve is used to isolate the equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing
against the test pressure without damage to the valve. Flanged joints at which blinds
are inserted to isolate equipment need not be tested.
e. Install relief valve set at a pressure no more than 1/3 higher than the test pressure,
to protect against damage by expansion of liquid or other source of overpressure
during the test.
2. Testing: Test hydronic piping as follows:
a. Use ambient temperature water as the testing medium, except where there is a risk
of damage due to freezing. Another liquid may be used if it is safe for workmen and
compatible with the piping system components.
b. Use vents installed at high points in the system to release trapped air while filling the system. Use drains installed at point for complete removal of the liquid.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 162 of 183
c. Examine system to see that equipment and parts that cannot withstand test
pressures are properly isolated. Examine test equipment to ensure that it is tight
and that low pressure filling lines are disconnected.
d. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the
system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not
exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in
the system under test. Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the
bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield
strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for
Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping.
e. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine
piping, joints, and connection for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing,
or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are
no leaks.
H. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. Clean and flush hydronic piping systems. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens.
After cleaning and flushing hydronic piping system, but before balancing, remove
disposable fine mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers.
2. Chemical Treatment: Provide a water analysis prepared by the chemical treatment
supplier to determine the type and level of chemicals required for prevention of scale and
corrosion. Perform initial treatment after completion of system testing.
INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. Piping Installations:
1. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate the general location and arrangement of
piping systems. Locations and arrangements of piping take into consideration pipe sizing
and friction loss, and other design consideration. So far as practical, install piping as
indicated.
2. Install pipe sleeves at all wall and floor penetrations.
3. Install escutcheons at all exposed pipe wall penetrations.
INSTALLATION OF HVAC ROOFTOP UNITS (RTU)
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to SECTION 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in SECTION 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. General: Install rooftop units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install
units plumb and level, firmly anchored in location indicated, and maintain manufacturer's
recommended clearances.
C. Support: Contractor shall coordinate installation with the roofing contractor, and shall install and
secure roof curb to roof structure, per details on the drawings and in accordance with National
Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations and shop drawings.
Install and secure rooftop units on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 163 of 183
D. Access: Provide access space around air handling units for service as indicated, but in no case
less than that recommended by manufacturer.
E. Duct Connections: Provide ductwork, accessories, and flexible connections as indicated.
F. Grounding: Provide positive equipment ground for air-handling unit components.
G. Provide a complete set of filters, (pre-final-erw) for each roof top unit and install at the completion
of air handling system work and prior to unit operation. Provide another complete set of filters
prior to the LEED flushout requirements. After the projects substantial completion and flush out
requirements are complete, site work will begin and create an increased amount of dust. During
this time frame of one year, provide the owner with four complete sets of filters for each rooftop
unit as attic stock, these filters will be installed by the owner. Provide receipt from Owner that new
filters have been installed and additional extra attic stock filters have been provided.
H. Provide one spare set of belts for each belt-driven air handling unit, obtain receipt from Owner
that belts have been received.
I. Electrical Connections: Refer to electrical sections for final connections to equipment and
installation of loose shipped electrical components.
J. Start-Up Services:
1. Provide the services of a factory-authorized service representative to start-up rooftop units,
in accordance with manufacturer's written start-up instructions. Test controls and
demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
K. Operating and Maintenance Training:
1. Provide services of manufacturer's service representative (minimum 8 hrs.) to instruct
Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of rooftop units. Training shall include
start-up and shut-down, servicing and preventative maintenance schedule and procedures,
and trouble-shooting procedures plus procedures for obtaining repair parts and technical
assistance.
2. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day prior notice to the Architect/Engineer.
INSTALLATION OF HIGH EFFICIENCY, GAS FIRED CONDENSING BOILER
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. General: Install boilers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, in accordance
with State and Local Code requirements. Install units plumb and level, to tolerance of 1/8 in. in
10 ft. – 0 in. in both directions. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances around and
over boilers.
C. Support: Install boilers on 4 in. thick concrete pad, 4 in. larger on each side than base of unit.
Provide supplemental structural steel supports (minimum 8 in. high) to elevate boiler as required
to allow proper condensate drainage.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 164 of 183
D. Electrical Work: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory
mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
1. Verify that electrical work installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up
until electrical work is acceptable to equipment Installer.
E. Gas Piping: Connect gas piping to boiler, full size of boiler gas train inlet, provide union with
sufficient clearance for burner removal and service.
F. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full
size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required.
G. Hot Water Piping: Connect supply and return boiler tapping’s as indicated, with shutoff valve and
union or flange at each connection.
H. Regulator Vents: Provide ¾ in. vent from each main and pilot regulator. Each vent shall terminate
outdoors per code requirements.
I. Breeching: plumbing subcontractor to connect breeching to boiler outlet, full size of outlet.
J. Flush and clean boilers upon completion of installation, in accordance with manufacturer's start-
up instructions.
K. Hydrostatically test assembled boiler and piping in accordance with applicable sections of ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
L. Arrange with National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors for inspection of boiler
piping, observation of hydrostatic testing, and for certification of completed boiler units.
M. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
1. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
a. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative
or technician to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations,
including connections, and to assist in testing.
2. Tests and Inspections:
a. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
b. Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
c. Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.
Adjust air-fuel ratio and combustion.
d. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
1) Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low-limit safety set
points of fuel supply, water level, and water temperature.
2) Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
3. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
N. Owner's Instructions: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 4-hour day
to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of boilers.
1. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to General Contractor and
Engineer of training date.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 165 of 183
INSTALLATION OF HVAC PUMPS
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. General: Install HVAC pumps where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's published
installation instructions, complying with recognized practices to ensure that HVAC pumps comply
with requirements and serve intended purposes.
C. Access: Provide access space around HVAC pumps for service as indicated, but in no case less
than that recommended by manufacturer.
D. Support: Install pump assembly on unit strut utilizing flex connectors to eliminate vibration.
Fasten unis rut as required to floor and/or wall as needed.
E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up
until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
F. Adjusting and Cleaning
1. Alignment: Check alignment, and where necessary, realign shafts of motors and pumps
within recommended tolerances by manufacturer, and in presence of manufacturer's
service representative.
2. Start-Up: Lubricate pumps before start-up. Start-up in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
3. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
INSTALLATION OF TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (HYDRONIC)
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. INSTALLATION OF FINNED TUBE RADIATION: (HYDRONIC)
1. General: Install finned tube radiation as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
2. Locate finned tube radiation as indicated, run cover wall-to-wall unless otherwise indicated.
Provide butt caps, splice joints, "Z" bends etc. for a complete installation.
3. Install access panels centered in front of each shutoff valve, balancing cock, steam trap,
or temperature control valve.
C. Installation of Horizontal Unit Heaters: (Hydronic)
1. General: Install unit heaters as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
2. Uncrate units and inspect for damage. Verify that nameplate data corresponds with unit
designation.
3. Hang units from building substrate, not from piping. Mount as high as possible to maintain
greatest headroom possible unless otherwise indicated.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 166 of 183
4. Support units with rod-type hangers anchored to building substrate.
5. Install piping as indicated.
6. Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction.
D. Installation of Cabinet Unit Heaters: (Hydronic)
1. General: Install cabinet heaters as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
2. Coordinate with other trades to assure correct recess size for recessed units.
3. Install piping as indicated.
4. Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction.
E. Installation of Radiant Panels & Radiation Wall Units:
1. Install components level and plumb. Maintain sufficient clearance for normal services,
maintenance, or in accordance with construction drawings.
2. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer’s written instructions
and perform the following:
a. Verify that controls and control enclosure are accessible.
b. Verify that control connections are complete to control valves as needed.
c. Verify that any identification tags are visible.
d. Verify that controls respond to inputs as specified.
3. Connections
a. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections.
Drawings indicated general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
b. Install piping adjacent to radiant panels to allow for service and maintenance.
c. In addition to Division 23 Section “Hydronic Piping”, connect copper tubing to supply
with shut-off valve, strainer, control valve, and union or flange, and return pipe with
balancing valve and union or flange.
4. Field Quality Control
a. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1) Leak Test: After installation, fill water tubes and test for leaks. Repair leaks
and retest until no leaks exist.
2) Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
conform to proper unit operation.
3) Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
b. Manufacturer’s Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust field assembled components and equipment installation,
including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report any findings in writing.
c. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
5. Cleaning and Protection
a. Clean all visible surfaces of equipment; touch up as required.
b. Protect all units before, during and after installation. Damaged materials due to
improper protection shall be cause for rejection.
6. Construction Phase Services
a. Manufacturer or factory-authorized representative shall visit the site regularly during
the installation process to ensure proper means and methods are being employed.
Bid shall include the cost of a minimum of two (2) such visits.
b. Manufacturer or factory-authorized representative shall provide start-up and training
services to owners/staff to adjust, operate, and maintain radiant panels.
F. INSTALLATION OF FAN-COIL UNITS: (HYDRONIC)
1. General: Install fan-coil units as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions. 2. Coordinate with other trades to assure correct recess size for recessed units.
3. Install piping as indicated,
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 167 of 183
4. Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction.
5. Provide for cooling coil, stainless steel drain pan under coil of sufficient height to allow
installation of condensate trap to allow drainage of condensate from pan when installed on
suction side of fan.
G. INSTALLATION OF COILS: (HYDRONIC)
1. General: Install coils as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions.
2. Pitch coil casings for drainage, not less than 1/8" toward return connections, except where
drainage feature is included in coil design.
3. Provide for each bank of cooling coils, stainless steel drain pan under each coil supported
off of floor of sufficient height to allow installation of condensate trap to allow drainage of
condensate from pan when installed on suction side of fan.
H. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. General: After construction is completed, including painting, clean unit exposed surfaces,
vacuum clean terminal coils and inside of cabinets.
2. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish
materials furnished by manufacturer.
3. Install new filter units for terminal units, provide four sets of spare filters.
4. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to
be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical
Installer.
a. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal
and installation requirements. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring
installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
I. Provide spare filters for each cabinet unit heater. Provide enough filters to do 4 complete filter
change outs at each cabinet unit heater. Obtain receipt from Owner that stock of spare filters has
been received.
INSTALLATION OF TERMINAL HEATING UNITS (ELECTRIC)
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. Installation of Electric Heating Terminals:
1. Install electric heating terminal units including components as indicated, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices;
complying with applicable installation requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of
Installation".
2. Coordinate with other electrical work, including wiring/cabling, as necessary to properly
interface installation of heating terminal units with other work.
3. Clean dust and debris from each heating terminal as it is installed to ensure cleanliness.
4. Comb out damaged fins where bent or crushed before covering elements with enclosures.
5. Touch-up scratched or marred heating terminal enclosure surfaces to match original
finishes.
6. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer published torque tightening values for equipment connectors.
Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminal to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std. 486A.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 168 of 183
C. Grounding:
1. Provide equipment grounding connections for electric heating terminals as indicated,
Tighten connections to comply with tightening torque values specified in UL std. 486A to
assure permanent and effective grounding.
D. Electrical Wiring:
1. General: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-
mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electric Installer.
a. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal
and installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Do not proceed with
equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
b. Upon completion of installation of electric heating terminals, and after building
circuitry has been energized, test heating terminals to demonstrate capability and
compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning units,
then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new
units and proceed with retesting.
c. Replace electric heating terminals and accessories which are damaged and remove
damaged items from construction site.
E. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. General: After construction is completed, including painting, clean unit exposed surfaces,
vacuum clean terminal coils and inside of cabinets.
2. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish
materials furnished by manufacturer.
3. Install new filter units for terminals requiring same.
INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
B. General: Except as otherwise indicated or specified, install ventilators in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions and recognized industry practices to insure that products
serve the intended function.
C. Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing, walls and ceilings, as necessary for proper
interfacing.
D. Ductwork: Connect ducts to ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instruction,
and details on drawings.
E. Roof Curbs: Furnish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation.
F. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Verify proper rotation direction of fan
wheels. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to
equipment installer.
G. Remove shipping bolts and temporary supports within ventilators. Adjust dampers for free
operation.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 169 of 183
H. Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test each ventilator to possible, field
correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units which cannot
be satisfactorily corrected.
I. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surface. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
J. General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, four spare set of belts for each belt driven power
ventilator.
INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK
A. Installation of Metal Ductwork:
1. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices
which will achieve air-tight (five percent leakage for systems rated 3 in. and under; one
percent for systems rated over 3 in.) and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems,
capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of
joints. Align ductwork accurately with internal surface smooth. Support ducts rigidly with
suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and
to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor.
2. Sealing: All ductwork joints and seams shall be sealed with flexible duct sealer to assure
an airtight installation.
3. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are
exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation
with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-
1/2 in. Fasten to duct and substrate.
a. Where ducts pass through fire-rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide firestopping
between duct and substrate.
4. Coordination: Coordinate duct installation with installation of accessories, dampers, coil
frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system.
5. Installation: Install metal ductwork in accordance with "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction
Standards".
B. Installation of Duct Liners:
1. General Install duct liners in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards".
C. Installation of Flexible Ducts:
1. Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 4 ft.-0 in.
extended length.
2. Installation: Install in accordance with Section II of SMACNA's, "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards, Metal and Flexible".
D. Field Quality Control:
1. Leakage Tests: After each duct system that is constructed test for duct leakage in
accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual". Repair leaks and
repeat tests until SMACNA requirements are achieved.
E. Equipment Connections:
1. General: Connect metal ductwork to equipment as indicated, provide flexible connection
for each ductwork connection to equipment mounted on vibration isolators, and/or
equipment containing rotating machinery.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 170 of 183
F. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean external
surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or,
where ductwork is to be painted, might interfere with painting or cause paint deterioration.
2. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air
distribution devices at time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of
polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until final
connections are to be completed.
3. Balancing: Refer to Division 23 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for air
distribution balancing of metal ductwork. Seal any leaks in ductwork that become apparent
in balancing process.
G. Construction IAQ Management:
1. Follow the SMACNA guidelines for “Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines”
according to advanced levels of cleanliness. Including but not limited to:
a. Specify that ductwork be sealed when transported to the construction site
b. Store ductwork in clean, dry conditions and keep sealed while it is stored.
c. Wipe down internal surfaces of ductwork immediately prior to installation to remove
dust.
d. Seal open ends on completed ductwork and overnight work-in-progress.
e. During installation, protect ductwork waiting to be installed with surface wrapping.
f. During construction, seal HVAC supply and return openings to protect them from
dust infiltration.
INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Install ductwork accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with
applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance
with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function.
B. Install turning vanes in square or rectangular 90 degree elbows in supply, return, and exhaust air
systems, and elsewhere as indicated.
C. Install volume and/or splitter damper with adjusting rod in each supply branch. Install according
to detail on drawings.
D. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side,
except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter.
E. Operate installed ductwork accessories to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for
air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain
proper operation and leakproof performance.
F. Adjusting: Adjust ductwork accessories for proper settings, install fusible links in fire dampers
and adjust for proper action.
G. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
H. Furnish extra fusible links to owner, one link for every 10 installed of each temperature range;
obtain receipt.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 171 of 183
INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTIC DUCT LINING
A. Installation: All portions of duct designed to receive duct liner shall be completely covered. The
smooth, black coated surfaces shall face the airstream. All liners shall be cut to assure tight,
overlapped corner joints. The top pieces shall be supported by the side pieces. The liner shall be
adhered to the sheet metal with full coverage of an approved adhesive that conforms to ASTM C
916, and all exposed leading edges and transverse joints shall be coated with Permacote factory-
applied or field-applied edge coating and shall be neatly butted without gaps. Shop or field cuts
shall be liberally coated with "Schuller SuperSeal Edge Treatment" or approved adhesive. The
liner shall be additionally secured with mechanical fasteners. The pin length should be such as to
hold the material firmly in place with minimum compression of the material.
INSTALLATION OF SOUND ATTENUATORS
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and drawing VS1.1.
B. General: Install sound attenuators as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
C. Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation to other work; and
maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance, but in no case less than that
recommended by manufacturer.
D. Upon completion of installation test and demonstrate that sound attenuators, and duct
connections to sound attenuators, are leak tight.
INSTALLATION OF AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
in accordance with recognized industry practices to insure that products serve intended function.
Provide all necessary brackets, hangers, plenums and flanges as required for a complete and
operational system.
B. Locate diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction "Reflected Ceiling
Plans" or architectural elevation drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, locate ceiling units in
center of acoustical ceiling module.
INSTALLATION OF DUCTLESS COOLING UNIT SYSTEMS
A. Vibration Control And Seismic Restraint: Refer to Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1 for the
appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The vibration
control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and device
as outlined in Section 23 0548 and Drawing VS1.1.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 172 of 183
B. General:
1. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify roof structure, mounting supports, wall
structure, and membrane installations are completed to the proper point to allow installation
of wall mounted and roof mounted units. Examine rough-in for refrigerant piping systems
to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. Install units
plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's
recommended clearances.
3. Provide four extra sets of outside air and return air filters, obtain receipt from owner that
additional spare filters have been received.
C. Field Quality Control:
1. Provide the services, to include a written report, of a factory authorized service
representative to examine the field assembly of the components, installation, and piping
and electrical connections.
2. Charge systems with refrigerant and oil, and test for leaks. Repair leaks and replace lost
refrigerant and oil.
D. Demonstration:
1. Provide the services of a factory authorized service representative to provide start-up
service and to demonstrate and train the Owner's maintenance personnel as specified
below.
2. Start-up service: Place units into operation and adjust controls and safeties. Replace
damaged or malfunctioning components and controls.
E. Training:
1. Provide the services of manufacturer’s service representative (two hours minimum) to
instruct the Owner's maintenance personnel on start-up and shut-down procedures,
troubleshooting procedures, controller features, and servicing and preventative
maintenance schedules and procedures.
2. Schedule training with Owner through the Architect/Engineer with at least seven days prior
notice.
INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE DISCHARGE PUMPS
A. Examine areas and conditions under which pumps are to be installed. Do not proceed with work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer.
B. Installation Of Equipment
1. General: Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in drain pans and locations indicated, and
maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
2. Accessories: Install equipment accessories not installed at factory.
3. Connections: Connect discharge piping as indicated and terminate where indicated on the
contract documents.
4. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to
be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to electrical
installer.
a. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal
and installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Do not proceed with
equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 173 of 183
C. Field Quality Control
1. General: Start-up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions.
Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Closeout Procedures
1. Training: Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of condensate
discharge pumps.
INSTALLATION OF VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES
A. VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT: Refer to section 23 0548 and drawing
VS1.1 for the appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The
vibration control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct connection and
device as outlined in section 23 0548 and drawing VS1.1.
B. General: Install variable air volume boxes as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
C. Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation to other work; and
maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance, but in no case less than that
recommended by manufacturer.
D. Install all transformers within junction boxes and maintain three foot clearance in front per the
electrical code. This will allow the VAV control box to only utilize low voltage wiring and not be
susceptible to the three foot clearance requirement by the electrical code.
INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
A. General: Install firestop systems at all new and existing fire-rated construction where penetrated
by the Work of this Section.
B. Refer to Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping, for all installation requirements for maintaining integrity
of fire-rated construction at penetrations.
INSTALLATION OF WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOORS
A. General: Install access doors in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in
accordance with recognized industry practices to insure that products serve intended function.
B. All access doors shall be located in a workmanlike manner in closets, storage rooms, and/or other
non-public areas, positioned so that the item or part can be easily reached, and the size shall be
sufficient for this purpose (minimum size 12 in. X 16in.). Furnish access doors to permit thorough
inspection. When access doors are required in corridors, lobbies, or other habitable areas, they
shall be located as directed by the Architect.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 174 of 183
INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (DDC)
A. Installation Of Automatic Temperature Controls (DDC):
1. Installation of Control Systems:
a. General: Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, roughing-in drawings and details shown on drawings.
b. Control Wiring: Install control wiring, without splices between terminal points, color-
coded. Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance
with National Electrical Code.
1) Install circuits over 25-volt with color-coded No. 12 wire in electric metallic
tubing.
2) Install circuits under 25-volt with color-code No. 18 wire with 0.031 in. high
temperature 105 degrees F. (41 degrees C) plastic insulation on each
conductor and plastic sheath over all.
3) Install electronic circuits with color-coded No. 22 wire with 0.023 in.
polyethylene insulation on each conductor with plastic-jacketed copper shield
over all.
4) Install low voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs, masonry walls, or in
mechanical areas, in electrical conduit. Where exposed in occupied areas
install all wiring in wiremold.
5) Power sources from lighting circuits and wall outlets shall not be used to
power DDC controllers.
c. Controllers and safety devices:
1) All safety devices such as freezestats, duct mounted heat detectors, and
smoke detectors shall be hard wired to shut down the fans independently.
Provide audible alarm with silence switch as well as DDC indication.
2) All supply, return and exhaust fans shall be provided with pressure differential
switches. Current sensing devices, starter auxiliary contacts, and relay
contacts are unacceptable proof of fan operation.
3) Primary and standby pumps shall be selectable through the DDC control
system. Provide local pilot light to indicate selected pump as well as alarm
and silence switch for failed pump. Provide differential pressure switch to
prove flow.
2. Adjusting and Cleaning:
a. Start-Up: Start-up, test, and adjust DDC control systems in presence of
manufacturer's authorized representative. Demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
b. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces
with manufacturer's touch-up paint.
c. Final Adjustment: After completion of installation, adjust thermostats, control valves,
motor and similar equipment provided as work of this section.
1) Final adjustment shall be performed by specially trained personnel in direct
employ of manufacturer of primary temperature control system.
3. Closeout Procedures:
a. Owner's Instructions: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative
for 40 hours of onsite instruction training on running and basic troubleshooting of
DDC control system.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 175 of 183
b. Validation: The automatic temperature control subcontractor shall completely check
out, calibrate and test all connected hardware and software to insure that the system
performs in accordance with the approved specifications and sequence of operation
submitted.
1) Witnessed validation demonstration shall consist of:
a) Execute digital and analog commands in English and graphic mode.
b) Demonstrate all specified diagnostics.
c) Demonstrate scan, update, and alarm responsiveness.
2) Comply with SECTION 01 9113 - General Commissioning Requirements and
23 0800 - HVAC Systems Commissioning REQUIREMENTS.
c. Training:
1) All training shall be by the automatic temperature control subcontractor and
shall utilize specified manuals and as-built documentation.
2) Operator training shall include:
a) Sequence of Operation review.
b) Sign on-Sign off.
c) Modifying warning limits, alarm limits and start-stop times.
d) System initialization.
e) Use of Portable Operators Terminal.
f) Troubleshooting of sensors (determining bad sensors).
g) Point disable/enable.
h) Software review of Sequence of Operation programs.
i) Modification of control programs.
j) Add/Delete/Modify data points.
k) Use of diagnostics.
l) Review of initialization.
3) Training shall be for Owner-designated personnel at the subject site, and shall
be scheduled by the Owner with two week notice.
4) All training sessions shall be videotaped by professional videographer, refer
to architectural specifications for further requirements.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 176 of 183
d. Seasonal Site Visits:
In addition to the one year warranty period against component or workmanship
defects, ATC Subcontractor shall provide 40 hours of training and 40 hours of extra
programming as it relates to the control system and as indicated in section 23 0000
paragraph 2.31 & 3.33, the ATC subcontractor shall also provide a seasonal site
visit to confirm, verify and modify as required the sequence and/or programming of
each piece of equipment to ensure the system is functioning as required and per the
sequence of operations. The ATC subcontractor shall provide 16 labor hours per
season (four times within a year, total of 64 hours). During each visit they shall, for
each piece of equipment confirm operation and functionality, modify and/or repair
any control related issues and/or programming and provide training as requested by
the owner. This requirement will ensure the equipment/building is operating properly
and efficiently as it cycles through each season. These site visits shall begin the
following season after substantial completion of the project is issued. Upon
substantial completion the ATC SubContractor shall issue four dates to the Engineer
of Record and Owner. Signatures and time logs will be kept by both parties to ensure
these visits occur.
e. Perform Indoor Air Quality Management Building flush out procedures and adhere
to IAQ Management Procedures referenced in Section 01 5100 – INDOOR AIR
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.
INSTALLATION OF CONSTANT VOLUME DAMPERS
A. General: Install variable air volume boxes as shown on drawings, and in accordance with
manufacturer’s installation instructions. Utilize recognized industry practices to ensure that
products serve intended function.
B. Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation to other work; and
maintain sufficient clearance for future adjustments, but in no case less than that recommended
by manufacturer.
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
A. REQUIREMENTS:
1. Requirements include verification of HVAC system operation, measurement of all system
capacity, and establishment of the quantities of the mechanical systems as required to
meet specifications, and recording and reporting the results.
2. The entire project is considered phased construction, and as such, as each phase of
construction is completed the appropriate balancing for that phase of work shall be
completed. At the completion of all phases of construction each previous phase of
completed balancing must be re-checked and re-adjusted accordingly to match final design
conditions. A preliminary report of each phase of construction will be submitted for
approval during each phase of construction, and a final balancing report including all
phases of construction will be submitted at the completion of the project.
3. Commission, test, adjust and balance the following mechanical systems:
a. Supply air systems.
b. Return air systems.
c. Exhaust air systems.
d. Outside air systems.
e. Hydronic heating and cooling systems.
f. Verify temperature control system operation.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 177 of 183
4. Do not include:
a. Testing boilers and pressure vessels for compliance with safety code.
b. Installation of adjusting and balancing devices. If devices must be added to achieve
proper adjusting and balancing. Contact HVAC Subcontractor and the Engineer for
direction.
5. Comply with Commissioning Test Requirements in Section 01 9113 .
6. Comply with Indoor Air Quality Management Building flush out procedures and adhere to
IAQ Management Procedures referenced in SECTION 01 5100 –INDOOR AIR QUALITY
REQUIREMENTS.
a. All rooftop units shall operate at the maximum amount of outside air (the design
outside airflow rate for maximum occupancy as indicated on the mechanical
schedules) during and after the installation of VOC emitting materials for the
maximum amount of time feasible, but not less than continuously (i.e. 24 hours) for
seven days. During this time, the design temperature and humidity set points shall
be maintained. The installation of VOC emitting materials shall be fully coordinated
with the Architect.
b. If the project has fallen behind schedule and cannot run the equipment for the
required period of time (24 hours for seven days), the flush-out can alternatively be
performed while the building is occupied provided all of the following measures to
protect building occupants are taken prior to their use of the space: percent
1) All of the rooms in the school must be inspected for health and thermal
comfort by a trained technician or a certified Industrial Hygienist before
occupancy. The occupancy evaluation report must be reviewed and approved
by a certified Industrial Hygienist (i.e. certified by the American Council of
Government and Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) shall be submitted to LEED
showing the following elements have been met at a minimum:
a) Each classroom has been tested to show that the ventilation rate meets
minimum code required ventilation rate and receives continuous
ventilation during occupancy, per Title 8, Sec 5142.
b) The HVAC filters on all HVAC units are properly in place and meet the
MERV rating as specified for the project, the HVAC condensate pans
drain correctly and internal HVAC insulation undamaged.
c) Each classroom has been tested to show that particulate matter, PM
10, has measured to be 20 micrograms per cubic meter or less than
the outdoor air levels and the PM 2.5 12 micrograms per cubic meter
or less than outdoor air levels.
d) Each classroom has been tested to show that the carbon monoxide
has been measured and is less that 9 parts per million but not greater
than 2 ppm above outdoor levels. Each classroom has been tested to
show that the carbon dioxide has been measured and is less than 200
ppm above outdoor CO2 levels nearby. The room must be unoccupied
during testing, and testing should occur during at least on rush-hour
period.
e) Each classroom has been tested to show that the temperature and relative humidity have been measured and are within the criteria in the
current ASHRAE Standard 55.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 178 of 183
2) Each classroom has been inspected and observed to ensure that there are
no health or safety concerns from any chemical, moisture and odor sources
in or near the classrooms.
a) Conduct the flush-out for 24 hours a day of continuous ventilation for a
total of days necessary for all supply fans at their maximum rate and
position. Thermal comfort is maintained during occupied hours, per the
criteria in the current ASHRAE Standard 55. Internal temperatures are
maintained at the most energy efficient level above 60 deg. F; relative
humidity is maintained no higher than 60 percent during non-
occupancy hours. Under conditions where the heating can’t be met (60
deg. F) at that fan speed, then adjust the fan to meet the 60 deg. F.
b) All air handling unit dampers are at their maximum outdoor air position
during the 14 day flush-out
3) Post-occupancy ventilation: When the General contractor is required to
perform touch-up (including furniture after occupancy) work involving
products with chemical emissions, provide temporary construction ventilation
during application and extend the building flush-out by a minimum of four days
after touch-up application, with 100 percent tempered outside air for 24 hours
each day.
c. All unit filters to be replaced upon completion of flush-out
B. Report:
1. Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard
for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. Bind report
forms complete with schematic systems diagrams and other data in reinforced, vinyl, three-
ring binders. Provide binding edge labels with the project identification and a title
descriptive of the contents. Divide the contents of the binder into the below listed divisions,
separated by divider tabs:
a. General Information and Summary.
b. Air Systems.
c. Hydronic heating and cooling systems.
d. Temperature Control Systems.
2. Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and data:
a. General Information and Summary: Inside cover sheet to identify testing, adjusting,
and balancing agency, General Contractor, Owner, Architect, Engineer, and Project.
Include addresses, and contact names and telephone numbers. Also include a
certification sheet containing the seal and name address, telephone number, and
signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer. Include in this division a listing
of the instrumentation used for the procedures along with the proof of calibration.
b. The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms containing as a
minimum, the information indicated on the standard report forms prepared by the
AABC for each respective item and system.
c. Submit proof that all required instrumentation has been calibrated to tolerances
specified in the referenced standards, within a period of six months prior to starting
the project.
C. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. An independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency certified by the AABC or NEBB
as a Test and Balance Engineer in those testing and balancing disciplines required for this
project.
2. Codes and Standards:
a. AABC: "National Standards For Total System Balance". b. ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, 1984 Systems Volume, Chapter 37, Testing,
Adjusting, and Balancing.
c. ANSI/ASHRAE 110: Method of Testing Performance of Laboratory Fume Hoods
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 179 of 183
d. NEBB (National Environmental Balancing Bureau: "Procedural Standards for
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems" (Latest Edition)
3. Pre-Balancing Conference: Prior to beginning of the testing, adjusting, and balancing
procedures, schedule and conduct a conference with the Architect/Engineer and HVAC
Subcontractor. The objective of the conference is final coordination and verification of
system operation and readiness for testing, adjusting, and balancing.
4. System Operation: Systems shall be fully operational prior to beginning procedures. All
new automatic temperature controls shall be fully operational. Test, adjust and balance
the air systems before refrigerant systems. Test, adjust and balance air conditioning
systems during summer season, and heating systems during winter season, including at
least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5E F. wet bulb temperature of
maximum summer design condition, and within 10E F. dry bulb temperature of minimum
winter design condition. Take final temperature reading during seasonal operation.
5. Test all fume hoods in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 110 Standards. Balancer shall
record and report all data and adjust fan sheaves, dampers, and other airflow devices and
controls to achieve desired velocities and air flows.
D. PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES:
1. Air Systems:
a. Obtain drawings and become thoroughly acquainted with the systems.
b. Compare drawings to installed equipment and field installations.
c. Walk the system from the system air handling equipment to terminal units to
determine variations in installation.
d. Check filters for cleanliness.
e. Check all dampers (volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and
temperature control for completeness of installation before starting fans.
f. Prepare report test sheets for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet
factors and recommended procedures for testing. Prepare a summation of required
outlet volumes to permit a cross check with required fan volumes.
g. Determine best locations in main and branch ductwork for most accurate duct
traverses. Traverses shall be performed in each supply and return duct main and
sub-mains for each AHU and return air fan.
h. Place outlet dampers in the full open position.
i. Prepare schematic diagrams of system "as-built" ductwork and piping layouts to
facilitate reporting.
j. Verify lubrication of all motors and bearings.
k. Check fan belt tension.
l. Check fan rotation.
2. Hydronic Systems:
a. Open valves to full open position. Close coil bypass valves.
b. Remove and clean all strainers.
c. Examine hydronic systems and determine if water has been treated and cleaned.
d. Check pump rotation.
e. Check expansion tanks to verify noted air pressure and that the system is completely
full of water.
f. Check air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and
operating freely.
g. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow.
h. Check operation of automatic bypass valves.
i. Check and set operating temperatures of chillers, boilers, and heat exchangers to
design requirements. j. Verify lubrication of all motors and bearings.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 180 of 183
3. Measurements:
a. Provide all required instrumentation to obtain proper measurements, calibrated to
the tolerance specified in the referenced standards. Instruments shall be properly
maintained and protected against damage.
b. Provide instruments meeting the specifications of the referenced standards.
c. Use only those instruments which have the maximum field measuring accuracy and
are best suited to the function being measured.
d. Apply instrument as recommended by the manufacturer.
e. Use instruments with minimum scale and maximum subdivisions and with scaled
ranges proper for the value being measured.
f. When averaging values, take a sufficient quantity of readings which will result in a
repeatability error of less than 5 percent. When measuring a single point, repeat
readings until 2 consecutive identical values are obtained.
g. Take all reading with the eye at the level of the indicated value to prevent parallax.
h. Use pulsation dampeners where necessary to eliminate error involved in estimating
average of rapidly fluctuation readings.
i. Take measurements in the system where best suited to the task.
E. Performing Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing:
1. Test, adjust and balance all noted systems according to SMACNA standards and as
follows:
a. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance
with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards.
b. Cut insulation and ductwork for installation of test probes to the minimum extent
necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures.
c. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those
removed.
d. Seal ducts and test for and repair leaks.
e. Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of the vapor barrier.
f. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan
speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark
with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials.
g. Retest, adjust and balance system subsequent to significant system modifications,
and resubmit test results.
2. System Deficiencies:
a. The Balancing Subcontractor shall advise the Mechanical Subcontractor and the
Engineer of all system deficiencies in writing. Report all motors not running, missing
dampers, inoperative valves and controls, or lack of access.
b. Upon completion of system deficiencies, Balancing SubContractor shall balance and
record data again at no additional costs to the project/owner.
c. Any re-balancing required to meet the desired CFM or modified CFM due to system
modifications or owner changes shall be provided at no additional costs to the
project/owner.
d. The Balancing Sub-contractor shall provide the necessary sheave and belt changes
to motors and fans as required to achieve the desired CFM at no additional costs to
the project/owner.
INSTALLATION OF FREESTANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT SYSTEM
C. Examination:
1. Verify that roofing system is complete and that roof surfaces are smooth, flat, and
ready to receive work of this section.
2. Verify that roof surface temperature is at minimum 60 deg. F (15.5 deg. C) for proper
adhesive performance.
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 181 of 183
D. Preparation:
1. Clean surfaces of roof in areas to receive portable support bases.
a. Sweep loose gravel from gravel surfaced roofs.
b. Remove dirt, dust, oils, and other foreign materials.
2. Use care in handling portable support system components during installation, to
avoid damage to roofing, flashing, equipment, or related materials.
E. Installation:
1. Equipment Support Systems:
a. Locate bases and support framing as indicated on drawings and as specified
herein. Provide complete and adequate support of all piping, ducting, and
conduit; whether or not all required devices are shown.
b. The use of wood for supporting piping is not permitted.
c. Provide support spacing so deflection of piping does not exceed 1/240 of
span.
d. Install framing at spacing indicated, but in no case at greater than 10 feet (3
m) on center.
e. Accurately locate and align bases.
2. Manufacturer of existing or new roofing system as to the type of isolation pads
required between the roof and base.
a. Set isolation pads in adhesive, if required by manufacturer's instructions.
b. Place bases on isolation pads.
c. Adhere or mechanically attach, if required by code.
d. Where applicable, replace gravel around bases.
3. Set framing posts into bases and assemble framing structure as indicated.
4. Use galvanized fasteners for galvanized framing and stainless steel fasteners for
stainless steel framing.
F. Field Quality Control:
1. When requested by the Architect, provide a factory-trained representative of the
manufacturer to visit the site while the work is in progress to assure that the
installation conforms to the manufacturers design and installation requirements.
G. Cleaning and Protection:
1. Remove all packaging, unused fasteners, adhesive and other installation materials
from the project site.
2. Remove adhesive from exposed surfaces of supports and bases, and leave the work
area in clean condition.
3. Provide protection as required, leaving the work area in undamaged condition at the
time of completion of work.
INSTALLATION OF AIR COOLED LIQUID CHILLER
A. Vibration Control and Seismic Restraint: Refer to section 23 0548 and drawing VS1.1 for
the appropriate support of each piece of HVAC equipment noted as requiring such. The
vibration control and seismic restraint manufacturer shall recommend the correct
connection and device as outlined in section 23 0548 and drawing VS1.1.
B. General:
1. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify structure, mounting supports,
and membrane installations are completed to the proper point to allow installation
of units. Examine rough-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 182 of 183
connections prior to installation. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
2. Install chiller in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions. Install
units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain
manufacturer's recommended clearances.
C. Field Quality Control:
1. Provide the services, to include a written report, of a factory authorized service
representative to examine the field assembly of the components, installation, and
piping and electrical connections.
D. Demonstration:
1. Provide the services of a factory authorized service representative to provide start-
up service and to demonstrate and train the Owner's maintenance personnel as
specified below.
2. Start-up service: Place units into operation and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged or malfunctioning components and controls.
E. Training:
1. Train the Owner's maintenance personnel on start-up and shut-down procedures,
troubleshooting procedures, and servicing and preventative maintenance
schedules and procedures.
2. Schedule training with Owner through the Architect/Engineer with at least seven
days prior notice.
F. PIPING SYSTEM FLUSHING PROCEDURE
1. Prior to connecting the chiller to the building chilled water loop, the piping shall be
flushed with a detergent and hot water (110-130° F) mixture to remove previously
accumulated dirt and other organic residue. In old piping systems with heavy
encrustation of inorganic materials consult a water treatment specialist for proper
passivation and/or removal of these contaminants.
2. During the flushing a 30 mesh (max.) Y-strainers (or acceptable equivalent) shall be
in place in the system piping and examined periodically as necessary to remove
collected residue. The use of on board chiller strainers shall not be acceptable. The
flushing process shall take no less than 6 hours or until the strainers, when
examined after each flushing, are clean. Old systems with heavy encrustation shall
be flushed for a minimum of 24 hours and may take as long as 48 hours before the
filters run clean. Detergent and acid concentrations shall be used in strict
accordance with the respective chemical manufacturers instructions. After flushing
with the detergent and/or dilute acid concentrations the system loop shall be purged
with clean water for at least one hour to ensure that all residual cleaning chemicals
have been flushed out.
3. Prior to supplying water to the chiller the Water Treatment Specification shall be
consulted for requirements regarding the water quality during chiller operation. The
appropriate chiller manufacturer’s service literature shall be available to the
operator and/or service contractor and consulted for guidelines concerning
preventative maintenance and off-season shutdown procedures.
G. Water Treatment Requirements
1. Supply water for the chilled water circuit shall be analyzed and treated by a
professional water treatment specialist who is familiar with the operating conditions
and materials of construction specified for the chiller’s heat exchangers, headers
and associated piping. Cycles of concentration shall be controlled such that
recirculated water quality for modular chillers using 316 stainless steel brazed plate
Dennis Yarmouth Intermediate Middle School January 19, 2021
Dennis Yarmouth Regional School District 100% Construction Documents
Perkins Eastman DPC, project #71011 Addendum No. 3 February 19, 2021
HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 0000 - 183 of 183
heat exchangers and carbon steel headers is maintained within the following
parameters:
a. pH Greater than 7 and less than 9
b. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Less than 1000 ppm
c. Hardness as CaCO3 30 to 500 ppm
d. Alkalinity as Ca CO3 30 to 500 ppm
e. Chlorides Less than 200 ppm
f. Sulfates Less than 200 ppm
H. Warranty and Start-Up
1. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide full parts and labor warranty
coverage for entire chiller for a period of one year. All parts shall be warranted
against defects in material and workmanship. Similar parts-only coverage shall be
provided for the chillers compressors for a period of five years. The warranty period
shall commence either on the equipment start-up date or six months after shipment,
whichever is earlier.
2. Manufacturer shall provide the services of a Factory Authorized Service
3. Engineer to provide complete start-up supervision. Factory Authorized Service
Engineer shall also be responsible for assembly of the chillers cabinetry package
and electrical bus bar system. After start-up a Manufacturer’s Representative shall
provide a minimum of 8-hours of operator training to the owner’s designated
representative(s).
4. Manufacturer shall provide a minimum of 8 hours commissioning assistance.
Factory Authorized Service Engineer shall also be responsible for helping
commission the chiller for a minimum of 8 hours. Any additional time is the
responsibility of the mechanical contractor.
END OF SECTION
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)